Audio

499: How the World’s Most Successful People Turn Adversity Into Advantage With Ezra Firestone

499: How the World's Most Successful People Turn Adversity into An Advantage With Ezra Firestone

Today I’m posting an oldie but a goodie with my good friend Ezra Firestone, where we discuss overcoming adversity and how to stay sane running your business.

This episode is also a great precursor on why going to live events like the Seller Summit and taking part in masterminds is so important for the growth of your business.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • What happened at Boom that caused Ezra a lot of stress
  • How to stay sane running your business
  • What’s working in ecommerce today
  • Boom’s primary source of growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m posting an oldie but a goodie with my good friend Ezra Firestone, where we discuss overcoming problems and basically how to stay sane running your business. This episode is also a great precursor on why going to a live event like the Seller Summit and taking part in a mastermind is so important. Also keep in mind that episode 500

00:29
of this podcast is right around the corner and I have a special episode planned. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, mine is a curriculum based conference where you will lead with practical and actionable strategies

00:57
specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k,

01:25
or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th. And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

01:55
Plus, you can still get my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Ezra Firestone back on the show. And in case you don’t know who he is, Ezra runs a number of seven and eight figure e-commerce stores, a Shopify SaaS company called Zipify, and an e-commerce education company over at Smart Marketer. Now, Ezra actually recently spoke at my conference, The Seller Summit, about Facebook chat bots, and as expected, his talk was very well received. But what’s funny is that Ezra and I have known each other for many years, but we’d never really had an extended conversation.

02:50
until the speaker’s mastermind for my event. And after spending eight straight hours in a closed room with the guy, I started liking him even more. And he is a wise man well beyond his years, and he’s very personable as well. So today, Ezra and I are gonna talk about some of the challenges that he’s faced this past year with Boom, his e-commerce business, and whatever else we plan on talking about today. And with that, welcome to show. Ezra, how you doing today,

03:15
My wife quit her job podcast. Hey man, super happy to be here. And I just want to add to that that I hadn’t done one of those, you know, speaker masterminds where you kind of get in, you get together with a group of folks and you sit down for, like you said, you know, eight hours and you really just each person kind of goes through like what they’re struggling with and what’s going on and what they could use help with. And it was like such a cool format. I’m really sold on on that, you know, going forward. I really liked it.

03:43
Yeah, mean everyone was really open which I really loved and you know one of the attendees there like she was tearing up and I think I feel like we I know he you know who I’m talking about but I think we really helped her out a lot. Yeah, yeah, we had a couple breakdowns man. know, I think when when people get the space to actually kind of open up about what’s really going on it can be cathartic and healing and it’s you know, there’s not a lot of safe spaces, especially in the business world where there’s so much sort of

04:12
Posturing it was cool. was a cool thing you set up. So thanks for doing that Yeah, absolutely. And you know even I found out that you have problems, too It’s amazing. I have problems. Yeah, I know I mean listen I think that what’s interesting about like the struggles is in general when you’re experiencing sort of pain or struggle or Discomfort. I mean at the very same time usually some things are going well, too, and it seems to be this sort of like being able to hold

04:41
at the same time, both things that are going well and things that aren’t and how you navigate that intensity over time seems to be how well you do at business because I can tell you for sure, there’s always something that’s like not doing that great in one of my brands, know, or something that’s scary or Shopify is gonna, you know, kick out the replacement checkouts or whatever the catastrophe or chaos is at the moment, it seems to be constant, you know, and so I really do think it’s about how you react to it.

05:09
Absolutely, and it’s actually comforting to know that other entrepreneurs are facing similar issues. It just makes you feel better. Yeah, totally. Ezra, last time you were on the podcast was four years ago. Four years. Four years ago? Yeah, you were one of my first guests. I was just kind of looking back at the at the analyst. Wow, I’d like to go back and see what we talked about then. That’s kind of fun. I have no idea. I didn’t listen to it. I just looked it up.

05:33
I know during our mastermind we covered a number of different things, but can you just quickly catch the audience up about all your various businesses real quick? It’s really hard to keep track because you got to Yeah, you know, well, I think one of my most fun and sort of most popular success stories has really happened in the last four years, you know. 2010 to 2014, I was attempting to launch this brand Boom by Cindy Joseph and using content marketing and all kinds of stuff.

05:59
2014 was our real like first multi six-figure year and then 2015 we did we 10x went from 300,000 to 3 million and then 2016 we went from 3 million to 17 million and then 17 18 19 are have now all been in that You know 20 million ish range and so that’s been a really big ride and also is kind of like you know my team over the last four years has gone from

06:26
When I would have done that podcast with you, I probably had 16 members and now I have 103. So there’s been like a lot of expansion and my journey as an entrepreneur in that time has been going from the driver to the navigator. And I think that a lot of entrepreneurs get stuck in this sort of driver role and it ultimately is what limits their growth where, you know, if you’re on the road taking the turns, you can’t be above the road looking at the mountains that are coming in the distance. It’s very hard.

06:54
to both navigate and drive and where a lot of people get stuck. There’s a number of kind of sticking points that I’ve identified on my journey of growth in my companies, but one of them is technology, right? A lot of us do it yourself entrepreneurs who started from the ground with no money doing it ourselves. We’re doing the Facebook and the Klaviyo and the analytics and the Shopify. Like we’re really bogged down in the technological infrastructure of the business. So that’s one area that people get stuck. And then one of the other lessons, I mean, I know this doesn’t

07:22
Directly answer your question, but now I’m off on a tangent is I think that so yeah a lot of stuff’s been going on a lot of growth I’ve got three main companies smart marketer. I do you know blogging and educational courses on how to grow ecommerce businesses zippify apps I build add-ons to Shopify stores that you know support you in your growth as a Shopify merchant and then boom is a cosmetic retailer for women over 50, but what I was gonna say was that one of the

07:50
Actually, I totally lost my train of thought now. Sorry. I have no idea what I was waiting for. Like the revelation here. It was it was going to be really good. Oh, I do remember now, which is, you know, one of the things that everyone is so focused on is growth. Everybody wants to get bigger and grow and be. It’s like there’s this sort of obsession with growth. And I understand it on one level. But I also think that it’s a bit misguided and ultimately leads often.

08:19
to the demise of very good companies because, you know, with growth comes a whole lot of problems. You know, you have to fund more inventory, you’ve got more overhead, there’s more stress and pressure and intensity on you as the entrepreneur who’s the one who’s responsible for the whole operation. And you know, what I am trying to do is first and foremost, enjoy my life and have fun. And I want my team to enjoy their lives and have fun doing what they’re doing. It doesn’t mean we don’t work hard, but I want it to be enjoyable. And you you don’t…

08:49
know how long you have, which could lead into, know something you wanted to talk about, a big traumatic experience I had over the last 12 months, but you don’t know how long you have. So if you’re not enjoying yourself, making time for your hobbies, making time for your social life, making time for your relationships and intimate connections, and you know, really enjoying and putting energy into your business in a sustainable way, not 16 hours a day, then what’s the point? And then I want to make really, really good things that serve the world that are truly great products. And then third, I want to be profitable.

09:18
And I frankly don’t care how big it gets and I don’t care how profitable I am. If I’m having a good time making good stuff and it’s making money and paying my team and paying my bills, I’m happy. And I think that this fascination with growth is actually somewhat misguided. And what you really should be looking at is how can I have a lot of fun, make things that are truly good and then have that be profitable at any level is you’ve won the game. You know, a lot of people get really big and then they’re shackled to these operations that they’re slaving away at that make them miserable, that take them away from their, you know, it’s just like,

09:48
It can get out of hand. just came to this revelation probably two years ago because trying to grow your company fast actually ruins marriages also. So my wife, we were, we were setting these goals and we were stressing out over it because we weren’t hitting them. Um, and then we were getting into fights over and over again. And so we kind of came to an agreement that we were just grow the company, whatever happens, happens grow gradually because fast growth really is painful. You’re right. It is, it is much better since.

10:18
Sorry, go ahead. No, was just gonna say, just our relations have been much better since we kind of came to that agreement regarding our e-commerce business. Yeah, smart. mean, and it’s, you know, it’s like there is this, I call it eternal vigilance, which is the skill set that I think is needed in order to run a business yourself that’s on the internet where you are the entrepreneur who’s responsible for it and also maintain a healthy balance.

10:47
between your outside life and your work because it’s available to you at all times. It’s not like you go to the office and you leave the office and okay, now that’s gone. Like no, the opportunity to continue the mental game of what can I do to improve my business is available to you at all times. And if you’re not careful and you don’t actually set boundaries, real clear boundaries, and then show up to those on a daily basis the same way you have to show up to a diet or a workout program or a relationship, then…

11:15
You’re gonna it’s just gonna fill it’s gonna be the backdrop of your entire life it’s gonna fill every waking moment and a lot of people get caught in that trap and ultimately burn out or Find themselves no longer interested because they’ve just they treated it as a sprint rather than a marathon I think the ability to set work-life boundaries where it’s like, okay from you know 7 30 a.m. Or whenever I wake up to 10 a.m I’m moving my body doing a meditation having breakfast with my family enjoying myself whatever and then 10 a.m. I start work and then

11:43
5 p.m. I’m done and then at 5 p.m. I go on I Engage in my social life and I do my hobbies and I spend time with my family I set it down if you can’t pick it up and set it down deliberately and I’m not saying that there’s not times where you’re in launch mode and you’re just working for weeks at a time sure but I just mean in general as a rule of thumb if you don’t have the ability to Pick up and set down the operation in that way It’s gonna be very very hard for you over time is what I’ve learned But you can’t really do that effectively without a team. So when did you actually make that transition?

12:13
Yeah, I think I think you can I think you can set your your your energetic Boundaries where you are creating space in your life for your personal life your social life your physical body Things of that nature I think you can do that even when you’re a solopreneur and my journey was I was basically a solopreneur where I was me doing it everything myself I mean the whole thing and you know when you and I got started the game was

12:40
American drop shippers and search engine optimization and like Yahoo stores, you know, it was a little bit simpler of a game, but that’s what it was, you know, and I played that myself from round about 2005 until I hired my first team member in 2009 to do customer support. And then I basically still did everything myself and just had one team member all the way through 2012 when I sold that my drop shipping businesses.

13:09
That was the wig business. that was the costume wig business. But yeah, then basically after in 2012 when I started blogging and also selling services, I hired my cousin. I said, hey man, listen, I will pay you 12 bucks an hour to learn how to code. And then once you know how to code, I’ll pay you 20 bucks an hour and you can be a coder for me. And so as of 2012, basically, you know, from 2012 to 2014, I probably hired two or three people a year. And then 2014 to now, I’ve just kind of gone buck wild.

13:39
Yeah, because you got your hands in a lot of pots, so to speak. So it be impossible if you were doing the implementation, right? Yeah, I’m doing a lot of the sort of ideation of reading the market and figuring out what’s going to be well received of checking what people do and giving feedback. I don’t do a lot of actual and it’s hard sometimes. I’m like, what am I even doing around here? You know, but it is, you know, it’s important for someone to hold the container in the vision and, you know, be

14:07
crossing all the T’s and dotting the I’s, sort of checking everything. Yeah. So switching gears a little bit, can we talk about some of the challenges that you faced recently with Boom in the last year or so? Yeah, I mean, I can get into that if you want. I could just go on a run unless you have a specific question. Well, I’ll interrupt you. Why don’t you tell everyone what happened first in case they don’t know? And then, OK. Well, the ultimate sort of hex that everyone has laid on them in society is that you’re going to die one day.

14:34
And that sort of awareness of your impending death is, you know, something that causes midlife crisis crises. It’s something that is used to sell you every for everything under the sun. You know what I mean? Anti-age and health stuff. And like it’s it’s it’s something that we all have to confront as human beings that one day this ride is going to be over if we’re like everyone else or who knows what happens. But but existence as we know it now may not be around. And

15:04
What I had happen to me, just introducing that topic, the idea of death and how scary that is, is my business partner, who was also the ambassador slash face of my company on every product page, every email was coming from her, I mean that whole thing sort of suddenly passed away really abruptly on like, you know, we knew she was sick and then basically seven days later she was gone. so that- I didn’t realize it was that quick.

15:32
Yeah, well what happened was she’d had one bout with cancer two years prior, so three years ago, and she’d gotten really close to the door, you know, she’d gotten really close and then she made a full recovery. mean, she was a hundred percent back, I mean, fully. And then generally when these things come back, they don’t come back better. So we thought it was like totally clear, all good. And then boom, we found out about a year ago to the day almost, hey,

16:01
this thing is back and then within seven days she had passed. So, you know, that was really traumatic for me on a mental, emotional, spiritual level in that Cindy was a very close friend of mine. She was like a groomsman in my wedding. You know, I moved to New York, or grooms person, grooms woman, whoever. I moved to New York when I was 17 to play poker for a living after getting out of high school and I moved in with her and she kind of like…

16:28
You know, lived with her for a few years before kind of going on my own in the city. So she kind of like was a jumping step between teenage years to young adult years for me. And yeah, so we were like really, really close friends. And so, you know, that was tough. She was a much like a second mother figure in a lot of ways for me. And then also, you know, just from the practical side of it, like sort of setting that down, the practical side of.

16:53
The business operations were rough too in that I mean she wasn’t very involved from an operational perspective I had been running the company forever and she actually hadn’t been on a video or audio For two years because when she first got sick we realized hey, you know Maybe it’s a it’d be good to diversify the representation of our brand rather than it just being from one person’s voice make it about the experience of all women so we had actually started that process, but there were things like

17:20
The community of women who were our customers were very used to hearing from her given that all of our emails were coming from her. She was doing all of the product demonstrations. All of our Facebook front end ads were leading with her story and her doing product demos. Our team, which is 30 people or something at Boom, was very worried that we were going to go under or fire them. I mean it was just chaos. We had to very quick, we had to announce her death.

17:45
You know publicly because she was a public figure and it was starting to get picked up by news outlets and that proved to be an issue with you know her family it was just like it was and it was mad it was the most intense period in my business career by a pretty far long shot and Is that when you came to this revelation of having more fun with your business and not you always yeah, I’ve always been in the

18:14
You know one of my mantras in life is fun is the goal and love is the way like I think that that I’ve always been I think that success is a very popular but less fulfilling game than having fun and I’m really into success and wealth creation and all this stuff that Society will tell you is the way to go, but I’m not in it to the detriment of my pleasure in my life because you know I have I was raised by a bunch of hippies and so I kind of had that I grew up on a commune

18:42
mindset that you It that we that you can only give from your own surplus and so if you want to be You know my tagline in business. It’s serve the world unselfishly and profit and if you want to be of service Which is my goal I really do then you must first and foremost Take care of yourself because you cannot pour from an empty cup So I’ve always had this goal of enjoying myself taking care of myself making sure that I am

19:09
energetically sound that I can show up and give and so I’ve always kind of been on that path and yeah, I mean that you know when when someone close to you dies it is very intense and you’ve you you reassess Everything like what am I doing? Why am I doing it? What is the point of all this? Like, you know, you really go through that intense sort of introspection about Your behaviors and actions and what is motivating them? Are they motivated by ego? Are they motivated by the desire to?

19:37
Please people are that like what am I what am I actually doing here? See I went through all that man and and on the practical side of it You know the the announcement of her death to our community the rewriting of all the email sequences the modifying of all of our front-end Facebook ads that the Removing Cindy from all of our product. I mean it was like the reassuring my team that we weren’t gonna go under you know I mean the whole thing was was very Emotionally draining and I felt that like it’s now

20:05
August she passed in July of last year and I feel like from July to like January was triage and then the first three months of this year was like, okay, things are kind of like getting back to normal and then now like the last three months I feel like I fully like sort of digested as much as you can. mean, mourning is a whole thing and trauma is a thing and who knows I’m not educated enough in the area of, you know, trauma to understand. I don’t know what lingering effects that stuff causes, but

20:35
I feel pretty sound from it. And we’re having our best year ever from That’s what I was going to say. You had your best year ever and it continues to grow. I follow you and I know you’ve used Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing, all that stuff over the years. I was just curious, what has been your primary source of growth in the past year despite all of this trauma? Well, I think the diversification of having our…

21:04
Front-end Lee sort of lead in customer generating strategies not being a hundred percent focused around Cindy has opened us up to be Well received by perhaps women that maybe weren’t resonating with her because now we lead with a variety of women We’ve also discovered that there’s some reverse ageism in our market where you know women in their 60s Don’t want to have a woman in her 40s or 50s telling them about aging so we’ve kind of been able to mix up who is presenting on behalf of our company and that seems to have worked and also

21:34
You know through the process of reassessing every area of the company product cost of goods advertising email strategy, you know repeat just we kind of went through every and one thing that I don’t know that I ever told you was you know before Cindy with the first time she got sick I went to her and I said hey listen, you know, like Do you really want to be doing this? Like how you know you got sick and and and you really almost died and so

22:04
I just want to you know have the conversation of I mean I know I do all the operations in the business but like I want to have the conversation of like Are you interested in continuing this ride or should we sell this company now? Because it’s worth a lot and you know You could then be set for life and take care of your kids and all that and maybe it’s time to end this ride like you know a death scare as I said has you evaluate everything and she said you know what so we got on board about that and we got really close we got all the way through the process of

22:32
due diligence, a buyer, the whole thing, and the deal was about to happen and she passed away. And then those people backed out. And then I wasn’t thinking about selling the company after she passed. I was just trying to maintain stasis. But I also think that the process of going through, and I would recommend the Quiet Light brokerage podcast, your podcast, e-commerce fuel podcast, to listen to folks who’ve almost sold their businesses and hear the things that you do when you go through a due diligence process and you sort of kick every tire.

22:59
I think having done that exercise of, we’re going to sell this thing, understanding all the things that affect valuation, profitability, things of that nature that I didn’t have a lot of attention on before, even though I had sold the business, and then having a year of operating after that, I think that also was a big factor in why we’re growing. But yeah, mean, our Facebook ads performed extremely well January, February, and March. We’ve introduced a bunch of new products, which has been really great. think one of the keys to scale

23:27
once you have a company that’s been around a while is to introduce three or four new products a year that you can cross sell to your past customers, buyers, and subscribers. So I feel like we’ve done a lot of stuff right. Can we talk about more specifically what your process of kind of reevaluating all the different aspects of the business were? Yeah, I mean, so when you’re looking at selling a company, there’s a number of factors that go into the valuation that you’ll receive.

23:54
One of them is repeat business, right? So what’s your return rate? So if your return rate is, you know, 50 % instead of 30 % or 20%, you’ll end up with a higher valuation. One of them is profitability. So how much profit do you actually generate? Your multiple will usually be a percentage of profit. And, you know, one of them is diversification of visibility and customer source. So like we did a bunch of things. We

24:22
renegotiated with all of our suppliers. We switched suppliers in certain cases. We changed out our packaging. Like we did things to increase our margins on the products that we were selling. We raised our prices and we ran a price raise sale, which was the best sale we’ve ever done. We made half a million dollars in two days just by telling our community, hey, our prices are going up by 10 % in a week and you can buy at the current prices now with a 10 % discount. we got, you we haven’t ever raised our prices. And as the company gets bigger, things like

24:49
you know, inventory and salary and our costs rise and so we have to raise our prices. So we raised our prices and so we did things to increase our margins. How did you know how much to raise the price and how did you know that you weren’t at like some limit in terms of just price? So we split, so on our two front end offers, so I only have two things that people buy from me when they find me for the first time. Then those are my cosmetic sticks. They come to me for that. It’s a lot easier to sell.

25:16
than it is to sell like skincare, for example, because everyone has skincare. But the skincare is the back end, right? What we sell to people already know us. So the two items that are the front end offers, we split tested the changes in pricing from a low change, a medium change to a very drastic high change. And ultimately, raising the front end price of our products by $10 would have ended up increasing the profit the most significantly, but it was cutting down too much on customers that were coming in the door.

25:46
a goal of not only profitability but also a big footprint because one of the other things that affects your valuation is literally how big your audience is and how much revenue you generate, not just how much profit you make. So all three price tests won against our control and we went with the medium raise on the front end. The back end products, which is our all 14 other of our skincare products, we just raised by a flat 10 % across the board and we didn’t even test it and it’s been fine because those people

26:13
already know us, like us, engage with our content, and are gonna buy from us because they like us, not because they’re price sensitive. And so we kind of were in the medium end of the market in terms of what we were charging, and now we’re more at the higher end of the market. so front end products that are for customer acquisition, I would recommend that you split test that, but your back end cross-sells, you can usually get away with five or 10 % without much of a problem. Interesting. I actually didn’t even know that about your business. So you had this like one lead-in product.

26:41
that just opens up. have two lead in products. and it’s like my whole schtick is simplify your makeup routine, know, color cosmetics. It’s it’s make cosmetics are what gets people’s attention and then everything else I sell is basically a back end upsell cross sell and a lot of businesses are that way where they’ve kind of got like one fly, especially businesses that are driven by direct response. I if you’re an Amazon brand, sure you got a million products you sell but.

27:07
And if you’re a Google, if you’re, if you’re driven by direct response, but it’s search traffic, you generally have a whole bunch of products you sell because you’ve got a bunch of different queries. But if you’re driven by story based direct response where you’re telling a story, engaging a subscriber in a conversation and then offering them something, you usually have one or two products that are the real like 85, 90 % of what you sell on the front end. And then everything else tends to be a backend upsell cross sell to people who came in from one of those funnels and heard about you. And, um, you know,

27:35
Pretty much every business that I’ve evaluated that is this same kind of business has a similar story to that. So in terms of increasing your repeat business, what did that involve specifically? It involved running more sale events. So we now do six a year. It involved introducing more products. we’ve kind of ramped up the product launches work. I there’s a reason Apple does them. There’s a reason Amazon does them. There’s a reason that people do them. We started building anticipation rather than just, we used to just say, hey, we’ve got a new product. Here it is. Now we spend two weeks.

28:05
saying, hey, this product is coming, building up excitement for it, doing ads and emails, talking about what it’s gonna be. And then we release it. And we’ve literally doubled the effectiveness of our product launches just by adding a two week anticipation funnel on the front end of the product launch. Which I share that on the Zipify blog and the Smart Marketer blog, how we do that. But I mean, excitement works. If someone’s paying attention to you and there’s an opportunity for them to…

28:30
follow along and get excited about something and sign up for it and then get a few emails saying it’s coming. I mean they’re much more likely to convert rather than hey we introduced a new you know moisturizer that helps for after you’ve been in the sun. I mean that’s nowhere near as compelling as giving the opportunity for someone to be excited. So in terms of getting people excited in terms of just running Facebook ads are these just awareness ads or are they are you trying to get

28:54
And email. Yeah. So for product launches, they’re 95 % people who have either been on our email list or bought for us from us in the past. We still, do run a lead gen on our product launches to build anticipation for them to cold as well, but it doesn’t really convert that well. So really our product launches are about monetizing the community that we have. And then for Facebook lead gen, we’re still leading with our, our flagship products and our customer acquisition, Facebook customer acquisition. And you know, we’re constantly changing up our,

29:23
video formulas and testing different articles and doing everything we can to reduce our customer acquisition costs for sure. But you asked specifically about repeat business and one of the main things done for that in addition to improving our content marketing significantly. I we release four posts a week. We’ve got two writers on staff. I invest about a million dollars a year in non-branded

29:50
content marketing that’s designed to engage my community. And I think once you get bigger and you have a front end customer acquisition funnel that is bringing you customers, the game of keeping those folks engaged through content that they’re enjoying and being entertained by is a big part of scale.

30:09
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

30:36
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

31:06
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s merged council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. Now back to the show. Let’s talk about content marketing a little bit. Are you writing primarily to tell a story or are you writing for

31:35
the intention of ranking in search? do no, nothing is with the goal of search engine optimization. Not a single thing is with the goal of ranking. I mean, yes, we rank and we get organic traffic and we do put, you know, meta title tags and meta descriptions and maybe an H1, but there’s no keyword for thought before we create our content. Our content is all, you know, eight skincare tips for aging skin.

32:00
or how I overcame perfectionism or my battle with anorexia and what I did about it. Experiences that the women in our community are having, we’re talking about them. Women are going through their hair graying, their skin wrinkling, their hormones changing through menopause, their skin changing, all this kind of stuff. Dating after a divorce is a big one for women who are in their 50s. mean, there’s a lot of experiences that they’re having that we can talk about and we’re doing that in a number of ways. We’re writing articles. We’ve got a new ambassador program where we’re allowing our customers to

32:29
create videos about our products and also about their makeup routines. And so we’ve got a bunch of different pillars that we talk about. Sustainability is a big one. You know, how we are sustainable, why we’re sustainable, what we do in that direction. We have these sort of content pillars that we create regular content within a given sort of framework, know, tips, lifestyle stuff, ambassador stuff, sustainability stuff. You can go to the boom by Cindy Joseph blog, uh, and which, which will, which will about.

32:57
next week be on Zipify pages, my landing page builder for Shopify. We just released blogging and we’re switching it over. We currently have a WordPress implementation for our blog, but managing both WordPress and Shopify and the cross-domain tracking and the lack of, I mean, it’s just a nightmare. So we built this really sweet blog integration on Zipify pages and we’ve moved the boom blog over there and it’s about to go live. I’m pretty excited about it. But yeah, so that’s kind of like what we do for content. So what’s funny about that is when you’re articles, I guess that

33:25
Without the intention of ranking in search a lot of times those articles kind of get buried deep within the blog eventually right? So are you doing a lot of things to bring that content back to people or we we do remail on it? We remail you know any any article we track what articles and videos perform the best in terms of click-through rate engagement and purchase rate because people buy from these things too even though they don’t aren’t going to Content or aren’t going to products you can get to the our products once you get to our blog So it’s a big part of how we monetize

33:54
is keeping this content coming and anything that works, any good article, if it’s a really good one, we’ll turn it into a front end pre-sell article and run it to new subscribers and prospects. So we will use our current list to determine what is the best content and then we’ll take that and we’ll run that top of funnel. We will re-mail on our best posts, we’ll put our best ones in our email automation sequences, but a lot of our stuff just gets buried on the blog and is never used again. That does happen a lot.

34:23
So a lot of this really is just building a community, word of mouth, and social is probably your primary strategy, mainly because you’re in the cosmetics business, I would say, right? Yeah, I mean, we amplify that content. So any content, our blogs and videos and articles, our Facebook fans will see it, our subscribers will see it, we’ll amplify it on Google. So we’re paying to push that content out once it’s out there, we’re running ads to it, and we’re also emailing our list. And the idea is, you know, people get 150 emails a day, so.

34:50
We send three or four content emails a week and that generates 40 grand a week in revenue for us. Those aren’t sale emails. And then every four to six weeks we’ll either introduce a product or run, or sorry, we’ll introduce product four times a year, three or four times a year. But every six weeks or so there’s either a product launch or a sale or something like that where we have a big monetization of our community. So the content is responsible for, it definitely ROIs at a very, very solid,

35:20
number based on how much money we spend to produce it and amplify it and how well it has our see what happens is your sales work better right if you’re keeping your your community engaged if they’re seeing content from your brand in their news feeds and on Facebook and on Google and on YouTube and on display network then when you run a sale and they see sale ads they’re much more likely to engage with them so our sales work way better because we have this content strategy

35:45
I’ve heard you and Molly Pittman give a number of webinars about Facebook ads and how advertising is just getting a lot more expensive. What are some of the trends that you’ve been seeing and how have you countered them? Some of the negative trends, I should say. I mean, since we’ve been online, Steve, I think advertising costs have gone up on average 15 % year over year. Oh, yeah, actually more than that for me in some cases. Yeah. Yeah, me too. You know, I don’t think it’s going to change. And, you know, I think that there’s a lot of cool stuff you can do. And I think one of the biggest opportunities is short form.

36:14
video content, so sub 15 second video ads on Instagram stories, Facebook, mid roll videos, Facebook. I think if you’re not doing short form in addition to whatever normal video ads you might be running, then you are definitely missing out on the cheap inventory at the moment because that’s where all the cheap inventory is. Of course, you also have to have the longer form videos and what most people aren’t doing is also mixing in image ads, GIF animation ads and carousel ads because you know, Facebook is only going to show

36:44
user a video ad a few times it’ll show it but it’ll show that same user if you’re targeting let’s say a lookalike of your buyers or something or even just you know people who are fans of Ezra Firestone digital marketer or whatever you know what I mean if targeting any group of people and you have multiple types of creative images videos gifts short form long form carousels that prospect in that targeting group will see more ads from you because you have more diverse

37:11
sort of ad creative that Facebook is willing to show them. In addition to that, most people only run conversion focused ads designed to generate either add to cart events, purchase events, or even email leads. If you’re only ever running conversion ads, again, Facebook’s only gonna show a certain amount of conversion ads to every prospect. If you also have 10 % of your budget in brand awareness, in dynamic product ad or catalog sales, in Messenger,

37:38
where you’re clicking the messenger. Like if you’re using different objectives within the platform, even at a small percentage of your budget, you’ll reach way more people in your audience because those objectives have a much lower cost per thousand people, CPM, cost per impression. even though you’re spending less of your budget on these other objectives, you’re actually reaching way more people than you would if you were just using only conversion focused ads. Let me ask you this. I mean, your team is like over hundred people now.

38:06
And to do across three different companies and fair. Yeah, so, you know, it sounds really fancy, but I want to just give transparency into that, which is 40 of those 100 people are on the development team for Zipify. So that’s a big chunk of folks. And we rather develop a whole and that is my only physical location. All the developers are in one place. And then, you know, let’s say 20 on boom and then, you know, essentially it’s almost like 20 boom, 30 Zipify and

38:35
10 or 15 smart markers, of mixed up in that way. I was just going to say, to create the number of creatives necessary to do all this testing on Facebook, Instagram, short stories and whatnot, it kind of requires a lot of effort on your part. So if you don’t have a large team, would be your recommendations for kind of like a more bare bones approach? Yeah, and I mean, I think that’s another kind of limiting belief. With Boom, for example, we have like

39:05
five videos that we’ve been running for the last like two years. mean, yes, we mix them up and edit them in different ways. You don’t actually need a lot of creative. You just need good creative. And so one video editor or one graphic designer is actually plenty and you can freelance that. You you can hire a freelance video editor and you can shoot videos on your iPhone or you can hire a freelance designer and make GIFs and images. And basically you can run the same thing for months and months and months until it stops working.

39:34
Or if you’re spending a lot of money, yeah, then you’ve got to refresh your ads quite often. But if you’re spending less than four or five hundred bucks a day, you don’t need to refresh your ads that often. mean, Zipify, for example, you’re probably seeing the same Zipify ads that were running four months ago running now because I’m only spending, let’s see, you know, 50 bucks a day or something amplifying Zipify. So you don’t need actually that much creative. It’s more about.

40:00
quality creative that’s going to engage the particular audience and yeah, you got to test that. So when you’re first launching, you might need to try three or four different videos, five different videos, a couple different images, but you only need one team member in that role to support that. So for Zipify, I only have one designer. For Boom, I only have one designer, although I also have a video editor. SmartMarketer, I also have a designer and a video editor, so I have two. But you could freelance those roles. could buy that on an as needed basis.

40:29
through service providers. This is actually a question, this is kind of a different type of question, but I’ve always wondered how Zipify kind of falls into your overall strategy. Is it just because you were doing all these things with Zipify with Boom, like the equivalent functionality that you decided to create this SaaS company? So I, yeah, I believe in permaculture as a business model, and permaculture is a farming term, and what it means essentially is to reuse all of your resources to their greatest benefit.

40:59
capture the rainwater, water the garden, take the chicken shit, use it for the compost. Like take all your food scraps and use those for the compost. Use everything that you can to further your goal. And a lot of people think that they need stuff outside of what they already have, but they just haven’t taken inventory of the assets that are actually around them. And so this is a rule that I live my life by instead of looking outside of what I already have access to.

41:26
Let me look at what I have access to and how I can better utilize that. And if you look at my business model, it’s very permaculture. Um, take a look at this. It’s like, okay, I innovate in the direction of e-commerce first and foremost with boom and any other e-commerce business I’ve had over the years. Then I take whatever works and I document that and I share that on my blog with smart marketer and I offer that to business owners and I create courses that are in depth and I sell that. And then I take the money from those courses and I put it back into the e-commerce business. And then

41:55
I was also back since, I mean, 2011, 2012, doing development services. I was building websites for people on Magento, OS Commerce, XCart, PrestaShop. I understand the e-commerce customer journey and also the technology that powers that from the early days of before Shopify, BigCommerce, and Volusion were the big three, from the Magento days, the Yahoo Store days, the XCart days, the PrestaShop days.

42:24
I’ve been in this industry and I’ve also had a mind for development. Now, granted, I’m not the greatest developer myself, but I, I know how everything talks to, to, I know how every piece of technology talks to every other piece of technology to create the customer buying journey. And I I’ve always sold services. I had an AdWords services agency from 2008 to 2012. I had a Shopify, um, and sort of every other platform development agency from 2011 to 2015. And with services,

42:54
I failed miserably. mean, it may be my worst ever business venture. I had a real hard time in my life, setting boundaries in general, and that spilled over into my services agency. And I think I sold three or four million dollars in services and made like 30 grand in profit, maybe, because like what would happen is I’d sell someone a website and then they’d come back and say, hey, can you do this? And I’d be like, sure. And I go back to my developers, hey man, we need to do this, you know.

43:22
And basically I just never figured out how to really set a container around a sale. So I was just like doing stuff for people like forever because I didn’t, yeah, I didn’t quite have a command of boundaries, which is something I had to learn. And that’s something that served me well since I have picked up on how to do that in a way that feels good to the person I’m setting the boundary with. But when I, so I’ve always done development and sold development and I only stopped because I couldn’t figure out how to make it work, but I always.

43:51
thought it was a good business and thought I could do well in it, but I didn’t love so much talking to people or being the person. Yeah, I’m a charismatic hermit, man. I want to be in my cave making stuff and then come out to your event for two days and then go back to the top of the mountain where I get to be alone and make things. I I’m not the best service provider because I don’t want to talk to the client. But what I discovered, so I was taking a look at the Shopify ecosystem and I actually,

44:20
In 2014, I created a WordPress plugin for Amazon business owners, maybe it was 2013, that allowed you to do the one-time giveaway coupons where you could give a product away for a dollar and give them a coupon and this and that. That was kind of the strategy for ranking on Amazon back then. And so this WordPress plugin allowed you to collect an email address, give them a one-time Amazon coupon, follow up with them, build a landing page. It was a pretty sweet little plugin called Booster Page. And I think I spent like 30 grand to make it.

44:47
and about 380,000 in revenue on it. So it was extremely profitable and it was a monthly subscription. Of course I had to keep it up to date, but the update of the development, you know, was not that much. And so basically I was like, oh, so the way that you make development work is you don’t sell a one-time fee, you sell a subscription, you do software as a service. And so once I figured out the software as a service model, I’d always had the goal of when it, you know, I want to get back into the development game and I want to do it as a

45:16
product rather than you are buying me and my time and my consulting, you are buying this product that I’ve created that is essentially thousands of lines of code that create an experience for you when you log into it and do things to help you. But you’re not buying Ezra, you’re buying this individual product that you pay for on a monthly basis. So I liked the idea of recurring revenue of selling development and yeah, I mean, I am developing things for my site all the time and anything that works, I roll into my landing page builder or I roll into my upsell builder. So

45:46
Essentially, it’s permaculture all over again because I’m taking what’s working for me and my students in my mastermind and I’m developing that into the application and open sourcing that for my customers who can buy that on a monthly subscription. But what I underestimated was how difficult that business model is, is far and away the most difficult business I have ever been involved in by a factor of 15 or something. It’s very resource intensive too, right? It’s so hard. It’s like so, so hard. But

46:16
It’s really fun. It’s kind of a never ending spiral of integrations and madness and Shopify changes something and just like it’s crazy. Uh, and the product is amorphous. It’s like with boom, I’m selling a tub with goo in it. And when I, when I, when I scale, it’s like more tubs, more goop, more labels and ship them. mean, it’s really great goo and it’s amazingly well made and all. It’s a really wonderful product, but it’s very simple. Um, zipify is like a code base that’s always changing. And so like,

46:46
I don’t need just a manufacturer and then someone to ship it. I need front-end engineers, back-end engineers, QAs, project manager. I mean, it’s crazy. The product side of it is very, very difficult. How do you actually allocate your time between your three businesses? You know, I kind of do what is needed when it’s needed. I mean, that doesn’t give you good answer, but each business has a project manager who is responsible for all ongoing operations who you could label essentially a COO.

47:15
And then I have a president who kind of swings across all companies and is sort of like dipping in to the key projects when needed. And he’s really great. And so, you know, I might spend a week or two working only on boom and then a week or two working only on smart marketer. I might have a week where I do, you know, all of them in the same day. So it’s just kind of like as needed. But each of the companies at this point has very strong leadership and a very clear and cohesive direction and ongoing operations. And so we’re no longer, none of them.

47:45
are any longer in the startup phase where it’s like, we don’t really know what we’re doing. It’s all chaos. It’s like every one of them has consistent ongoing clear operations and objectives and team members. And, know, with smart marketer, had a big change because I was both the lead educator and also the lead kind of person who was doing strategy and content and all this stuff. And I found that as boom scaled and as zipify scaled,

48:13
I was no longer having time and energy to keep the courses up to date. And so with smart marketer, I’ve kind of transitioned to the main thing that we sell or the main thing people want to buy from us is training on paid advertising. And I’m really good at teaching that because I’ve been doing it for a long time, but Molly Pittman is also really good, if not better at teaching that. And so she’s now come on board to be the lead advertising educator, which has kind of freed me up. And then I’ve got Colleen Taylor teaching a course for me, Brett Curry teaching a course for me. So

48:42
Now with SmartMarketer, I’m no longer the one responsible for the courses, even though here and there I will do a course and I really like it, but it’s more like I am the guy who’s out there speaking on stages and generating awareness, because I can do that better than anyone else, getting people to know about us, and then the monetization or the product side of it is done by other folks, which is kind of cool. Okay, yeah, that makes total sense, Ez, I want to be respectful of your time here. We’ve been chatting for like 45 minutes.

49:11
Where can people find you? Where can people check out your products and see for themselves what you’ve been up to? That’s I got a little sidetracked there because I was going to go on another tangent about something. But go on the tangent. Go for it, man. Well, it just, you know, was going to say that I think what you do is super cool. You know, you do this podcast and you also run a bit. We have very similar businesses. And I think that this that in today’s world, anyone who wants to do something

49:41
and then talk about what they’re doing and share that and share tips has this opportunity to be an influencer. I mean, maybe a micro influencer, but an influencer to a group of people who are sharing a collective experience who are interested in getting better at that experience over time. And I think that there’s a lot of rewarding things that are available when you build a community around a given topic. not only can you monetize that community by selling products, but like then

50:07
you make friends with people in that community and like it’s just a super cool thing to do. And I just wanted to like anyone who’s listening to this, who maybe has considered the potential of putting themselves out there and starting a Instagram handle or a YouTube channel. Like I could not recommend it more highly. And, and you know, you’re talking from someone who’s pretty much introverted, even though that is not my public persona and I’m really good at turning it on on stage and being my authentic self and sharing that. like in general in my life,

50:35
I’m not like, if I get into a big room of people at a party, like I don’t know how to handle that situation super well. I like smaller groups, so I just think that this opportunity is available to anyone. I can definitely agree with that. Nothing ever bad has ever happened from creating content. Nothing bad can, only good things can happen. Totally. As long as you keep it up on a consistent basis. Consistency is the key. So you can reach me at

51:00
at Ezra Firestone on Instagram. That seems to be the hottest place right now. I can tell because it used to be when I spoke at events, I would get Facebook likes, know, a couple hundred Facebook likes. I don’t mention my, my, I don’t say go follow me, but I would just watch. And then like a couple of years ago, it was like all of a sudden I was getting followers on Twitter. And now every event, I literally get no Facebook followers, no Twitter followers, but I’ll get hundreds of Instagram followers. So it seems that Instagram is like kind of the go-to platform at the moment. So you can find me, uh,

51:29
at Ezra Firestone on Instagram or you can go to my blog smartmarketer.com or if you’re a Shopify person you can go to the Shopify app store and type in Zipify, Z-I-P-I-F-Y. You know it’s funny Ezra, we are very similar in what we do and SaaS is missing from my portfolio and I actually was thinking about doing a SaaS company for a long time but just after talking with you and a bunch of other people like my kids are my primary priority and it seems like it’s all consuming.

51:57
It’s in the first year to 18 months, it’s a very big cycle. But I will tell you, one of the ways to look at this, Steve, from one of the things I’m looking at, and I think this is the last run I will go on, but I think it’s really important. I think the game that we are playing is resource generation. And I think that a lot of people will say, what are we doing? Well, we’re optimizing our businesses so that they’re more profitable and perform better over time. But it’s like, yeah, but for what? To generate.

52:22
as much resource as we can in the time that we have to work and then to use that resource towards causes that we find noble, taking care of our families, supporting our communities, serving the world and taking care of the world. when we look at what are the most effective ways to generate resource, I’m looking at, most people look only three to six to nine months ahead. I’m looking at, I think you need to look further. I’ve got 20 years left at this pace. I’m 32, I’ll be 33 in a couple of months. I’m not gonna be working at this pace.

52:49
much later than my early 50s and then I’m going to be slowing way down, I think. So, okay, I got 20 years, right? And I have some high revenue goals and profitability goals and wealth creation goals because I have a lot of direct people in my family of where I was raised. I got 60 hippies to support. I got a lot of people I’d like to take care of. got a lot of things I want to do in the world that require large amounts of resource. So, as I understand it and have looked at the game of wealth creation, it’s

53:18
You know, cash flow businesses do not, will not get you there if the goal is massive amounts of wealth creation, which is a fun goal to have. And if you’re going to play the game, why not have that goal? So what gets you there is asset liquidation. So the monetization of assets that you own and have equity in, and then the deployment of that capital into the market to acquire other assets, let them appreciate and then liquidate those. And the most common way to do this in the

53:45
you know, 70s through today has been through real estate, right? Take your money, buy an asset, let it appreciate, sell it. But I think that, you know, the way that I am playing this game is to either purchase, operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them or build, operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them and then use that money to deploy in the marketplace. And when I looked at smart marketer, smart marketer is a cashflow business. You could never sell it. It’s built around my persona. So what was a way that I could

54:12
create an asset from this community that I have gathered around my persona who I am serving, well, Zipify could be sold one day. Zipify is an asset and the beauty of a SaaS business is the multiple that you will receive on the SaaS business is even higher than the multiple you receive on an e-commerce business because SaaS businesses are generally valued for a multiple of revenue, whereas e-commerce businesses are generally valued for a multiple of profit. So I do think at some point,

54:39
If you have the community and the desire and the skill set and the, you know, interest, it’s not a bad experiment because it would result in a very valuable asset, uh, even if it’s very small. mean, let’s say you built up a small little app that wasn’t super complex. You only needed a couple of developers for, and it only made a hundred grand a year. I mean, that could end up being worth between 500,000 and a million dollars free and clear liquid in your pocket. Uh, if you ever were to monetize that asset, which is a

55:07
a huge sum of money in liquid cash. especially considering even if you have a million dollars in liquid cash, you can put a hundred or two hundred of that thousand down towards the acquisition of an asset and take a loan. mean, it affords you opportunity that not having large sums of money doesn’t afford you. I know you already know all this, but I’m just saying it for the audience. And this is just something like our mutual buddy, Drew Sinaki does all the time. Exactly. So anyways, I think you should do it maybe someday.

55:35
Thanks, well we’ll catch up at the mini chat conference. I’m eager to hang out with you. Yeah, looking forward to it. Hey man, thanks for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Thanks a lot for coming on. Take care. Hope you enjoyed that episode with Ezra, which is actually one of the favorite ones that I’ve ever recorded with him. More information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 499. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting,

56:04
develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. That’s SellersSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

498: Top 5 Most Profitable Side Hustles You Can Start Today (With No Money) – Family First Friday

498: Top 5 Most Profitable Side Hustles You Can Start Today (With No Money) - Family First Friday

In this Family First episode, I’ve compiled a list of the most profitable side hustles that you can start this year.

The margins on some of these business models are greater than 90% and you can start most of these directly from your home.

What You’ll Learn

  • Profitable Business #1: Blog
  • Profitable Business #2: Sell An Online Course
  • Profitable Business #3: E-commerce Store
  • Profitable Business #4: Service Arbitrage Business
  • Profitable Business #5: Affiliate Marketing

Transcript

00:00
Every year, thousands of new businesses are launched in the United States, but unfortunately, not all businesses are able to make a profit and many don’t survive. Now, if you look at small businesses as a whole, a 10 % net profit margin is considered average for a small business. Anything below 5 % isn’t going to cut it, while anything above 15 % is excellent. Now, if these percentages sound really low to you,

00:23
It’s because these numbers are calculated across all business models and types, including brick and mortar stores and restaurants. But don’t be discouraged. The online space is way more profitable. So in this episode, I’ve compiled a list of the most profitable businesses that you can start this year. And trust me, the margins on some of these business models are greater than 90%. What’s up, everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online.

00:50
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. This is a special segment of the show, called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. By the way, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses. And right now,

01:17
The book is actually 38 % off on Amazon. Now the first most profitable business that you can start is a blog. Now you might be thinking to yourself, does anyone read blogs anymore? Didn’t blogging die like 10 years ago? Well this is 100 % false because I run a seven figure blog myself. And here’s what you need to realize about blogging. Everyone in business needs a website in order to gather leads and to close sales. Without a website, you can’t build a customer email list.

01:47
you can’t build a list of subscribers. And the number one way to get traffic to any website is to start a blog that attracts search engine traffic. Now, if you look at my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com, I get roughly 250,000 visitors a month, where 80 % of that traffic comes directly from Google and other search engines. And with that traffic, I generate over a million dollars per year, of which 90 % of that is profit. And here’s why my margins are so high.

02:15
The cost to run my website is literally $50 a month. And back when I first started, I was only paying $7 a month. And today, you can start a blog for less than $3 a month. In fact, if you go on my YouTube channel right now, you can find step-by-step instructions on how to set up a WordPress blog with Bluehost in less than five minutes. My largest expense for my blog today is my email service provider, where I pay roughly $500 a month. I also have a few writers and editors on my staff.

02:43
that write a good chunk of my content for about $3,000 a month. And then I use various software tools like Ahrefs that cost me a couple hundred dollars per month. Meanwhile, I’m bringing in anywhere from 80 to $160,000 a month from a multitude of revenue sources such as affiliate marketing, advertising, and sponsorship deals. Blogging is perhaps the most profitable business model that you can possibly have because it’s just words. Writing content doesn’t cost anything

03:13
and the overhead expenses are super low. Now the only downside to this business model is that it takes quite a while to get off its feet. I didn’t start making real money until about three years in. In fact, here’s my exact revenue trajectory with mywifequitterjob.com. I started my blog in 2009. In 2012, which is three years later, I broke six figures for the first time. In 2013, I made 171,000. In 2014, I broke 350,000.

03:42
In 2015, I hit 712,000. In 2016, I hit over a million bucks. And in 2017, I hit over $1.4 million, and the rest is history. Trust me, once your blog gets going, it is a cash cow. By the way, if you’re interested in starting a blog, make sure you sign up for my free six-day blogging mini course over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Now the next most profitable business idea is to sell an online course.

04:11
And right now I run two online courses. Profitable Online Store is my flagship course that teaches people how to start an e-commerce store. My other course is called Profitable Audience, which teaches people how to make money with either a blog, a podcast, or a YouTube channel. Online courses are great because you can create a product once and sell it to many people with extremely low overhead. Now the current course setup that I use is based on WordPress and a free plugin called S2 Member. So I literally just

04:40
pay the cost of web hosting to run all of my courses. And remember how I said that I pay $50 a month for my blog? Well, that same 50 bucks also pays for all of my courses as well. To host all the videos for my class, I pay roughly $20 a month for Amazon S3, which is an online storage service. Meanwhile, my profitable online store course costs roughly $2,000 for lifetime access, and my profitable audience class costs about $1,000.

05:08
And between these two courses, I have over 5,000 students. By the way, the cost of my Create a Profitable Online Store course goes up on October 12th. Now, if you do the mental math, my margins are like 99 % plus to run my online course. If you have expertise in practically any subject, I would strongly encourage you to teach an online class. And if you’re thinking to yourself, I’m not really that good at anything, well, that’s the wrong attitude. You don’t have to be world class at what you do.

05:37
You just have to be expert enough to teach someone who knows less than you do. For example, am I the most successful person in the world in e-commerce? Not by a long shot, but I do run a seven-figure e-commerce store over at bumblebelinens.com, and I feel comfortable teaching students how to launch their e-commerce businesses to seven or eight figures. But anything beyond eight or nine figures is not my area of expertise, because once you get past eight figures, it involves a lot more knowledge on how to structure and build large teams.

06:07
how to set up HR, how to scale your operations, et cetera. Now, even though I don’t run an Amazon.com, I’ve had tremendous success teaching students in my class to generate seven figures or more. For example, Amanda Wittenborn, who’s been on this podcast before, makes over seven figures selling party supplies over at Amanda Creation. My student, J.K., makes over seven figures selling home supplies over at SaratogaHomeOnline.com. Abby Walker makes millions selling high-heel inserts on her site over at VivienLoo.com.

06:37
Now, if you’re scared about the amount of work involved in starting a course, I have a fun story to share with you about how I started with my first course. Now, back in 2011, before I launched Profitable Online Store, I was actually dead set against teaching an online course. After all, it felt like such a monumental task, and I didn’t want to waste my time creating a class unless I knew people were going to sign up. But everyone from my blog started asking me to create an e-commerce course over and over again.

07:06
Until one day I just got fed up and I said, all right, I don’t have any content right now, but if I get 10 signups by the end of the week, I’ll create a class. And sure enough, I got 35 signups right away, made a quick 10 grand, which forced me to launch my class. Anyway, you probably don’t have to go through the same drastic measures that I did to get started, and you should do whatever works for you. The easiest platform to launch an online course today that’s super cheap to get started is a site called Teachable. There’s no excuse.

07:36
Now the next profitable business that you can start is an e-commerce store. Now you all know that I teach e-commerce and that I run my own seven-figure online store. So why did I list e-commerce at number three on my most profitable business list? Well, it’s because the margins to run an e-commerce business are far less than that of a blog or an online course, but selling physical products online is probably the quickest way to make money. Whereas monetizing a blog takes two to three years, you can easily start making money right away

08:05
with an online store within a year or less. In fact, my online store made over $100,000 in profit in our first year of business selling handkerchiefs. One of my students made over $100,000 a month within six months of launching her business selling jewelry. Now I publish many videos on e-commerce on my YouTube channel that you can watch for free and you can check out my blog as well. But the beauty of e-commerce is that you can sell the same widget over and over again on a website that takes orders for you 24 seven.

08:34
Now there’s a common misconception that you have to store your own inventory and ship out your own orders. That’s 100 % false. Today, most online stores don’t do their own shipping and fulfillment at all. Instead, they use 3PLs to handle all their fulfillment needs. 3PL stands for third party logistics, which is a company that specializes in processing your orders. All you have to do is have your products shipped to a 3PL, and when an order comes in, they’ll ship it to your customer.

09:01
Amazon FBA, for example, is one of the largest 3PLs in the world. There are also e-commerce business models like dropshipping, where you don’t have to deal with any inventory at all, and there’s no upfront costs. Dropshipping is where you take orders online, and when someone makes a purchase, you pay your supplier on demand to have the product shipped to the customer. Now, overall, the margins for an e-commerce business is between 30 and 40%, which is far less than the 90 % for a blog or an online course, but you can start making money sooner rather than later.

09:30
In fact, if your goal is to make significant money within one year, then e-commerce is probably your best bet. By the way, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce store, then sign up for my free six-day mini course over at mywifequaterjob.com slash free. Now another profitable business that you can start is what I call a service arbitrage business. Service arbitrage or drop servicing is a business model where you offer services to clients without doing the work yourself.

09:58
Instead, you outsource a task to freelancers or agencies who complete the work on your behalf. Think of it like dropshipping, but instead of selling products, you’re selling services through another service provider. For example, let’s say you own a website design agency and you sell your services for $5,000 a website. You can then hire a freelancer who charges you $3,000, allowing you to earn a profit of $2,000 from the project without doing any of the physical work. There are many service-arbitrary business ideas that you can try,

10:28
including SEO consulting, content creation, graphic design, virtual assistant services, and copywriting. Now the easiest service arbitrage business that I can think of is for content creation. One of my colleagues, Katrina McKinnon, runs a service arbitrage business that creates blog posts for e-commerce stores. She employs a team of writers that are based in countries with a lower cost of labor, such as Kenya or the Philippines, and then she charges US prices to her clients.

10:55
Now, if you can take advantage of disparate labor costs around the world and you know how to attract clients, then running a service arbitrage business might be a good option for you. But probably the most profitable business model in the world right now is being an affiliate for a company that you love. Affiliate marketing is a commission-based business model where you recommend products to others and in return earn a commission for every sale. There are hundreds of affiliate marketing programs, but Amazon Associates is one of the biggest and most well-known.

11:23
To make money with Amazon Associates, Amazon will give you a special link to recommended products that you love on Amazon. And whenever someone clicks that link and makes a purchase, you get a cut of the sale. And the best part is that you don’t even need to have a large audience to do this. Most of us have friends on Facebook and Instagram, and all you gotta do is create reviews of everything that you buy and post them on your social media channels. And if you create enough content about different products, someone will be bound to be interested in something that you’ve reviewed.

11:52
I have friends in the personal finance space that make millions of dollars per year recommending financial services to their audience. Affiliate marketing carries zero overhead costs, so your profit margins are literally 100%. You don’t need any money to start, and you can make money right away. Now that you know the most profitable businesses to start, if you didn’t see anything that you like, make sure you check out the podcast episode with Nick Loper, where we give away a whole bunch of different million dollar business ideas.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

497: The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret And Tap Into Your Massive Potential With Jon Acuff

497: The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret And Tap Into Your Massive Potential With Jon Acuff

Today I am thrilled to have John Acuff on the show. John is a New York Times bestselling author of eight books, including his latest book called All It Takes Is A Goal.

Jon is also one of Ink’s top 100 leadership speakers and has spoken to hundreds of thousands of people at conferences and events. And for the last 20 years, he’s helped some of the biggest brands tell their story, including Home Depot, Bose and Staples.

In this episode, Jon is going to teach us the levers we must pull to take action with our goals.

What You’ll Learn

  • The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret
  • How to find the levers that you need to pull to take action on your business
  • How to tap into your full potential

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I have my friend John Acuff on the show. And in this episode, John is going to teach us how to find the levers that you need to pull to take action on your business. It’s all about mindset and how to tap into your full potential. But before we begin, I wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com.

00:29
The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantity of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:59
I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past 8 years. If you are an ecommerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be.

01:28
For more information, head to SellersSummit.com. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon right now at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still redeem my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting.

01:55
when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I am thrilled to have John Acuff on the show. Now, John is a New York Times bestselling author of eight books, including his latest book, which comes out very soon called All It Takes Is A Goal. Now having just published my first Wall Street Journal bestselling book, I’ve really come to appreciate how really incredible John’s accomplishments are as an author. He’s also one of Inc’s top 100 leadership speakers.

02:41
and has spoken to hundreds of thousands of people at conferences and events. And for the last 20 years, he’s actually helped some of the biggest brands tell their story, including Home Depot, Bose, and Staples. Now, clearly, John and I could talk about a lot of topics, but what we’re gonna talk about today is actually a problem that many of the students in my Create a Profitable Online Store face. It’s basically how to get off your butt and find the levers that you need to pull in order to take action.

03:11
And we’re also going to talk about how to tap into your massive potential. And with that, welcome to the show, John. How are doing today? I’m great. Thanks for having me. I think this is going to be a lot of fun. Yeah, John, I know a lot about your books, but I actually know very little about your backstory. How did you blow up? And I know how hard it is to sell books. So how did you become a New York Times bestselling author?

03:31
Yeah, so I was in corporate marketing for about, I don’t know, 14, 15 years. I journalism major loved advertising. I’ve always loved the ability for copywriting to inspire action. I was an ad nerd. would, I would rip like before Pinterest, I would rip ads out of magazines and organize them in binders on my bookshelf. Like completely like there was an automotive section. There was a makeup section just cause I was fascinated by why did they write their headline that way? What does that mean?

04:00
So I love the written word. And when I was working at Auto Trader in Atlanta, I started a blog just kind of on a whim. And it was the first time I kind of realized, wow, there’s this whole other world out there and a lot of the gatekeepers are gone. Like for me to have an audience in the sixties, I would have had to have known somebody who owned a radio station. And for me to have an audience, you now I can just decide, I want to talk to people about these things I care about. So that’s really what started it for me. And it kind of grew from there where

04:29
The blog turned into a book, turned into some speaking, turned into some other opportunities. And so for the last 10 years, I’ve had my own business and I do primarily two things. I write books and then I go speak to companies about the books. What was the name of that blog? Well, the first blog I had was in 2001 and that was called, that was called Sweet Raymond and it was a music review blog. And it was, I, it kills me that we were like, ah, we quit it. Me and my buddy, Billy Ivy started it and we had a little bit of momentum, but you had to build it in Dreamweaver.

04:58
And it was impossible, dude. It was impo- and so like, I was an early slash lazy adopter. I was there kind of early, like a blog in 2021. Like if I was telling you today, I’ve been doing it for 23 years, but then we, did it for like a year, got a bunch of people to send us free music, which was like, oh my gosh. Like, and then I started a second one in 2008 called Prodigal John. And then a third one called Stuff Christians Like, which was a satire of, um,

05:27
growing up in a church, my dad’s a pastor, so I wrote about kind of the funny side of that. And then it just started to grow from there. And then Twitter kind of came on the scene. And as a headline writer, Twitter felt right in line with what I like to write, which is short, of hooky, sticky statements. So I felt like I got a 15-year education from Home Depot, Bose, Staples, these big brands on how to write tweets. And then all of a sudden, just like the world opened up. Nice. So you start out with the blog, built an email list, and then Twitter started blowing up.

05:55
Well, now it’s called a bill. No, you’re giving me credit. didn’t build. didn’t put enough into my email list. Like, so I would say like people sometimes will go, what advice would you give yourself 10 years ago? Please, please, please invest in email. Like, please for the love of like, please build an email list. Like I’ve, I have one, a great one now. I feel great about my email list now, but I think I wasted years chasing shiny forms of social media because they gave me these dopamine hits of immediacy. Like there’s a heart, there’s a like versus doing the slow

06:25
delayed gratification of building a really good email list. again, I’ve made up for it in some of my lost time, but yeah, that’s one of those things I always tell younger people especially like, don’t sleep on email, like don’t sleep on email, like do it. Yep. And this is just a random question. I came back from vacation a couple of weeks ago and discovered my Twitter app was named X. Are you still big on Twitter and where do you think it’s going?

06:50
No. So like in 2020, I deleted it from my phone, which was like heartbreaking for me because I just didn’t need that much anger in my pocket and I didn’t need that much anger in me. So like it was this circle of like, it just wasn’t healthy for me anymore. So I still use it on my laptop because that feel like when I’m out with my kids, Twitter was so easy to try to document a moment. And then I leave the moment and I could feel my wife, my kids be like, Hey, we’re here at this zoo. You’re writing what you think is a funny

07:19
tweet about a giraffe, we’re also here at the zoo. And so I still have it on my laptop. I still use it. I, you know, I don’t think threads is killing it. Like, don’t like so many people are like, this is the end. think we love to say things like that. I think it still has a future. I still enjoy it. I just, you know, for a couple years there, it just felt so toxic to me. And so like I had an interaction on threads the other day that kind of sums up how I think social media sometimes I posted a parenting tip.

07:49
I’ve got two teenage daughters. I’ve got a about to be 20 year old. She turns 20 tomorrow, which is crazy to me. And I’ve got a 17 year old. So I posted a tip about parenting and a single mom responded like with her version of it, like, well, here’s how this is impacting my life. She got three kids and then a dude who is like late twenties with no kids corrected her. And I was like, this is the problem. Like, and like he shamed her with his, like he was like, well actually, and I was like,

08:15
She’s a single mom with actual humans she’s raising. You’re a 29 year old with cool tattoos and a thread account, like stop it. So I think there’s some parts of social media that are like that and Twitter sometimes leans toward that, but I still like it as a concept that still think there’s tons of possibility there. Yeah, I’m not a big fan of social media. In fact, I don’t let my kids have a social media account. It just puts me in a bad mood sometimes. Yeah, yeah, it’s not a, I rarely

08:45
scroll and get happy. Like I rarely go, man, that was an hour well invested. And so my relationship with it is, I would say it’s medium hot right now. It’s not super hot. When Twitter first came out, was, man, I love tweeting. It felt like this whole new world. But now I’m kind of like, where do I need to draw healthy boundaries? And like to write books, like it takes me a long time to write books. And so I have to be like,

09:11
Something I often tell people is that time is our most valuable resource, but it’s also our most vulnerable. Like time can’t protect itself, only you can protect it. So that’s been part of my journey too, is as I want to write more books, I have to go find that time. And if I realized I was on Instagram eight hours last week, that was eight real hours I gave to something that wasn’t paying me. Like why am I doing that? Hey, so John, so I’ve been teaching

09:38
online business courses for over a decade now. And I really wanted your take and your philosophy on some of the most common psychological issues that my students face. And I do this all the time. I compare lists of my successful students versus the ones that really don’t go anywhere. Really? That’s how do you do that? I’m just curious. Like, is it like you have a list of people that you’re like killing it, killing it, killing it, killing it? Like, tell me about that. So every couple of years.

10:07
actually every year, I’ll send out a survey and see where people are at revenue wise. And a lot of these people I’ve noticed on these lists are people that I interact with regularly. I give live office hours every week. Gotcha. And then I also do one on ones with other students. And oftentimes I can tell within the first five minutes whether someone’s going to succeed or not. Just some of those signs. What are some of those like, okay, this is a red flag, a red flag is if they come on and they’re not prepared at all.

10:37
And they’re just wishy-washy. They didn’t watch a single lesson. They just come on, they go, hey, you know, I was hoping you could help me. Is this good? And you didn’t do your homework. Yeah. Right. And if you’re wishy-washy and you’re not and you’re all over the place, that’s another red flag for me. Yeah, that’s good. That’s good. So, for example, like if somebody though says, hey, we’ve got our one on one coming up. I want to use your this office hour.

11:05
and they come in and they have five pages of notes and specific questions and they like that’s somebody you go, okay, like they’re into this. They’ve got some skin in the game. I like that, but it also works in reverse. So sometimes, ironically, I think the engineers in my class are the worst ones because they want definite answers. So they’ll come with this book and they’ll come to office hours and whatnot. And they’ll say, I need to know this, this and this. I’m like, dude, you don’t even need to know that stuff. Just get started.

11:33
It’ll work itself out because you can’t prepare for any of that stuff. Right. Yeah, that’s interesting. My version of that is people want me to specifically tell them how many goals they should work on at any given time to say how many goals and they want me to say four point eight. Like that is the number. And the truer answer that I give, which is sometimes frustrating is as many as you can, like as many as you can do well. Like some people can they’re they’re in a zone and they can do 10 different things at a time. Some if it’s their first one, they need to start, get a little momentum.

12:03
You know, I so I totally get that. What are some of the things in your world they want specific answers on? How long is it going to take for me to make money? Yeah, how can I? How can I guarantee that this is going to work? How much does it cost? To start, how much can I like these are all questions that are very highly dependent on what you’re selling and there’s there’s too many variables. There’s not there’s not general answers or even specific answers until you know the situation and it’s going to change. It’s going to be fluid. Correct.

12:33
Yep. Anyway, my point is, is that I’ve just noticed running my class for last decade that most things are just completely mental, right? Another thing that I teach is rocket science. It’s not like you need a degree or anything. You just need to know how to sell stuff and it’s just people getting into their head. I would say the majority of the people though have problems getting started because you know, when you, whenever you start something new, there’s all this knowledge overload and you feel like you don’t know exactly which direction to go.

13:01
And even if you know which direction to go, it’s hard for people to get outside their comfort zone and actually give something a try. So question for you is everyone’s different, right? What are the steps that you would take to understand your own personality and then trick yourself into making forward progress? Well, I love a simple technique I sometimes use with people is to interview a previous win. So what I’ll see sometimes is people come to me and they’ll say,

13:30
John, I’m having a really hard time losing weight or getting in shape. And I’ll go, okay, well, tell me about a time when you did achieve a goal. Like, tell me about the time. And they’ll go, okay, you know what? I got out of debt like three years ago. And I’ll say, well, so what did you do? What were some of the factors? What were some of the tools that were helpful? And they’ll say, well, I was in like a small group where we met and we talked about it. And I had an envelope system that I used. And we printed out a picture of our car and we cut it up into 12 pieces. And every time we paid off a piece, we put the picture up and we…

13:59
We kind of built the car as we progressed. And I listened to radio stations about radio shows about it and podcasts. And then I’ll go, how many of those helpful things are you currently doing in your weight loss goal? And often they’re not doing any of those. So I’ll say, how do we translate some of those tools into this new goal? You might need to hire a coach. You might need a personal trainer. You might need Orange Theory because that’s a group of people that all work out at the same time and it becomes a community.

14:28
You might need a sticker system. You might need all these things. So a really easy way and it’s encouraging versus overwhelming is to go, tell me about something. And most people have done something. If you ask them enough ways and enough times, they can find something that’s gone well that they’ve, you know, I have a friend for instance, he’s thinking about doing a business, his own small business.

14:52
And I reminded him, he sold books door to door. Like he did that college book program, which is one of, my opinion, I’ve never done it. In my opinion, one of the hardest sales things in the world. You’re going door to door in an area you you’re not from selling a product that, you know, some would say is fairly archaic. Like you’re like, Hey, you know how you have Google? What if it was this? You know, like, and he made tons of money as a college student.

15:18
So part of my job in that moment is to remind him of that and then take some of the learning from that and apply it to the new thing. And then you’re, it’s like you’re automatically starting with a win. You’re not starting with this feels so massive. Yeah. I’m just trying to think about your analogy that you just gave. So right now I feel like I need to be running and the problem is I hate running. So every time I shut myself out and I run, I do this Hill and I hate every minute of it. And then I come back and I,

15:46
It feels good afterwards, but during sucks. And then the next week comes around and I have to do it again. And I just can’t get myself. Why does it have to be running? Like, why does it have to be running? It doesn’t, but that’s the most efficient way to get the most amount of exercise in the shortest period of time. It is. That’s true. It’s part of why I don’t, I’m not a cyclist because I have to do 30 miles of cycling to get three miles of running. But I, yeah, in a situation like that, I would specifically go, okay,

16:14
Does it have to be running? Can it be something else? And then you could say, well, it’s the most efficient. And then I’d say, well, can you like, if you gave it X amount more time, would you get X amount more joy? Like maybe there’s a joy, there’s a joy payoff. Like if it’s that miserable that you’re not doing it, it doesn’t matter if it’s the most efficient. It’s kind of like saying, I never eat Brussels sprouts, but I know they’re really, they’ve got the vitamins I need. go, well, do you eat them? go, no, I don’t eat them. But I know they’re like someday when I like, would say,

16:44
If you’re not doing it, doesn’t matter. It’s efficiency. It’s not being done. If you are doing it and you’re grumbling through it, but you feel really good after I’d go, well, if the payoff of the after is work it worth it, still do the thing. Like that’s, still worth the, I’m always trying to do that ROI of this thing I got is worth the work I put in and it like multiples of the work I put in. It’s not just a one-to-one. It’s like five X, four X, whatever. So it’s, it’s worth doing it. Like,

17:13
writing books is hard for me. it takes a really, and it is, it is. And if I, if I did probably an hour, if I broke it down hourly, what I’m paid to write them, there’s other ways to make more money. Like there just is, but I love the challenge I need. You know, I read a book called ADHD 2.0. It talked about the right kind of difficult. Your brain needs something that’s the right kind of difficult for me. Writing books is the right kind of difficult when I’m not actively writing.

17:43
I’m a much grumpier person. I’m a much more stuck person. for me, the challenge of writing the book, even though it’s really challenging, is worth the many, many forms of payoff I get for it. So I continue to do it.

17:58
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:27
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show. I mean, the students in my class clearly want to start a business that’s successful, but it’s hard, especially when you’re learning a bunch of new things and there’s a ton of variables. So I don’t know if that’s analogous to you writing a book, but whenever someone tries something hard, the tendency is to just kind of give up.

18:55
Like you try really hard for a short period of time, things don’t move and then you say, hey, why am I doing this? It’s not working. How do you get over that? Yeah. So for me, I expect it. go, every goal you go through a this is dumb anyway phase. Like it’s just gonna happen. So part of it is you think that’s not going to happen and then you feel surprised and feel like a failure. So I know in the middle of any goal, I’m gonna be like, this is the dumbest thing. Like why, who cares? Like, and I’m gonna start telling myself another story.

19:22
Like there’s a show called Alone. don’t know if you’ve ever seen it. love the show. It’s the best show. So you can always tell when somebody is preparing to quit. They do like the same four or five speeches. I had the producer of the show on my podcast. And so one angle is they’ll start to talk about the people at home that need them. So they’ll go, you know, man, my uncle, I just, I left my uncle. Like I don’t want to quit, but I know he’s somewhere. He’s got a bad foot. don’t want to.

19:47
What if he’s limping somewhere and I’m not there? Like they start. So that’s one of the stories. And so I think it’s the same with in the middle of a goal, you know, you’re going to have the, is dumb anyway story. So don’t be surprised by it. Be prepared for it. So one of the things that I think Steve happens is we think we’re going to maintain our motivation at a fairly reasonable level, the entire goal. And what I say is the opposite of that.

20:12
Motivation is the flightiest thing ever. It leaves on day two. Like when the work shows up, your motivation dissipates. And then the other problem is we think we’re going to have one form. So we have this like, I’ll find my why I’ll find my perfect thing. And that’ll propel me for 10 years. And what I teach instead is what about a motivation portfolio? What about like making a list of the things you can refer to, not just one or two, because some days like on my portfolio, my personal portfolio would be things like.

20:39
you know, showing my kids that they can do difficult things and showing my kids that like hard work is worth it. Some days I’m like, I don’t care. Like that’s not like my kids aren’t motivating me. Some days I’m like this music is some days I’m like this accountability, this mentor, whatever. Some days I have to go like 12 deep to find the reason I’m doing the thing. And I go, okay, that’s right. Some days I have to remember like my favorite thing, Jocko Willenick ever said was that if you’re going to procrastinate, procrastinate on quitting, tell yourself I’ll quit tomorrow.

21:08
I’ll give myself the ability to quit tomorrow because chances are by tomorrow you’ll be like, got a night’s sleep. had breakfast. Like I’m not quitting. So I, I am very serious about treating motivation as a skill that I can practice and add to versus going, I’ve got my motivation. Now let’s just hope it lasts because that’s just not, that’s just not how it works. And so for me, if you were trying to start a business, I would expect to think it’s dumb in the middle. I would expect to be discouraged.

21:37
I would expect for those things to happen. And then before I started, when I had the most natural motivation, I would try to fill my portfolio as full as I could for the journey ahead. Knowing that it was going talk about this portfolio. I mean, what does it look like? Yeah. So for me, it’s a, it’s a written down list. It’s a, I’m a notebook guy. I’m a paper guy. And so I have a bunch of notebooks. So like, I’ll have a notebook that I’ll keep kind of a running list of like, Oh, that was really fun. Oh, that was really cool. Like, Oh man.

22:07
Like, like think about it this way. I was, I was thinking about this. I asked an NBA coach or NBA trainer this the other day. I was like, how many minutes do you think Steph Curry has practiced? You’re on the West coast. Like you know, Steph Curry. And I said, will you do the math on that for me? He’s trained tons of NBA players. And he was like, in my estimate, 29,000 minutes, no, 29,000 hours, 29,000 hours. He said from six to 35 with an NBA dad. So he got an earlier start than some people, 29,000 hours.

22:36
And then you look up his stats and he plays what like 38 minutes a game maybe on a real like he’s traded eight like in a week, he probably practices 25 hours. And if they have three games, he had 90 minutes of court time. Like you go, well, that’s not like mathematically that doesn’t make sense, but he knows that like that 20 minutes, that four second shot is worth the 29,000 hours. So like that’s another big part of it is like.

23:03
If I have a really amazing event that goes well and I got to speak for 20 minutes, I’m writing that down on the list so that I remember. really feel like, scientists call it negativity bias. We have an ability to remember the negative moments easier than the positive. And so I work hard to remind myself about those positive reasons that I’m doing this difficult thing. I don’t hope I’ll remember because I know I’m not gonna. Like I know I’m not gonna. I, you know, people are sometimes surprised. I’m a naturally very negative person.

23:32
I’m super cynical. I’m super jaded. I’m pessimistic. Like I grew up in Massachusetts. Maybe it’s because I grew up in the Northeast. I don’t know. But I often tell people I’ve tested positivity and I’ve tested negativity and the ROI of positivity is so much better. So I just work really hard at it. don’t, you know, so I don’t wait to feel motivated. I don’t, I don’t wait to kind of keep going. I have to work on it. And somebody might look at me and go like, well, that’s a crutch. And I’m like, yeah, exactly. Like not even just a

24:01
crutch. Like I’m the guy that they pull down the ski hill, behind the, like behind the snowmobile and I’m all wrapped up and I’m like, I need that many tools to get through like this challenging stuff I’m doing. So I take a lot of the shame away for people to say, if you need additional ways to stay motivated during this challenging thing, this business you’re building, like go ahead and plan for that, like go ahead and that’s going to happen. And your version is going to be different than my version, but you, have a version. know a woman that one of her,

24:31
things for building a business was she said she was gonna buy a Louis Vuitton purse. Like once she made a certain amount of money, like that purse, that purse would do nothing for me. That would be wasted in my motivation portfolio. For her being in Paris, being on the streets, every time she saw one on another woman, it was like, hey, hey, hey, don’t forget. Like this is, you’re building this bit. Like that was amazing. Like that was, she probably got a thousand reminders to keep pushing on her business. She eventually got to do it.

25:01
So I just think you have to get creative with your motivation as creative as you get with building the actual business. You know what’s funny about what you just said? I was just thinking to myself in the beginning when I used to teach my class, it was all about motivation and, and you know, just, Hey, you can do this. You can do this. A couple of years ago, I took a different stance and I think it’s working. I went out and I gave a lecture and I said, Hey, this is going to suck. It’s going to take you longer than you think it’s going to be. And you’re going to, you’re going to witness these

25:30
what I call troughs of sorrow, right? When you’re doing really well, and then it’s gonna go down, then you’ll figure something out, it’s gonna go up and down. And I think that’s mentally prepared people to think and give a longer timeframe for success. And so they stick with it a little bit longer. What’s worse about today’s environment is there’s so many get rich quick schemes out there, where people expect to make money within like two or three months. And when they don’t, they’re like, oh, this must not be for me, I’m not doing something correctly.

25:59
Yeah, I did something wrong. Yeah, I think there’s the tension. I think for people who encourage other people is like, where’s that line? Because some people like, you know, if you look at motivation as a spectrum, there’s some people that want that. Hey, get out of bed. You got to get going like you got to do. It’s gonna whatever that you got it like that type of motivation. There’s other people where it’s like, hey, I want you to try one thing and then let’s be let’s be kind to ourselves about the progress like let’s.

26:28
And I just think there’s different ways different people are motivated. I don’t think it’s one size fits all. But one of the things that I say that relates to what you just said is that I say excellence is boring. Like excellence is boring. Like the things I do that contribute to my excellence are very like thank you notes. Like they’re not, they’re not exciting. They’re really not like getting somebody’s contact information and then making sure it makes it to my CRM system. Like when I get on a flight and I did it, like there’s like five little detail steps I have to do. It’s very, to me, it’s very boring. Like

26:57
being on stage, super exciting, but that was a fraction of what the whole experience is. So I just, try to set this, the, kind of expectation that way. And then I also, people say, how long will it take my business to be successful? And I say, I actually know the answer. The answer is longer than you want. Cause I’ve never met somebody who’s like, yeah, it was like, it took like five minutes. It’s crazy. Like I just, I just did it. It took five minutes. I think the challenge is social media gives us a lot of befores and a lot of afters, but not enough during.

27:27
Like we don’t have enough during. And I get it. Like when you post the during, people are like, eh, it’s kind of boring. Like, yeah, cause excellence is boring. like the stuff I, that’s why I like, I don’t do a lot on YouTube because the things I do for my business would make boring videos. Like today, if I, like I wrote for two hours by myself, if I set up a camera, like that, what would you watch? You would watch me be like, oh, that, no, that’s the wrong word. What am I, this story feels fake. What do I?

27:56
That wouldn’t be exciting. And so I just think we don’t show the boring stuff. And that’s unfortunate because most of it is boring stuff. I agree. My friends used to joke with me when I was an electrical engineer. was like, I was always like, hey, they should make a movie about engineers. And they used to make fun of me. It just be like this dude typing in front of a computer. Yeah, that way. And for like two hours with like some sad song and then you like it’d be the national and then you’d go.

28:23
Then you go back to your car and be like, all right, did my job today. Yeah. Let’s talk about breaking out of your comfort zone. I actually have mixed feelings about this term because I seek comfort actually in everything that I do. Right. I like everything to be in steady state in a place where I can just maintain it indefinitely and not have to worry about anything like I optimize for stress. So when someone tells me to go outside of my comfort zone, I resist.

28:53
But I know it needs to be done. So what are just some ways to encourage not only me, I guess we can turn this into my own self-help session. other people. Let’s fix Steve. What are some of your tactics for doing that? Well, to the phrase comfort zone, I always tell people like use the phrase that works for you. So if your version of that is I want to be comfortable, I don’t want to be stuck, call it the stuck zone. Like sometimes people say, what’s the difference between a habit, a goal?

29:21
And like, I don’t care about the word. I care about the results. Like so, cause I heard somebody say like, Oh, I don’t believe in goals. And I was like, what do you believe in? They’re like, believe in commitments. And then they described what was exactly a goal. So some of the words, but I think we’re talking about the same thing of like the moments when I’m stuck, when I’m in a rut, when I’m in a funk, like you can use whatever phrase to describe that. Um, I just mean you’re, you’re being less than the Steve you’re capable of being. Um, there’s, there’s more to you there. Um, and you can still perform it.

29:51
you can still be high performing in a relaxed state. Like I think the times I’ve tried to create out of stress, the creation is not as good. Like the times I’ve written things out of stress, it just has a texture that’s not helpful to people. Like I think you can tell that. I think you can tell when somebody, I think there’s a difference between having urgent information and frantic information. And so like there’s people that I respond like, oh man, that was urgent. They really wanted me to get that idea.

30:17
That felt frantic and manic and like there was so much stress that I don’t feel like I can learn from that person because they feel like they’re living in perpetual stress. And that’s not what I want in my life. But as far as getting out of the comfort zone, um, I always say nobody willingly leaves the comfort zone and they shouldn’t because it’s comfortable. Like, why would I, why would I leave that? You have to trick yourself out of the comfort zone. You have to create something that’s worth leaving the comfort zone. So my personal example,

30:45
which is really where I started kind of building my own business. When I lived in Atlanta and I started to blog, I didn’t wake up one day and say, today I’m going to be disciplined. Today I’ll get out of my comfort zone. Today I’ll have grit and persistence or whatever. I just started this small experiment called blogging and I really liked it. And I liked it so much. I wanted to do more of it. And the way to do more of it, cause I had two kids under the age of four and a young wife and a Atlanta commute and a full-time job and freelance clients, the way to do more of it was for me to get up earlier.

31:15
So desire drove that change, not discipline. I thought about time like logs and like each hour I threw at the project was like throwing a log into a fire and the fire just got bigger and bigger and bigger. So for me getting out of the comfort zone, I’ll often say to somebody, well, what do you want? Like what would make it worth it? What’s something outside the comfort zone? Like what’s the challenge you’re trying to fix or the thing you’re trying to win? And if I can get them thinking about that,

31:44
then leaving the comfort zone isn’t a challenge. You want the thing you, you know, it matters more than these other things that maybe, you know, for me, like think about, I think about my job. I love speaking on stage. Like I feel so honored that I get to do that. I don’t love, uh, delayed flights. I don’t love airports, airports assault every sense, like every single sense. I don’t love missing flights. There’s a million parts of it that I don’t love.

32:12
But the thing I love is so strong. Like I’m a homebody. My wife, it’s so funny. I don’t like if somebody invites us to a new restaurant, I’m like, well, what’s the parking going to be like? What are we talking about? it a valet? Like, is it on street? What are we talking about? Like I have all this anxiety about that. Like, cause I’d like, I don’t want to get out of my comfort zone. I don’t like, and then when somebody says, Hey, we want you to come to Omaha, Nebraska, you’re going to rent a car. You’re going to go to a city you’ve never been to. You’re going to have to connect. Like, would you do that? I’m like, yeah, I’ll do that. And she always laughs like,

32:43
I can tell you love it because of all the things you do that you don’t normally do. And so that’s what I try to help people with the comfort zone is like, why, like, how can we find something you love that you that you’d willingly leave the comfort zone and you’d and you’d leave it in a way where it was small enough that it was easy to do. And then it started to build momentum. And then before you knew it, like I, one of the lines I sometimes tell people is like, I want you to find something you love so much. Netflix is boring.

33:09
Like if I’ve done my job, I’ve helped you find something you love so much that Netflix just gets boring. All these other distractions get boring. Like you’re not on social media bunch for a bunch of reasons, but one of them is you have stuff you love doing and you go, no, like I’m helping students. Like, like I’m doing all these other things that are more exciting and fulfilling for me than social media. So that’s not a difficult choice. Let’s use the analogy of business here. So you want to make money.

33:38
and you’re excited by making money, but the process of doing that is not, you kind of have to take a leap of faith, right? When you started your blog, was it hard to write? No, no, felt like I’d been stuck for years and I had all these words. So the writing wasn’t hard. The making money part was still challenging. like sponsors, stuff like that. There was a lot of things I didn’t know how to do. And so

34:06
those parts were hard. The actual content wasn’t challenging to me because I felt like I was tapping into something that I really wanted to do. And I think that’s the same with small businesses where if it’s something you really care about, there’s a natural obsession that starts to take over. Like I watched a video the other day where this guy reviewed his five favorite types of socks from these like obscure sock manufacturers, because that’s his business. And I was like, man, this guy went real like real nerded out on socks.

34:36
So I think like for me, there’s a ton of people that would say, you um, I started the business that had the most potential profit. I don’t really care about owning car washes, but it had the most potential. I think that’s great. If you’re motivated by that, go for it. Like own 50 of those. think there’s other people who are creators where they’re like, this is a thing that I care about on a creative level and I want to do it and I want to turn it into a business. think those are two very different expressions of business.

35:05
And you got to kind of figure out which one you fit into. One thing that happens to me is I, I feel like I’m not meeting my full potential. And then I just started saying yes to everything. And all of a sudden I’m over committed. It’s kind of how I felt last year when I was launching my book or earlier this year. And I ended up in this like seesaw of, you know, feeling complacent and really kicking butt, but like not being happy with all the things that I’m assigned. How do you find the balance?

35:35
Well, I think you find the balance daily. I think it’s I had a I had a friend David Thomas He’s a therapist here in Nashville and he said the problem is people want there to be a switch They’re looking for a switch I do the thing and it switches off the stress it switches off the out of balance switches off the negative thoughts I have whatever and he says so you’ll see people jump from switch to switch to switch They’ll go I did yoga yoga is the new thing or I did but like I launched this thing. I’m gonna this is the new thing

36:03
and it works for a week, maybe even two weeks, maybe even a whole month, but eventually life gets stressful again, the world gets loud again. And he said, life is more of a dial than a switch. When it gets dialed up, you have to dial it back down. You have to use turn down techniques to turn it back down. So for me, I know I can start to feel when I’m out of balance. I can start to feel when I’m not writing it as much anymore. I don’t have time for it. I’m so busy. I don’t have time for writing.

36:30
I’m short with my wife and kids. I’m not interruptible. As I’m working, if my kids can’t interrupt me or my wife can’t interrupt me, I feel thin. My favorite description of being overwhelmed is I’m so nerdy. is Bilbo Baggins in Lord of the Rings says he feels like too little butter spread over too much toast. I remember that mental image of that scraping of trying to…

36:57
I’ll have moments where my dials turned up like that and I have to start saying no to stuff and I have to start doing things differently and I have to start relooking at why I’m doing it in the first place. And then the other thing is like, I’ll do exercises. So an exercise I do occasionally is I’ll make a list of the things I do that are important and the things I’m doing because they make me feel important. It makes me feel important at a meet at a dinner party, be like, okay, 10 people on staff. Like, but

37:25
Is that important for me to have 10 people? Could I have four people? Could I have five people? Like it makes me feel important to say, oh, you should talk to my COO. And like, do I, do I need a COO? Like am I building a business that has that, that real need and it’s beneficial. So I’m often going, okay, where am I doing things out of ego versus out of I’m supposed to do them. And a lot of times I’m, you know, it’s, it’s wrong. And then the last thing I do is I try to practice self-awareness and my version of self-awareness. One of them is overhearing yourself.

37:55
when you can overhear the things you’re saying. And I’ll get into this rhythm where I can start to do that and I’ll notice on go, Oh, I didn’t like how that sounded. It came from me. Like I didn’t like the person that said that, Ooh, I took some steps down a path. didn’t intend to go down. So an example, or, or I’m limiting myself. An example of that would be just the other day, I caught myself saying to somebody, I’ve plateaued on my speaking fee because I’m not a celebrity and celebrities like you win a super bowl. can make

38:23
10 times what I make as a keynote and talk about throwing touchdowns. And I was like, so I’ve plateaued. And then I teach these three questions in this book, Soundtracks, wrote that say, it true? Is it helpful? Is it kind? Is it true that celebrities make great keynotes? It is. That’s true. Is it helpful for me to say that to myself again and again? It’s not because what I’m doing is saying, so therefore you don’t have to work hard. Therefore you can, like it’s over, whatever.

38:50
And so instead I switched it around and said, I’m going to make my content and my customer service so great that I get around the celebrity obstacle. I get around that. And so when you work with students, I guarantee you hear them say things like that, where you say, I think you should try this. And if they come up with their five excuses, you know, okay, they’re, so committed to the excuses. Like gay Hendrix. Yeah, I’m not tech savvy.

39:17
I’m not good at video. I don’t have a big network. I don’t live in a big enough city. You know, like I’m not an expert in 10 years. could be maybe do this, but like Gay Hendricks, who wrote the big leap says I get to keep the limitations I fight for. So if I fight for my excuses, if I fight for my limitations, get to keep them. So I’m trying to constantly like keep my finger on the pulse of that and go, okay, where am I at a balance or where am I stressed in the wrong way? What can I do about that?

39:47
Yeah, one thing that I’ve started doing, what’s funny is I started out teaching this class, but it’s turned out to be like a psychological class. You know, just dealing with the way people work. And what I found is that if you can get someone to just do a little teeny thing, like you don’t tell them all the work that needs to be done up front, you tell them to do a little bit. And then over time, you get used to doing that little bit of work on a regular basis. And then you can just gradually add on to it. And an example for me was I remember this was like 10 years ago.

40:16
Ramit Sethi came on stage. He told us all the things he was doing with email and his autoresponders. I’m like, oh man, that’s overwhelming. And so I went up to him I was like, how do I, it just seems so overwhelming to implement all that stuff in one go. He’s like, oh no, no, no, just start by sending out one email a week. And I’m like, oh, okay, I can do that. And then gradually, it’s just like one video a week for YouTube or one blog post a week. And then gradually I’m used to that. And then I can increase it just a little bit. And before you know it,

40:46
I’m writing all the time or putting out all the time. A hundred percent. I think that’s, you know, the way I sometimes describe that is if you think about a goal, like a ladder, most people only have two rungs. So imagine a 12 foot tall ladder. There’s one rung at the top that says make a million dollars in my business. And there’s a rung at the very bottom that says, start my business. And there’s no rungs in between. So the person sits there and goes, okay, I just have to jump up 12 feet, which is two feet higher than a basketball room. Grab that rung and pull myself up where my approach is more.

41:16
What if we put a rung every six inches? Like, could you climb to the top of that ladder? And they’ll go, yeah, that would be really easy. And sometimes they feel it’s too easy and that’s self-sabotage and there’s all these things, but I’ll go, let’s figure that out. Like, how do we add some rungs to that? Which are those little things like Rameet? He didn’t say to you, you just got to get it together, Steve. Like, don’t be lazy. He was like, no, just, just do this, you know, and here’s, and plus like in a speech, somebody’s experience is condensed. Like,

41:43
You’re often looking at nine years in 30 minutes and you forget that. Like, you know that intellectually, but you forget it in the moment. And the other thing is I wouldn’t have done half the hard things I’ve done if you told me how long it would take and how hard it would be at the beginning. If somebody at the beginning, like I got to speak at this event called global leadership summit, which was amazing. It was so fun. And it probably took me 12 years to get on that stage, like 12 years. that like, but if, if you had told me at the beginning of that, like, Hey,

42:12
you’re going to get to do this really fun thing. It’s going to take you a dozen years. That would have been so demoralizing to me. And I wouldn’t have been able to receive that and certainly been encouraged by that. the little one email is to me, it’s just another rung on the ladder. And that’s why I tell people all the time, like, want to start a business. And you’re like, what would it look like to spend half an hour thinking about what type of business it would be? Or what would it look like to spend, know, because what’s funny is

42:40
I’ll have people say to me about business. They’ll go, I want to start a business, but what if I get sued by one of my customers? And I’ll be like, do you, do you have a product yet? And you’re like, no, Mike, do you have a customer yet? And they’re like, no. I’m like, well, that we can’t, let’s not fix a fictional problem. Let’s go. Like we don’t even have that problem. They’ll say, what if I sell out? What if the product sells out? And I go, do you, do you have like a storefront yet? And they’re like, no, but what if like, and all these people are mad at me you’re like, they don’t exist yet. Like.

43:09
let’s figure it like, let’s do the first thing and then we’ll get to that. But I think sometimes we fantasize about future problems that prevent us from taking like today steps. What if someone copies my product is a big one. I’m like, well, if they’re copying it, then that means it’s selling well. You’re doing well. what if somebody steals? Yeah, I on the writing front, people say, what if somebody steals my ideas? And I do you ever see a read Derek Sievers book? I think it’s anything you I have. So his metric, his thing in there, I think it was in that book.

43:39
where it’s idea times execution. So the idea is worth one and the execution is worth 10. So he’s like, most people will never execute your idea. Don’t even worry about it. Everybody has ideas. They don’t execute them and they certainly don’t execute them faithfully and consistently. So don’t worry about that. So that always makes me think, oh yeah, I don’t need to worry about that. If somebody does that, they’re probably not going to.

44:07
go as long as I go on this. Like they’re not going to put 10 years in. So it’s not a big deal. Yeah. John, it’s funny. When you’re talking about evaluating, you know, what’s on your plate and that sort of thing. Why does the world need another book? All it takes is a goal. You’ve already hit, I mean, you hit the New York Times bestseller list, which is like the pinnacle for an author, right? But you continue writing these books that are amazing. What motivates you to write this book? Tell us about this latest edition that’s coming out, I think in like a month, right?

44:37
Yeah, it comes out of September whenever I don’t know when this is going to air, but it comes out September 12th. So here’s how I, this is my, like, this is my Venn diagram for starting a business or writing a book. And I’m sure you might have different things you tweak, but I look for three things. I look for a personal connection that I’m deeply passionate into the idea. Like I, I have to be personally connected to the idea. The second thing I look for is a need like

45:04
Is there a real need for it? So for instance, am I hearing about it from neighbors at the pool? Am I seeing it online? Like, am I seeing clients ask me about it when I go speak at their companies? And the third thing I try to find is, is there a spot for me in the marketplace? Like, can I fit in in the marketplace somewhere? So the thing I’ll sometimes say is, if you have a passion and there is a need, but it’s already over-served in the marketplace, that’s a cake pop. Like if somebody told me like, hey, I got this crazy idea I’m going to do, it’s called cake pops. I’d be like, oh.

45:33
They’re already at Starbucks. Like you’re late to that. If you have a crazy passion, nobody’s serving it in the knee in the marketplace, but nobody needs it. That’s a hobby. Like I love that you’re into ferrets, but like there’s not a huge need for that. And if you have a need in a marketplace, but no passion, you just built yourself a day job. and you’re not going to. So with this book, I went and dropped, uh, brought my daughter, my oldest daughter to college for a tour. was a college I went to college. My wife went to, and we’re walking around and my wife is like,

46:00
wasn’t college amazing. I was like, no, it was a train wreck. Like it was horrible. Like I, I wasted so much of my time there and, I was having this real moment of regret. Um, and so then I, when I drove back to Nashville, because I just written this book about mindset, I was like, well, let’s change that mindset. That was four years. I might live 40 or 50 more. What can I do with those? Is there a way to live into your potential? Like on purpose? Like, what does that look like? And so then I had the first piece, which was passion. And then the second piece was need.

46:28
I’ve got this PhD who’s a professor here in Nashville and he and I did a survey with 3000 people and said, are you living up to your potential? And 96 % said no. And 50 % said 50 % of them was untapped. So then I had the need. So then I went to the marketplace, which is pretty easy for me, which is usually just Amazon. I realized there’s a ton of books about potential, but a lot of them are very high level and very holistic. And they kind of like, they say things that you go like, what do I do with that? And my, my

46:58
content I try to create is I’m always trying to answer the question for people, what do do with this on a Tuesday? Like, what do do with this on a Tuesday? How do you actually put this into, you know, into action? And so I felt like I had the three things. And so the quick answer to why does the world need another book is like, I needed another book first. And then I tested to see if my audience needs that book. And then I tested the ideas with hundreds of people first. So that, that’s what’s changed about my writing process as a, I think, and I think you would probably agree with this, like,

47:28
I live in Nashville. You’d agree with that because I do. That’s true, Steve. I don’t know why you’re being argumentative, but to be a long-term musician in Nashville, you eventually had to be an entrepreneur. Like you eventually have to have some business acumen. like Taylor Swift is a brilliant CEO. Like she’s doing so many smart things. Garth Brooks is a CEO. My friends who are musicians who never caught the big break, but still have full-time careers.

47:57
are entrepreneurs, like they look at it like a business. I think about writing that way too. So I now know like one of the things that’s helped me is instead of releasing a book and hoping the ideas work, I test them in online communities. I have hundreds of people poke holes in them and go as a single mom, this isn’t how I’d look at it. As a retiree, this is not how. And so by the time the book comes out, there’s 30 to 40 real people in it other than me. Like you’re right.

48:22
I don’t need to write another book that’s kind of like a memoir. I’m 47. This is my ninth book. Like get over yourself at some, like what, what new part of my life I’m going be like, Oh my gosh, you need to see this side of me. But what I can do is say, here’s a challenge I face. Wow. A lot of people face it. I think there’s a fresh way to talk about it. Let’s go. I will say this, you know, when I first saw the title, if I didn’t know you and your history, and if I saw it for the first time, I would have been like, Oh, okay. Uh, you know, all it takes is a goal, but.

48:52
What I really like about your writing is you make it really fun. You tell stories. I ended up chuckling a couple of times reading the book too. let’s go, Steve. Let’s go. It’s hard to make me chuckle. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. He’s a steel. He’s a certain Asian man. Yeah. He’s, he’s an electrical engineer. He’s not here for you, for your riddles and your limericks. And I just love books about psychology, right? Because we’re all in our own have you read lately that you love?

49:19
Like what would have been the family first entrepreneur? hear that’s a great book. Nice. Nice. My favorite all time book actually is a influence psychology. yeah. By Chaldini and how to win friends and influence people. Uh, any book like that. I love, actually really like Michael Hyatt’s recent book also. Oh really? I forgot what it’s called. Make your mindset. I have it up in the back here. Yeah. It came out like six months ago. I mind your mindset. That’s what it was.

49:49
Basically how to reframe the narrative that that’s in your head because we all have narratives in our head. Yeah. I’m just a head case, John. I think that’s what it is. anything that can are you were you unusual in engineering that like that you cared about that stuff? Well, you know, what’s funny is I always hated the stereotype of being an engineer, you know, that we just heads down. But I was I was a stereotype. was heads down. The computer was my best friend. Yeah, but

50:18
Everyone always thought that I was more social than the average engineer. And I didn’t start embracing that until I started getting into business. Yeah, that’s interesting. yeah, I guess I’m always curious about what different types of books different types of people read. And you and I read a lot of similar books, but we have very different backgrounds. So that’s curious to me. Yeah. Yeah. mean, just the whole, maybe I should have majored in psych and not electrical engineering. Who knows? Okay. Well, let me ask you a question. So you know a little about what I do.

50:49
From an outside business perspective, what would you do differently? As you? Yeah. Well, I mean, we’re different people for, and I know you have courses. So for me, I, I don’t necessarily like doing customer service. So, which is why everything I do is kind of online, right? So we sell handkerchiefs and linens in our e-commerce store. That’s all online and the customer services through email and you know, it’s easy to, to farm out online course, one to many, it’s the same thing, right?

51:18
People are digesting the same amount of material. And I run customer service just once a week, pretty much in live office hours where I just answer questions in real time. Smart, smart. I found writing my book to be one of the most challenging things because I was under the impression that you put the book out there and if people love it, it just kind of sells itself. get it, dude. Selling books is hard in my opinion, but I don’t know. I didn’t realize that

51:48
It was harder to sell a book than it is like a $2,000 course. Which doesn’t make sense because the book is $19. But what you’re selling is actually work is what I discovered, right? Like people would rather watch a movie or video than read. At least my folks, I don’t know about yours. Well, the thing I’ll tell would be authors is walk down a plane and like the aisle of a plane in the middle of a flight and count open books versus open videos.

52:17
and then cry in the bathroom a little bit. And then, or I’ll say, go to Barnes and Noble and count the number of Harry Potter collectibles and puzzles versus like there’s been a, like it’s been growing the toy section of Barnes and Noble. So yeah, think it’s books are books can definitely be challenging, but I, what’s interesting to me from a business perspective is I sell two and a half times as many audio books as I do eBooks. And that’s been a change that I’ve noticed for the first time in the last like two years.

52:46
And I think it’s because of podcasts. think podcasts taught people there’s great content via audio and now more people are going to audiobooks. I read like from a business perspective, I read my own audiobook and I add 10 bonus stories. So that because there’s people that will be like, Oh man, I got the print book. Why would I get the audio book? And I want to be able to say, Oh, there’s a, there’s a whole other, you know, exploration in there. You should check that out. So I’ve over the years, that’s been a shift for me. You know, what’s funny is

53:14
I tried to veer from the script, but the director refused to let me say what I wanted to. As I was recording. to riff a little bit? I wanted to riff a little bit and I wanted to add a couple extra stories just kind of off the cuff. But I guess it depends on the director. me, like I’ve done it two or three books and we saw some success with it. So I felt like I had a little bit of an ability to say like, hey, here’s how, like, let’s try this. And I didn’t have a director. I had an audio engineer. I’ve had directors on different books.

53:44
But for the last two, was mostly an audio engineer and they were super like, yeah, dude, let’s do it. Let’s make it. So like, didn’t feel, you know, and there’s words I can’t say lie. Like I had to change rural road to country road. Cause I couldn’t say rural road. Like it’s hard. Like audio books are hard to record. So it’s fun that we have that in common that that’s something we’ve both kind of looked at. So do you sell more audio books than hardcover? Is hardcover last?

54:11
Unless the hard covers first. So I would say like if we broke it down, I would say right now it’s out of 10 books, seven print, three audio, one ebook. Like that’s the breakdown right now. So no print is still, but you have to remember I am a corporate speaker. So I’ll have, you know, I’ll go to an event and a corporation will buy a thousand paper back or paper hard, hard backs. So no, they never go.

54:39
We gave everyone in the audience a code to redeem, to get an audio book. like the nature of my business leans toward hardbacks. That makes sense. That makes sense. I wonder, I wonder how it works in just traditional online sales, not, not bulk buys. Yeah, I don’t know. I still think print is number one. It might not be as big a gap as mine, but I still think from what I’ve seen in authors I’ve talked to print is still we, you know, 20 years ago, we were like, the ebook’s going to kill print. Like it hasn’t, it’s been a slow death.

55:09
And it hasn’t happened yet. ebooks have gone down. yeah, there’s less. Yeah. So like, again, audiobooks, I think are eating ebooks lunch right now. Hey, John, I feel like I could talk you forever. we Yeah, it’s fun, Yeah, we appreciate you coming on. The book is available at every major retail store, I would imagine. Yeah, totally. Yeah. And you can johnacuff.com is my website and my podcast is called All It Takes is a Goal. So yeah, that’s where you find and I highly recommend it for anyone out there who’s

55:37
just looking to take some action and looking to trick yourself really into making forward progress. that’s good. Yeah, I like that phrase. That’s fun. Thanks a lot for coming on. Thanks for having me on, Steve.

55:52
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, if you are having problems making forward progress with anything that you want to do, try some of the strategies in this episode and feel free to reach out. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 497. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event.

56:21
That’s over at SellersSummit.com. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuoterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

496: Forget China! How To Import From India And Save 37% On Your Products – Family First Friday

496: Forget China!  How To Import From India And Save 37% On Your Products – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I teach you how to go beyond sourcing from China, find great suppliers in India and get the lowest prices possible.

Check out this India Sourcing Trip organized by my friend Meghla Bhardwaj. This is an 8-day learning, sourcing and cultural guided tour to India.

Use the code STEVE for $300 offhttps://www.indiasourcingtrip.com.

What You’ll Learn

  • What You Should Source From India?
  • How Do You Find A Manufacturer In India?
  • The Products India Excels At Making

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to teach you how to get lower prices for your products by importing from India. Now, if you’ve been following this podcast for any length of time, you know that I have a lot of material on how to import from China. But China has gotten a lot more expensive over the years. And not only that, during the Trump era, the president imposed heavy tariffs on many product categories ranging from 10 to 25 percent, which still exist today and probably are not going away anytime soon.

00:27
These heavy tariffs have caused many companies to move their manufacturing operations to other countries to avoid the extra taxes. And one of the biggest beneficiaries of the tariffs has been India. And today’s podcast is going to teach you how to go beyond sourcing from China, find great suppliers in India and get the lowest prices possible. What’s up, everyone? You are listening to My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales.

00:56
Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Also, if you enjoy the content of this show, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now over the years,

01:26
India’s economy has been booming and they’ve been making huge strides in various industries. From textiles, handicrafts jewelry to technology, pharmaceuticals and automotive, the range of products India offers is pretty extensive and exceptional in quality. In addition, India’s proactive government policies has encouraged foreign trade by signing free trade agreements with many countries, including the United States, which means lower duties and more importantly, no tariffs. Right now, there’s never been a better time to import from India

01:56
And depending on what products you decide to source for your e-commerce business, you can import products from India that are the same or better than China in terms of quality at cheaper prices. Now, let’s just start off by comparing China versus India overall in terms of overall cost. When it comes to manufacturing any product, the cost of labor usually factors heavily into the end price. And this is why whenever someone asks me about buying from the United States, it’s usually a non-starter for most products. For example,

02:25
the cost of labor in China is 4x lower than the US. And India’s cost of labor is significantly lower than China. Now, if you look at the minimum wage among different countries in Asia, you’ll notice that the average minimum monthly wage is about 170 bucks a month in India compared to about $360 a month in China. So in other words, the average cost of labor in China is over 2x that of India. Now keep in mind that this is just an average of the minimum wage.

02:53
In a recent study conducted by Procon Pacific, it is estimated that the overall labor cost is roughly 37 % cheaper in India than China when it comes to manufacturing. And this difference in labor costs and tariffs is one of the many reasons why China has been losing global export market share in the past several years. And by losses, we’re talking losses of about 10 % or more. Meanwhile, both India and Vietnam have been gaining market share in droves. Now, given the cheaper cost of labor,

03:23
Why not source everything from India? Well, the main downside is that unlike China, India does not make every kind of product well. For example, China is the leader electronics, toys, machinery, and India is not gonna overtake China anytime soon in those categories. So what is India good for exactly? And what should you source from India? Well, here are the main product categories where India shines in terms of manufacturing. The first type of product is anything made out of leather.

03:50
India is the world’s second largest exporter of leather goods such as shoes, bags, and garments. And they have a long history of leather production and a skilled labor force that is well-versed in leather processing. India is also a major producer and exporter of textiles such as cotton, silk, and wool. In fact, India’s textile industry is one of the largest in the world. In addition, there’s a huge variety of product made out of steel, ceramics, and bamboo that are unique to India that can be imported and sold in the US and other countries.

04:20
Now the thing about India is that every different region of India specializes in something different. And if you’re looking for a supplier, you basically have to find one in the right location. For example, Mumbai specializes in steel, kitchen products, and textiles. Ludhiana specializes in wool products. Pennepat supplies home furnishings. Bangalore specializes in apparel, hardware, silk, and coffee. Kurgia makes ceramics. Kolkata specializes in leather bags. I’m not going to list them all.

04:48
but there’s a map that I’ll post in the show notes for more information. Now the key thing to realize here is that India doesn’t make everything, but what it does manufacture, it does very well and at lower prices. So overall, India’s probably not going to replace sourcing from China completely anytime soon, but here are the main reasons why I personally sourced from India for my e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linens. One, the production costs are lower. For our handkerchiefs and linens,

05:16
I’d say on average prices are lower by about 15 to 20%, especially after you factor in customs duties. And unlike China, the US has free trade agreements with India because there’s not a trade war going on. The second reason is to diversify my product risk. Unfortunately, US-China relations haven’t been that great as of late, so I’m playing it safe and diversifying my factories all over the world. I remember during the pandemic, my wife and I were terrified when one of our main factories shut down in China.

05:44
and we had no idea when they were reopened. And third, India is awesome for textiles, which is what we mainly sell in our shop. The prices and quality for fabrics and handiwork is as good or better than China at lower prices. And then finally, the overall trend is that China exports are going down and more and more brands are sourcing from India due to lower prices. In fact, many of the companies I work with in China have opened factories in other Asian countries to avoid the US tariffs.

06:12
and experts are predicting that China’s market share will continue to fall in the coming years. Now that I’ve gotten you excited about sourcing from India, how do you find a supplier over there? And unfortunately, there’s no Alibaba for India and there’s no magical directory for Indian suppliers. This means that you often have to do your own legwork to find a factory. Now the good news is unlike China, many India factories actually have websites that you can browse and find online. And one of the easiest ways to find a supplier is by using

06:42
Google Bard. For example, let’s say you want to source leather bags from India. Leather bags are primarily made in Kolkata, India, so you can simply use this prompt. Provide me with a list of potential suppliers from Kolkata that have more than 100 workers in their factory and export to the United States. And within seconds, Bard will give you a bunch of factories that you can reach out to. Now you can also find some India manufacturers on Alibaba, but it’s pretty rare. So overall, the best way to find a factory in India though, is to use a sourcing agent.

07:12
In fact, my friend Meghla is a sourcing agent over there and I’ll post her information in the show notes. A sourcing agent is someone who resides in India that has close ties to the factories over there. They will help you contact vetted suppliers, negotiate on your behalf, and help you navigate the various certifications in order to import from there. If you are interested in learning more about product sourcing and sourcing agents, make sure you sign up for my free six-day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now once you have a list of factories,

07:41
you must learn how to approach suppliers in India. And in many respects, importing from India is a lot like importing from China and relationships are everything. You must treat your supplier like a partner and project confidence in your dealings. Never admit that you’re a newbie. Be professional and act larger than you are. After all, if you look at yourself from a supplier’s point of view, would you rather work with a newbie who doesn’t know anything? Or would you rather work with a client that knows what they want, is decisive and ready to buy?

08:11
Here’s a sample script for initial contact that you can use. Hey, my name is Steve and I’m a buyer from Bubble Me Linens, a store in the US that sells handkerchiefs. We are interested in carrying many of the items that you have to offer. Specifically, I would like to get pricing and availability for the following items. Please send pricing in 500, 1000, and 5000 unit quantities. If you could send us your product catalogs, lead times for manufacturing, and your minimum order quantity, we would greatly appreciate it. Now, after you get a reply with pricing,

08:39
Keep in mind that these aren’t the final prices that you’ll be paying. You are expected to negotiate. This isn’t like the US where prices are fixed. In India, anything goes. And before you begin your negotiations, you should have a target price in mind. Now, how do get this target price? Well, basically, you must figure out how much you can sell your product for online by looking on Amazon, eBay, or any other website. Then you take this number and you divide it by four. Now, this is a very rough calculation for what your target price should be.

09:09
But in general, you want to be able to make at least a 66 % margin on what you sell after shipping and customs. Now, as you negotiate with your supplier, you should ask questions about what affects the pricing and the minimum order quantity. For example, with our store, there’s always some wiggle room regarding the different fabrics we use for our hankies, the thickness of the fabric, how it’s treated, et cetera. And in general, the more you buy, the cheaper your costs are going to be.

09:34
I always like to get pricing upfront for different order quantities so I know what to expect as my volume grows. But in general, your ability to negotiate will heavily depend on your perceived value as a customer. And this is why you must project confidence in your negotiations. Anyway, if the pricing is within your ballpark, you should request a sample of the product to be sent to you. And then if you like to sample, you can arrange for a bulk order and shipping to your home country. Here’s just a couple of questions you should ask your factory. What is the minimum order quantity?

10:04
What is the production time? How will the product be shipped? For orders shipped by sea, you should hire a freight forwarder. You should also ask what the HS code is for your product. The HS code, or Harmonized System Code, is a standardized system of names and numbers to classify traded products. And this code is used by the customs authorities around the world to identify products for the purposes of levying duties and taxes. And with this code, you’ll want to check to see if there are any customs duties from India for your products.

10:33
Once you are ready to place your order, you typically have to put down a deposit of 20 to 30 % to cover the cost of materials and then pay the remaining balance upon completion. If this is your first time importing from India, rest assured that it’s highly unlikely that you’ll get outright scammed, but quality control can be a problem. You should always hire an inspection service like KEMA to inspect the goods before they are shipped. KEMA will spend an inspector to your India factory to make sure your goods are as you expect for about 300 bucks.

11:03
and hiring an inspector is 100 % worth it. Because once your goods are shipped from India, it’s way too expensive to return them to India if there are defects. Now that you understand the basics of importing from India, make sure you check out all my other resources on the blog, YouTube channel, and podcasts on how to import from overseas step-by-step.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

495: How To Make An Extra $100k This Year By Optimizing Your Financial Stack With Bill D’Alessandro

495: How To Make An Extra $100k This Year By Optimizing Your Financial Stack With Bill D'Alessandro

Today I have my good friend Bill D’Alessandro back on the show. Bill is the founder of the ecommerce company Elements Brands and the host of the Acquisitions Anonymous podcast. He also does a bunch of consulting and coaching, and he’s spoken at my annual ecommerce conference, the Sellers Summit.

In this episode, Bill is going to teach us how we can make an extra $100,000 per year with just a couple of small changes to our financial stack.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to optimize your banking
  • How to optimize your credit cards
  • How to optimize your cash flow

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I my good friend Bill D’Alessandro back on the show. And in this episode, Bill is going to teach us how we can make an extra $100,000 per year with just a couple of small changes to our financial stack. Now, I didn’t know about one of these tips and it’s already made me over $40,000 this year. But before we begin,

00:27
I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself. This course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase.

00:57
I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linnens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon,

01:26
then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. The students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now on to the show.

01:56
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Drop podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Bill D’Alessandro for I believe the third time. He’s the founder of Elements Brands where he acquires and sells consumer brands. He is also the host of the Acquisitions Anonymous podcast. Does a bunch of consulting and coaching and he’s spoken at my annual e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit, a bunch of times now. I can’t even keep track. I’ve known the man for about nine or 10 years at this point and he always has a ton of knowledge to share.

02:25
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about managing your finances as you run your e-commerce business. And I thought I knew a lot of these things just to be upfront with you guys until I chatted with him recently. And I wanted Bill to share his knowledge with all of you. And with that, welcome back to the show, Bill. How are doing, man? I’m great. I’m glad to be back. I said that at Seller Summit, I had lost count of the number of times I’d have attended. And I’ve also lost count of the number of times I’ve done your show. So good to be back for the who knows how manyth time.

02:54
So, how’s it going? I’ve noticed you’ve been just popping out a lot of kids lately. Yes, we’re working on our third at the moment. So I got two. So I my first kid in March 2020, like right when the pandemic started, and then we just went for it. So now our third child will be born in January 2024. Thank you. You guys done a three or are you going to put up basketball? I think so. My wife is lobbying for four already. We don’t even have three. That’s enough for me.

03:23
So it seems to me, and I’ve known you for a long time, it seems like the bill of just maybe four, three or four years ago has changed dramatically since having a family. How have things changed? Yeah, well, when you have, before you have a family, it’s just you. And I know that sounds obvious, but you can go really hard before you have a family, right? You you can work nights, you can work weekends, you know, you can have an erratic schedule, but once you have kids, you can’t, that’s a luxury you just don’t have anymore. So I have gotten much more structured. So I have like a really,

03:53
blocked week now, which is awesome. like Steve, you scheduled this with me. This is in like my external meetings block. This block is for meetings with people that don’t work at elements brands. And it’s like just today and tomorrow. And that’s it. Otherwise, wait till next week. So I’ve been much more structured with my time. And we’ve also sold a bunch of our brands. I simplify my life a lot. So we have kind of one one big brand now in natural dog company. We kind of 80 20 the whole portfolio. So life is more chill now.

04:23
Yeah, so just one company to worry about not like you had like five or six before, right? Eight, in fact. Eight. Oh my God, that’s crazy. Yeah, it was crazy because like, I mean, a lot of people listen to have ecommerce businesses and Steve, I you have an ecommerce business in any ecommerce business. Something goes catastrophically wrong, like once a year, right? Like your Amazon, your main Amazon listing gets suspended. Your Facebook ads go completely off the rails. Something happens like really bad once a year. And when you have eight brands, that means something happens like

04:53
catastrophically bad like every six weeks. It’s terrible. It was terrible. Right. And so like it was a it was a tough life. And we can talk a lot about whole Co’s and why whole Co’s are tough and know, multiple brands is tough. But that was what my life was. And then in 2022, we basically just said this is bananas. We have one one brand in natural dog that can be really, really big. Let’s just go all in on that. Nice. Nice. That’s like Spencer Jans philosophy.

05:21
He sold off all his other brands except for the main one, Solo Stove, and then he turned that into a billion dollar business. Yeah, that would work for me. So I am curious, just the environment still isn’t that great in general with the economy. How are you putting your business’s money right now? Are you just T-billing and chilling? T-billing and chilling, yeah. I mean, I use money market funds. I don’t buy the T-bills directly, but yeah, mean, and I haven’t like, just to be clear,

05:51
like bailed out of the market. haven’t like sold everything or anything like that. I’m just kind of accumulating excess cash in T bills and interest yielding instruments. I’m doing a friend of mine also raised a debt fund that invests in like fix and flip homes across the whole portfolio yield like 10%. So I’m invested in that. So I’m looking for more kind of interest bearing stuff.

06:15
Yeah, so one thing you said at seller summit was you were going to guarantee that everyone listening was going to make $100,000 after listening to your talk. That’s right. And there was one thing that you mentioned, which I want you to talk about, where I was just sitting on like a pile of cash just sitting in like a checking account. And then you said something I was like, Okay, well, he just made me maybe $40,000 right there. You want it? You want to share it? You want to share it?

06:43
Cause I thought that’s cool. didn’t even know these existed. Yeah. So, uh, several people, by the way, Steve came up to me after my talk and said that I did legitimately make them a hundred grand. So I’m the stellar summit next year. Uh, so, but I’ll, no, I’ll the beans here. Also, you don’t, you don’t need to come to seller summit next year for this, but you should. Uh, so the big thing that everybody’s gotta be doing that people have kind of taken their eye off the ball for the last 10 years.

07:10
is earning cash, earning yield on your cash, on your business’s cash, right? So for the last decade, interest rates have been effectively zero. So you didn’t have to optimize where you parked your business’s cash. But now, interest rates are in the high fours, as we record this in July 2023. And if you park a million bucks in an interest-yielding account, you’re going to make 50 grand a year just for doing nothing. And there’s these new banks that have popped up that will let you earn yield on your operating cash.

07:40
There’s two of them I really like. One is called Mercury and one is called Highbeam. Mercury’s been around for a while. They were focused on SaaS companies, but they’ve recently started pushing the e-commerce and then Highbeam was founded, I think last year or two years ago, and they specifically focus on e-comm. But both of them will give you like 4.8 % yield on your business’s idle cash, just straight up free money. So here’s the thing, Bill. During the whole bank scare, my wife became paranoid.

08:09
And what she did is she started opening bank accounts like crazy because of the FDIC limit. Yep. And so now we were the proud owner of like a bunch of bank accounts, which I hate keeping track of. One thing you left out was the insurance limit on these companies that you just named. What? Yeah, it’s cool. So right. Everybody’s freaked out. We don’t want to keep our cash over the FDIC limit. The FDIC limit is two hundred fifty thousand dollars. If you more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars in account, your bank goes belly up. You may not get all your

08:39
But the cool thing about both Mercury and Highbeam is what they actually do is spread your money around what’s called a sweep network. So it looks like you only have one account with them, but behind the scenes, they open accounts for you at lots of different banks and distribute your cash and make sure each individual kind of phantom account is always below $250,000. So no bank, you’re always fully FDIC insured. So both of them, Highbeam and Mercury,

09:05
have $5 million of FDIC insurance because they divide your money across 20 different accounts. And that is the bomb. So we are closing those, a bunch of those accounts now and consult, you wouldn’t, don’t know if you’ve ever tried to do this, but keeping track of all those accounts is a pain in butt. have this spreadsheet down. Yeah, whenever I want to log in, I don’t even know how much money we have. My wife could just run off right now and I would have no idea.

09:32
And if you lose one, that’s 250 grand. Oh, we forgot about, you know, the, Steve Chu community bank in Mississippi. Oops. It reminds me of Bitcoin. Like you lose your wallet. It’s gone. Yeah. It’s also gone. Even if you don’t lose your wallet in crypto. That’s true. Uh, the other value add that I had a number of people come talk to me about regarding your talk was just optimizing your spend. One of the biggest bonuses of running an e-commerce business.

10:02
or any business for that matter, is that you can get points and that sort of thing. But a lot of people aren’t optimizing that. what is your, what is your strategy there? So yeah, so the first half of make a hundred grand by listening to this podcast is park your business cash in an interest yielding checking account. The second half of make a hundred grand by listening to this podcast is optimize, optimize your fricking credit card spend. If you are running, if you own an e-commerce business like

10:28
I know everybody’s read all the blogs about points and you go, Oh, this sounds so complicated. Maybe it’s not worth dealing with. I’m here to tell you this absolutely worth dealing with. Um, you know, myself and other people I know take home six figures a year just on credit card cash back and points, um, based just on points. I fly first class pretty much everywhere I go. Um, I don’t pay a penny for it. It’s just points from the business. This is absolutely worth figuring out. So here is like the

10:56
80-20, the simplest possible e-commerce credit card stack so you don’t have to like do all the points brain damage. So you need two credit cards. So first start with an Amex Gold. It earns 4x points on advertising and shipping. And if you’re an e-commerce, know, advertising and shipping are basically the whole cost structure. So you get an Amex Gold, the first $150,000 you rent with that Amex Gold are going to make 4x, you’ll get $450,000.

11:28
Then any ads or any spend that’s not ads or shipping, put it on a Capital One Spark business card. It earns 2 % cash back on everything. If you just do those two things, right? That’s like the most basic e-com stack. If you are spending more than $150,000 a year on ads and shipping, and here’s the big secret, you can have more than one Amex Gold on the same EIN. So you just apply for another one.

11:55
and that one has a separate $150,000 cap. You can have up to 10 Amex golds. So you can earn 4X Amex points on up to one and a half million dollars a year of ad and shipping spent. So that’s like, and then everything else besides that and shipping put on a capital one spark. That’s the simple like 80 20 econ credit card stack. I don’t really spend money on flights or hotels anymore because of this.

12:22
But I don’t fly first class. guess that’s the only difference. You could. I could. know, we’re sitting on like millions of points. Actually, we could. We’re just, I’m just a, I’m just a frugal guy, Bill. Even if it’s imaginary, imaginary, but they’re a point. But they do disappear. The value of them does depreciate. They devalue them over time. like the kind of the strategy on points is like earn and burn because they’re, they’re not a good investment. holding them.

12:51
The credit card companies are just looking for ways to slowly make them worse and worse. Yeah, I think the philosophy though is unless the points that we’re getting is a good deal for the ticket for the points, we tend not to use them, which requires a little bit of planning, right? But are you planning your trips so that you can take these first class without blowing a bunch of points or? Yeah, I tried. So for example, my wife and I just went to Italy for 12 days. We flew first class both ways on points and I.

13:17
Don’t remember how much it was in points, but it was not. Well, first of all, I would never pay cash for these. Like let’s just be quick. I would have never flown international first class. It would have been like $20,000 or something insane. So no, I would have never done that. But on points, was like the equivalent. I got like something like five to 10 cents of value per point, which is like, you know, base value on a point is like one to two cents. Right. So when you redeem for first class international, the points just go a lot farther.

13:46
I just wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will lead with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

14:15
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantity of physical goods and not high level guides who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year in revenue, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

14:44
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 14th to May 16th of 2024. Right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. For more information, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com or just Google it. Now back to the show.

15:05
Okay, so now that we’ve put out the candy for this episode, let’s talk about the guts that are gonna really make the big difference for an e-commerce business. One of the, I guess the downsides of running an e-commerce business is that it’s a cashflow heavy business. So I wanna get down to the nitty gritty now and just talk about how to manage cashflow, because you’ve done this for so many, eight e-commerce brands at one point, and it can get into a headache. So what are some of your main principles? Yeah, so the…

15:34
The problem, right? And I think everybody running an income business has felt this. Even if your business is doing well and growing, you know, my business is doing well, and then it’s time to buy inventory again. And you’re like, I need to buy $200,000 worth of inventory and I have $100,000 worth of cash. Where is all my cash going? My income statement says that my business is profitable, but I never have any cash. Why is my bank balance not going up? What the hell is going on? But I’m sure a lot of people listening have felt that.

16:01
And what the hell is going on is that all of your cash is tied up in inventory. It is all on the shelves that you’re 3PL. Because as your inventory balance goes up, that is a use of cash, right? So if you had, you know, $500,000 of inventory last year, and this year you have a million dollars worth of inventory, you have plowed in an incremental half a million dollars into inventory. So if your business made a half a million dollars, well, guess what? You don’t have any more cash. You have a bunch more inventory, but you don’t have any more cash.

16:31
So I’ve seen so many entrepreneurs get pinched by this. And then what do they do? They go for one of these quick cashflow loans, you know, like the Parkers or the eight figs or the clearcoes or Wayfly or all these things, right? And they pay absurd interest rates. And it’s just a tax on people who can’t forecast their cashflow. So I’ve got a couple of kind of like easy rules of thumb to make sure that you have enough cash to buy your next inventory order.

16:59
Okay, it’s really, it’s really only two. For one, it is maintain a weekly cash flow log. And I don’t mean an income statement, I mean a cash flow log. mean, when you think about an income statement, right, so like, you sell a product for $1, you have 20 cents of cost of goods in it, you have all the other expenses down the PNL, and you’ve got maybe 20 cents of profit, right. But there’s a couple expenses in that PNL that are not cash. And the biggest one is cogs.

17:27
cost of goods, like yeah, you had 20 cents of cost in it, but when you sold it, you didn’t pay 20 cents, you already paid the 20 cents, it’s been on the shelf, right? So you generated as far as cashflow from that order, whatever your net income is, plus your cogs, because the cogs is a phantom cost. So when you build a cashflow model, you need to build it based on deposits. And the deposit that you get from Shopify is gonna be, know, doesn’t have cogs taken out.

17:55
So build a cashflow weekly cashflow log. And then in the future, you can start going, when do I think I’m gonna have to buy more inventory? And you put a bogey out there, you know, in two or three months of, it’s gonna cost me a hundred grand. And then I go, how many days between now and then do I have of cash coming in? Am I gonna have a hundred grand? And you go, well, okay, how much money should I save to make sure I have a hundred grand buy whenever it’s time to order inventory? Easy rule of thumb.

18:23
put away in a separate account on the side, whatever your daily cogs were, right? Because that phantom cogs expense, it’s phantom, you’re getting that cash. If you blow the cash, you won’t have it to buy inventory again. So kind of think of it as replacement costs. When you sell a unit that costs you 20 cents, right? You’re gonna need to replace that unit, essentially, eventually, right? So take 20 cents and put it aside every time you sell something.

18:52
you know, that cost you 20 cents. And then when it’s time to order more, you should have cash in the bank to do it. This sounds just like profit first, kind of, but for inventory, but for inventory. Exactly. So exactly. Are you implying then that there’s literally separate bank accounts for each of these things? Like for Yeah, okay. Yeah, I find it super helpful to have a separate bank account. just call it reserve cash. And it’s basically I, you know, I we move money into it every week.

19:19
And we that’s what we save up and we know that reserve cash is going to get spent down to zero. You know in three months and four months or whatever when we have a big inventory bullet right, but then we know it’s there and so then we’re basically we borrow from ourselves our reserve cash rather than having to go borrow money from a lender. So this happens every week or every month. We do it weekly. I find if you do it monthly your it’s too late like you will have spent three weeks of the cash right right right?

19:48
You know, because business owners tend to operate on what’s in their bank account, right? They’re like, oh, wait, the bank account has a lot of money in it. And then they’ll spend the money or they’ll take it out of the business. But then a month later, the big bill shows up and they got to order more inventory. They don’t have the cash. It’s funny how that psychology works. Someone just gave me an analogy the other day, like, you know, in the beginning, when you have a big fresh tube of toothpaste, you slather your toothbrush. But then when it gets down the little bit, you’re just putting this little tiny dot on there. Humans are like that. When there’s money, they spend it. So yes.

20:18
100%. So it’s really important to build a cashflow forecast. So what happens if you’re doing this forecast and there’s no way in hell that you’re going to actually make enough money to pay for your next inventory order? What are your options? So, well, so you have lots of options, but before we get into the options, if that is the case, you need to fundamentally change something about your business, right? Your margin profile is not good enough.

20:45
If you are running your business and it’s not generating enough cash to pay for your next inventory buy, there’s something wrong with your business, right? You’re either spending too much on ads, your gross margin isn’t high enough, you have too much overhead, something is fundamentally broken. So first, let me just say, you know, don’t just put a bandaid on the thing and figure out how do I get the cash to pay for the next inventory buy? Because that’s what everybody does. And then they call me and they’re like, Bill, we’re totally screwed.

21:11
And I go, yeah, but it could be you’ve been just looking for the next hit and you didn’t fix the thing that was wrong in your business. So first thing, fix what’s wrong with your business. What if you’re growing just so fast though, and you want to just keep fuel to the fire and that if you really have the, the math and the spreadsheets to show that you’re profitable, you have good margins and it is simply because you’re growing too fast, proceed to the next step, which is what we’ll talk about. Can you throw some numbers out there? Like what is a healthy company in order to throw fuel in the fire?

21:41
Yeah. So I mean, first of all, are you net income positive? Right. I mean, if you are not venture backed, you need to be net income positive. Right. Period. That’s like the lowest bar. Right. Right. The higher bars, I think, and I’ll credit this to Taylor Holliday on Twitter. He basically says that your returning customers should pay for your overhead and your new customers should be breakeven. Right. So you can basically run your ads at breakeven.

22:11
and then look at how much money you make from your recurring customers. And that should cover the overhead of your business. If you do that, you can’t possibly lose money, right? That’s a break even business, right? Another way to describe a break even business, right? The returning customers pay for all the overhead. So that segment breaks even. And then the new customers are break even because you spend on ads to acquire them. And that part’s break even. You can’t go out of business. You’re break even. I would think sort of a, so if you’re running a really fast growing econ business, you know,

22:39
low single digit EBITDA margins are OK because you’re probably plowing money into ads. But if you’re doing that, you better have frickin good cash flow forecasting because one or two percent the wrong direction and you’re losing money. So you got to be focused on it really, really tight. So that also implies then that you have more than one product, right? Because if you’re one and done, you’re pretty much screwed with one product is tough. mean, hero products are great. Like successful companies have hero products.

23:06
power skews that push big volume and you can order in big quantities. And you know, mean all else being equal, right? I would love to have one product that does $100 million versus a million products that do $1 or you know, whatever. So if your products is obviously easier in every way. So you want to cultivate power skews. There’s nothing wrong with the power skew. But if you are a single skew business, you probably have a massive opportunity to build a product family around that single skew.

23:34
Okay, I like that. I never heard that before. Maybe I should follow this guy on Twitter. Yeah, Taylor’s really right. He runs ComFed Collective. He’s a really smart, smart guy, tweets a lot too. So lots of good content. So if you feel comfortable that you’re not spending on ads irresponsibly, and that your business is structurally okay, but you need money for growth, you have a couple options from best to worst.

24:01
One of the cheapest ways, if you sell on Amazon, the Amazon Marcus lines of credit are really, really inexpensive. They’re like 10 % interest. They’re true interest. We’re talking about the difference between true interest and a fee in a minute. But they’re true interest. If you go for the Amazon Marcus loans, the Amazon paraffin loans, they have partnerships with Marcus and with paraffin. The paraffin ones are phenomenally expensive and avoid them like the plague. The Marcus ones.

24:31
are reasonably priced. Another thing you can do is go to your local bank and get a line of credit. A line of credit is basically like a big credit card that you can draw down on and then pay back. And they’re usually priced in today’s interest rate environment. They’ll be in the low teens. They’ll be 10, 11, 12, 13 percent, which is pretty cheap money considering that T-bills are paying five percent.

24:57
the bank’s only making a 7 % ish risk premium to lend to you. Very reasonable. They charge true interest. When you pay them back, it stops charging interest, right? You pay them to zero and it stops charging interest, which is different than some of the other products we’re gonna talk about here in a minute. So a line of credit to your bank is a great place to start. Can we go back to the Amazon loans real quick? I’ve actually never taken money from Amazon before. What is the difference between a Marcus and a Paraffin just logistically? Yeah, so these are…

25:24
Just to be clear, Marcus and Parafin are third party companies that Amazon has partnered with. Okay. Like on the loans and then Amazon like facilitates you getting the money. Got it. Okay. So you’ll see a Marcus logo or a Parafin logo inside of Seller Central. Okay. The Marcus one, the terms will be something to the effect of like it’s a hundred thousand dollar loan. It’s 12 % true interest, you know, and it’s due in a year. Okay. Something like that. Right. And you will

25:52
The key though is if you borrow the hundred grand, it’s 12 % interest. If you pay it back tomorrow, you you only kept the money for one day. You would only pay one 365th times 12%. You would pay functionally no interest because you only have the money for a day. Okay. Right. And because it’s a true line of credit that shows there’s true interest. And that’s how it would be too. If you went down your local bank, um, it reasonable. This is the way money should be lent. This is way money is lent all the time to large businesses and, uh,

26:21
Normal. Let’s now go to the next, the other type, which is these merchant cash advances, the way fliers of the world, the paraffin side of Amazon lending, eight fig, like all these and people will invariably tweet you after this episode comes out and me and they’ll go, well, what about this one? If they frame it as a fee, if they use the word fee and what they’ll say is borrow $100,000, pay a 10 % fee and you’ll pay it back as a fraction of sales.

26:51
or you’ll pay back $1,000 a day or whatever until the loan is paid back, run the other way. And here’s why. If you borrow that same $100,000, what will happen is they will immediately just increase your loan balance to $110,000. They will just put the fee right on your loan balance. If you try to pay it off tomorrow, you will owe them $110,000. You would have paid the full year of interest and only have the money for one day.

27:21
And that is the huge difference between these merchant cash advances and a true line of credit is that the merchant cash advance charges you all of the interest for the entire duration of the loan right upfront. And then on day one, you pay back a little fraction. On day two, you pay back a little fraction. On day three, you pay back a little fraction. Well, the problem is that money you pay back on day one, you had it for one day and you paid the fee on that money for the whole time.

27:48
Right? You had the next money on day two, you had that money for two days, but you paid the full 10 % fee on that money and so on and so forth. I have a whole calculator and article about this. If you go to buildda.com, B-I-L-L-D-A.com slash debt, I kind of spell it all out because verbal math is hard on podcasts. Right. buildda.com slash debt. And you can kind of break down the math. And so what is the effective APR then on one of these loans, assuming you’re paying back? Yeah, the way these loans work,

28:18
I guess for people listening is they literally take the money out of your revenue directly from your Amazon account, and then pay you the difference after subtracting their fee. So how does the math work? What does it end up coming out to? So let’s say you get a traditional loan, and it’s 10%. But a 10 % fee from one these companies, what is the equivalent? So and this is sort of what these companies are based on. You can’t is very hard to do the math without a spreadsheet, right? front.

28:45
But I will tell you, having done the math on a lot of them, they usually pencil out to between 40 and 60 % interest. Wow. Even though it looks like a 10 % fee, they usually pencil to about 40 to 60 % true interest because you pay the money back so fast. So you’ve paid a 10 % fee on money you had for days or weeks. So think about this way, if you pay a 10 % fee and you have the money for a month, what’s the real APR?

29:14
Right, it’s 12 times 10, 120%. Right? So that’s why these things are so they’re hidden expensive. But people can’t do math because math is very complicated if you don’t have a finance degree. And that’s kind of what these companies are relying on. I was always wondering why so many of these popped up all of a sudden, like I get emails from these types of companies, probably like every other day, wanting to sponsor something or or or whatnot. So I guess they’re just making a ton of money hand over fist then.

29:44
Well, that should tell you, right? If somebody is like desperately trying to get you to take their money, you should be asking, why am I so lucky? Right? Like if they have, if they can afford to email the crap out of like, does Bank of America email the crap out of you every day? Does Chase Bank, you know, does your local credit union like no, because they’re lending money at reasonable rates of interest, right? These guys who are lending money at insane rates of interest.

30:11
What are they? They’re actually sales and marketing companies. They call Steve Chu every day and say, we need to sponsor the podcast. We need to sponsor seller summit. We need to be in front of all these sellers. They have huge marketing budgets because they are trying to get their money out because when it goes out, they get 50 % APR on it. It’s the best deal going. So I guess one of the, one of the value adds that they advertise is that you get approved in like a day and you can get your money the next day. Whereas if you apply for a

30:40
a line of credit at a bank, for example, what do they need from you? A full proctology exam. Yeah, a lot, right? And so this comes back to my strong recommendation for a cash flow forecast. Spending paying a really high interest rate is a tax on not realizing you need the money until you need it tomorrow. Right? When you realize that, oh, crap, I need the money in 48 hours.

31:09
your only option is expensive money. And by the way, that’s why the money is so expensive, because they don’t fricking underwrite you. They’re like, Oh, hi, Steve Chu off the street. Here’s $200,000. Does that sound normal to anyone? Like, no, they’re taking a ton of risk. They don’t underwrite very well. And so as a result, they have to charge really high APRs to the people that do get the money because it has to cover defaults because when they lend that fast, they can’t underwrite.

31:39
So that should be another tip. If someone is just trying to shove you the money and doesn’t even know you, you should start asking questions. Plus, you know, they’re taking it directly from your Amazon earnings and they look at your track record. I mean, they get access to the money first. They’re intermediary between your earnings and your bank account, actually. So they always get paid. Yeah, they go pay it first. Yes. And I’ve seen businesses just choked by these things. You know, they’ve got two or three of them and they’re none of the money’s making it to their bank account.

32:09
And then they got to buy inventory and what they don’t have any cash. So what do do? They get another one. It’s, it’s a horrible slippery slope. I’ve seen it kill businesses. All right. So let’s talk about, uh, logistically keeping track of your inventory. And I mean, you mentioned a separate bank account, but I’m just thinking like cost of goods. It’s, kind of complicated because, you know, it comes in at different times. You’re getting everything at different prices. Like, is there a nice logistical way to organize all this? Yeah. So this is hard. Um,

32:39
And it’s kind of like much in accounting. If you guys have ever done tried to do accounting for your business or talk to your accountant, you will pretty quickly realize that all accounting is a trade off between speed and accuracy. Like so many things in life, right? Of course, you in the inventory side, you could keep track of literally every unit. And you could keep them all in little piles based on how much money you paid for them, right? If your cost from your supplier is changing, and you could

33:05
keep them all in little piles because the freight is different each time you bring it all in. Right. And then you could be very sure which pile you sold each one out of, and you could make an entry for every single one and your accounting would be perfect. Right. But that’s just not reasonable. Right. Like we all use three PLs and three PLs won’t keep inventory in little piles. You know, it’s just, it’s not feasible. Um, so I find sort of the, the best, like 80 20 for most econ businesses.

33:34
is what’s called landed average cost. So let’s say you’re make our math really easy. You’re going to buy 100 units from China and they each cost a dollar a piece. Right. So that’s $100 in inventory, right? 100 units, dollar piece, $100 in inventory. You’re also going to pay $20 to ship them. Right. So many businesses will expense the $20 that they paid to ship it.

34:03
and then stick $100 of inventory in the balance sheet and debit it $1 at a time as they sell everything. I think the better way to do it is to take that $20 you pay for shipping and what’s called capitalize it. Put it on the balance sheet in your inventory account as well. So you have $120 of inventory because that’s really what it costs you to get it to your 3PL, a landed cost. So you got 100 units at a dollar of hard cost and 20 cents each of shipping cost, meaning

34:31
the landed price of that unit is $1.20. And by doing it this way, like think about the $1.20 is also essentially the replacement cost of that unit, right? If when you need to buy another one, it will cost you $1.20 all in to get it to your 3PL, right? To get it landed in the state. So you should be putting away to the side, $1.20 per unit, right? So when you buy again, you pay $100 to your factory and $20 to your freight forwarder, and you have

35:00
100 more units. So that is what’s called at landed cost is the dollar 20 versus the dollar. So that’s landed cost. Then average cost is if you pay, you know, 90 cents this time and $1 10 last time, you just carry it at $1. Like you put them all in one giant pile. And the value of everything in the pile is the weighted average of everything that’s gone into the pile, right? If that makes sense. Yep. Yep. Yep. And that’s just the easiest

35:29
80 20 way to do it. And then once a year or twice a year, depending on how much you care about, you count everything and you revalue it. So basically, you know, if you’re if your prices have gone up and now you’re paying your supplier, you know, $1.20 or whatever, you just count how many things are in the pile. You multiply by $1.20 and you go, that’s the new cost. And you take a charge or a benefit on your income statement one time and you revalue your inventory. I find that’s like

35:57
the easiest. So you use average landed average cost and then like once or twice a year, you just give it a sanity check and say, I holding this at the proper value? So I had Kevin Steckow on the show a while back and he does this for everything. He calculates overhead per unit advertising cost per unit and he lumps that all into one, one cost that he subtracts out when he makes a sale. Is that something that you guys do also?

36:26
I think there are limits to this. So like I take some issue with putting advertising cost in the cost of goods in the per unit, because like, for example, for us, we can sell a unit on the dot com. We can sell you an Amazon or we can sell a unit through Petco. And, you know, the advertising cost is very different right through all those channels. So and also the advertising cost hell even on Facebook changes day to day. So like things like that that are so dynamic are not cogs items. There are different.

36:56
Okay. for you, it’s just basically whatever you paid to get it in the door landed averaged across a bunch of different orders. And then you change that number of once a year. Yeah, once a year. And it shouldn’t change that much. Or you change it when your supplier emails you and goes, this is your new price. You’re getting a price increase. Yeah. You know, so logistically, is there like a plugin that does this? Or yes. Yes. With Asterix. So there’s a million different ways to do this.

37:26
The biggest iron way to do it is to get an ERP like an ERP and enter enterprise resource planning piece of software, right? Worst acronym of all time. This would be like a net suite or like an SAP or like a fulfilled at IO and these things are really good if you care about accuracy and you’re a bigger business, but they’re expensive costs like 100 grand a year. Yeah, but if you’re a smaller business, the best way to do this is you should use either QuickBooks or zero Xero accounting. One of those two.

37:54
And then there is a service called a 2X a 2X accounting.com a letter a the number two letter X accounting and they will connect to your Amazon and your Shopify and your QuickBooks and we’ll see what you sold every day and then you will tell a 2X what your average landed cost is. You you keep track of that in a separate spreadsheet and then you just plug the number $1.20 in the case of the example we were using into a 2X and every time you sell one.

38:22
it will recognize the proper cogs in your accounting. It’s pretty slick. They’ve been doing it for like 10 years. It’s a good piece of software. Okay. And as for the bank account, is there a way to automatically divvy up the revenue that comes in to all your separate accounts? Well, not if you have 250 of them like you and Jim. You get what I’m saying, right? If we have a separate account just for cost of goods, ideally when that dollar comes in to Shopify, let’s say part of it goes into your tax account, part of it goes to your cogs account.

38:51
part of it goes into your own account. Is there an automated way of doing that? Not that I’m aware of. know Mercury Bank who we use actually has some some cool rules about, you know, routing money between different accounts at Mercury, but we just have an SOP every week. Our account does it. Yeah, I was just thinking like stuff like that I wouldn’t be good at. Even with an SOP, you got to still follow it, right? You do have to follow it, but I found I take it out of my hands.

39:21
Right? So it’s our accountant that does or my COO does it. I see. Okay. And they’re just moving the money around for you. Yeah. So it feels automated to me. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And then in the event that you find out that you don’t have enough money to fund your next inventory, where like walk me through the process of finding out what the hell is wrong. I know that’s a loaded question, but we’re just some common places to look. So complex to look, I mean, just sort of walk your income statement.

39:50
Right. So number one, has your revenue fallen off a cliff? Right. So that’s number one. Right. If your revenue is falling off a cliff, you know, it’s hard to fix a lot of problems if you’re not selling anything. So number one, look at your revenue. I mean, everyone checks their revenue. So chances are that’s like the obvious. So walk down the P and L your cost of goods is your cost of goods more than 30 % of your revenue. If so, you’re going to have a hard time.

40:20
In my opinion, this is maybe a hot take, but I believe that gross margins below 70 % are in e-commerce are not workable. It’s there’s just not enough room to pay for ads and shipping and profit. So if your gross margin, if you’re paying 50 cents for a thing you sell for a dollar, you got a problem. So you need to renegotiate with your supplier, launch some higher margin products. You got to get that gross margin up to at least 70%.

40:49
Then, you know, keep walking the PNL. If your gross margin is about 70%, what else might be the problem? And then this is always the other thing that’s a problem. Mark Zuckerberg is taking all your money, right? Or Jeff Bezos is taking all your money in the form of sponsored product ads, depending on what channel you’re selling on. So if your ads are more than, say, 40%, even 30%, like if your ads are more than 33 % of sales, you’re going to want to look at that. Yeah. You know, you might need to grow slower.

41:16
or even shrink, you might need to do less business, but more profitably and slow down those ads. And then the last thing is you walk to PNL is you got to at your overhead. Do you really need all those employees? And like, it’s a hard thing to say, but people are the single biggest. It’s usually cogs, ads, people on every PNL. It’s like almost that simple. So you just got to look at cogs, ads, people, and those are the only three buckets that I mean, canceling software and stuff doesn’t move the needle.

41:45
You want to move the needle cogs adds people period. So you mentioned 70 % margins. Does that imply that just selling wholesale, which is traditionally 50 % margins, it’s just not going to work these days. Wholesale is not traditionally 50 % margin wholesale for the retailer, right? So for the retailer will make a 50 margin. So like, let’s just give you an example, right? So let’s say a thing sells for $1 at the store. The retailer is going to want to buy it from you for 50 cents, right? Right.

42:14
you might make it for 15 to 20 cents. Right. That’s not what I meant. I meant you as the online retailer with the 50 % margin. No, if you’re, if you’re honestly, and this, I’ve been saying this for a couple of years and people always get mad at me, but like retail arbitrage and retail selling of the people’s products is dead. I mean, like this is a, it’s a tough business. It’s you create no incremental value. You know that these, if you’re buying from brands and selling

42:43
buying wholesale and selling on Amazon, they’re just waiting to cut you out. Yeah, I know they might, you might think that you’re so good at selling on Amazon. I’m sure you are, but tons of other people are too. This is not a sustainable business. Either your business partner, your brand is coming for you to cut you out or other sellers are coming to compete your margin away to zero. If you’re not selling your own branded products, the clock is ticking. I love it. I’m glad you said that because I’ve been saying that for like the last almost decade now.

43:12
But maybe people will listen to us eventually. Well, here’s what I think. Like the price always erodes to the bottom, right? You got a whole bunch of sellers, especially on Amazon on wholesale, right? Not only you have to fight for the buy box, the only way to get the buy box to keep dropping your price for the most part, right? Yeah. Yeah. And then pay more for ads also to one penny more for ads than the next guy who’s selling the exact same thing. It’s a it’s a zero sum, zero margin game. All right. Let’s wrap this up, Bill. So OK, so just switching to a bank account, assuming you have

43:42
a sizable sum of cash will make you between four and 5%. Right? Yep. If you like traveling and luxury, I think I saw the picture of you and Natalie on Emirates. Was that was that Emirates? Couple years ago. Yeah. Well, there’s like a private bar in the back. And then if you don’t want to ever pay for hotels or airfare ever again, get what was the MX gold, get an MX gold or multiple of them and then get a capital one spark. And I mean, you can get way more complicated than that. But that’s like the 80 20.

44:12
What I didn’t know actually what I learned from you was that you could get multiple MX goals. did not. Yes, that’s the secret. I guess you just had to be diligent about switching it out and keeping track, right? Yes. So it’s very easy if you just only put ad ad and shipping spend on the card. So it’s very easy and MX to just go on their website, you just go year to date spending. And so if you spent more than $150 on $150,000 on the card, you know you’re over the limit and to roll to the next card.

44:40
Yeah, but it’s way harder if you’re like putting all kinds of non bonus spend on the card and you got to parse it out. So I just put only bonus spend on the golds and everything else on the capital one spark. Okay. And then the other nugget was your repeat customers should fund your business and then you can break even on new customer acquisition. Correct. And then the other takeaway was do not do these fee based loans. If something sounds too good to be true, it probably is.

45:11
Yep, and do cash flow forecasting so you don’t have to so you can see your cash need coming three to four months in advance and borrow cheap money from a bank rather than three to four days in advance and borrow expensive money from one of these merchant cash advanced people. Right. And the way you do that is you calculate your landed cost of goods and then just put that money into a separate account and that will fund your next inventory purchase. Yep. That’s the easy way to think about it. I love it, Bill. Where can people find I know you

45:39
coach on this stuff? Where can people find you? Yeah, so this is complicated. I was trying not to do too much air, Matt. If you would like this, you know me to help you implement this type of stuff in your business, I do do coaching. It’s buildda.com slash coaching or just buildda.com and you can find the coaching link. So I will only work with like three or four businesses at once so I can get really deep with just a couple people and kind of help people implement a financial operating system at their econ business. So I’ve been doing this for 10 years. I’ve done

46:09
finances for e-comm based on my whole career. So I help people install financial operating systems in their business. Yes. So billda.com slash what? It’s just building slash coaching. Okay. Yeah. Well, Bill, thanks a lot for coming back on the show, man. I should have you back more often. I think you’ve only been on three times. I should have you back more often. Whenever you want, you know where to find me. I’m glad to come on and just run my mouth and tell me about your podcast actually, because that’s relatively new, right?

46:34
Oh yeah. Well, actually we’ve been doing for two years, believe it or not. Oh, has it been two years already? Good Lord. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. So the podcast is called Acquisitions Anonymous. If you are interested in acquiring a business, you know, be it another e-commerce business or even a business in another industry, what we do is twice a week, we break down businesses that are for sale and we say kind of what’s good about this business. What’s risky about this business. If I were buying this business, what are the questions I would ask in diligence? How would I value this business?

47:01
How would I finance the acquisition of this business? So if you’re looking at buying a business or for the first business of yours, or if you wanna add on a business, maybe do a business you already own, build a mini holding company, on Acquisitions Anonymous, we talk about how to do that. Dude, love it Bill, thanks a lot man. Thanks for coming on the show. Go check out that podcast. All right, thanks for having me Steve.

47:26
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you haven’t done so already, make sure to optimize your bank accounts right now and start using the right credit cards and avoid predatory lending practices that charge ridiculous interest rates. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 495. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud,

47:52
head on over to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

48:20
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

494: The Blueprint For Making $100K+ With A Shopify Store – Family First Friday

494: The Blueprint For Making $100K+ With A Shopify Store – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I provide you with a blueprint that all successful Shopify stores follow to make 7,8 and even 9 figures with their online store.

It is a blueprint that when executed properly almost guarantees success.

Tools Mentioned

My Free Mini Course –Join for free
PickFu – Get 50% Off Pickfu
Ahrefs – Try Ahrefs

What You’ll Learn

  • 3 Things Customers To Look For While Shopping
  • How To Collect Emails And Phone Numbers On Your Site
  • How To Generate Traffic And Sales

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to provide you with the blueprint that all successful Shopify stores follow to make seven, eight, and even nine figures with their online store. It is a blueprint that when executed properly, almost guarantees success. What’s up everyone. You are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays.

00:28
where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now, first off, can you believe that I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce for the last nine years? In fact, this podcast is currently the number 14 podcast in all of Apple in the marketing category.

00:57
Now through a combination of running my own seven figure e-commerce store, interviewing other successful e-commerce store owners on this podcast and running my annual e-commerce conference, The Seller Summit, I put together a family first Friday episode today that will teach you what it takes to be successful in e-commerce. And I’m going to start with possibly the most important attribute of all. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over 12 years now, and I often get asked the same questions over and over again.

01:25
after a student first launches their website. What’s up Steve? Just launched and I’m getting some traffic but no sales. What am I doing wrong? And when I take a look at their website, I almost always see the same mistake. Now what do you think is the number one reason why most people don’t make any sales with their online store? Well, it’s because of a lack of trust. It’s because the website is not designed for conversions. But here’s the thing, you don’t need to be a website designer.

01:52
nor does your website even have to aesthetically look that great. It just needs to reassure the customer that if an order is placed, that it will be handled with the utmost of care. Now over the years, Amazon has trained customers to look for two things when shopping online, free shipping and no hassle returns. Now everybody already knows who Amazon is, but when a new visitor lands on your brand new website, they have no idea who you are. As a result, you have to prove to the customer

02:20
that you can handle an order as quickly and as efficiently as Amazon, and that you are a trustworthy site. So how do you do this? Well, step one is to show off front and center that you offer free shipping and no hassle returns and add your contact info on your website. This information should be readily accessible on every single page of your website. Now, most people who are brand new to e-commerce or who are running an online store as a side hustle are often hesitant to include a phone number and an address.

02:49
but not having a phone number or an address will basically cut your conversion rate by half. Just go to Google Voice and sign up for a free phone number. And trust me, no one is going to call you in the beginning. And if you’re getting too many calls, well, that means your store is already successful and you can probably afford to hire a customer service agent in the Philippines for about $400 a month. Now, if you can’t answer the phone, just leave a message that says, all the customer service reps are busy right now. If you need an answer right away,

03:19
emailing us or texting us is the fastest way to get an answer. Otherwise, just please leave a message and we’ll call you back. By the way, if you are enjoying this podcast episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. And trust me, this mini course is better than most paid e-commerce courses on the internet. Now the next thing that you must have on your website is social proof. People are like lemmings and they always follow the pack. Unless a customer knows

03:48
that someone else has made a purchase before on your site, they’re probably not gonna buy either. This reminds me of the story about how my buddy in high school couldn’t get any girls to pay attention to him until he was seen photographed next to a beautiful girl. Now didn’t matter this girl was his cousin, but because he was seen around someone good looking, it actually made him more desirable. Anyway, I digress. People are like lemmings. And you have to have social proof on your website in the form of testimonials, press mentions, anything.

04:17
If you are a brand new site with no press or testimonials yet, just ask your friends to review your product and then post their testimonials on your website. And once you start getting real testimonials, you can replace them. And to make these testimonials even more effective, use a photo or a video. Just make sure you place these testimonials on every single page on your site, especially at points where you want a customer to take action during checkout or an add to cart. Also, if your products are brand new and have never been purchased before.

04:47
Make sure you hide the fact that your product has zero reviews and don’t display share accounts until you’ve reached critical mass. Otherwise, a lemming might see the lack of reviews as a reason not to make a purchase. After all, if a product has no reviews, well that means no one’s buying it. And in many ways, e-commerce is like a popularity contest, so just make your website come across as popular, even if it isn’t really popular just yet. You also must put together a compelling about us page.

05:15
Now Amazon doesn’t need an About Us page because they’re Amazon. But almost every stranger who visits your site will want to know who is behind the business. On your About Us page, make sure you post a photo of yourself and get personal. Tell the story about why you started your e-commerce store and what your unique value propositions are. And many people are more than willing to support a small business online. On our website, we post a picture of my wife and tell the story about why we started our business, followed by our strongest value propositions.

05:45
Now once you feel like your website is ready to go, do yourself a favor and pay $25 to run a poll on PickFu. PickFu is a service that allows you to poll 50 people about their opinions for only 50 bucks. And the only reason I said 25 is because there’s a 50 % coupon in the show notes below. Anyway, all you have to do is create a poll that asks the following. Assuming you like the product sold on this website, would you shop here? Do you trust the store and would you make a purchase? If not, please explain why.

06:14
And if yes, what do you like about the site? And within 20 minutes, you’ll get real feedback from real people that is 100 % unbiased. I ran a poll about three or four weeks ago, and I just wanted to highlight what one person had to say about my website over at bumblebeelinens.com. I’d shopped this store, and I like how upfront the website is about numerous things, like the kinds of payments it accepts, the headline that shows the number of hours, as well as shipping offers and the return policy. And that’s before I even searched around the site.

06:45
Contact info, hours, and free shipping. Having all this info on every page matters. Now the next step to seven figure success is having a way to bring customers back to your store. In other words, you must have a way to collect emails and phone numbers on your site. Now if you look at my online store over at Bumble Bee Linen’s, I have a pop-up that collects emails by inviting people to spin a Wheel of Fortune to win valuable prizes in our store. Everybody loves games, especially games that seem like gambling.

07:14
So they enter their email to spin the wheel. Every spot on the wheel is a winner. And when they win their prize, they must claim it by sending a text. Here’s what’s ingenious. The redemption link automatically opens up the customer’s messaging app with a pre-populated message. And all they have to do is hit send to get the prize. Now using this method, I now have the customer’s email and phone number, and I can email or text them about special offers and promotions. Here’s the thing about email and text.

07:43
A customer might not be ready to buy from your store right this second, but by emailing them on a regular basis, when they are finally ready to buy, they will shop at your store. Email and SMS is also a great way to bring an existing customer back to your site for subsequent purchases. For example, with our online store, I have a system set up that automatically emails a customer related products depending on what they bought. For example, if they buy a lace handkerchief from our store, my email system recognizes this

08:10
and automatically sends them related products for purchase. And these automated systems can be easily implemented by Klaviyo for email and Postscript for SMS. Now for most online stores, email should represent at least 25 % of your revenue for your e-commerce business. And for some stores, email can make up as much as 50 % of their annual revenue. For my store over at bumblebeelinens.com, email represents about 30%. But make note, you must have a trustworthy website

08:39
and have email and SMS set up before you even think about driving traffic to your site. Otherwise, it’s just a waste of time, and you’ll be emailing me wondering why your store is not generating any sales. Now, the final prong to run a successful e-commerce store is traffic, and this is where it really depends on what you sell. If you sell a product that many people are actively searching for, then search engine optimization and Google Ads is probably going to be an excellent traffic source for you. Determine whether your products have good search volume

09:08
you need to use a keyword tool like Ahrefs. Ahrefs is a tool that tells you exactly what people are searching for and how many searches are being conducted per month. For example, over 38,000 people search for handkerchiefs every month. And I bet you were probably thinking to yourself, who the hell buys handkerchiefs these days? But we run a seven figure store that sells them, so there’s clearly a market. Now, if your product gets a lot of search volume, you’ll want to use Ahrefs to help find out the exact keyword phrases that people are searching for

09:38
and use them in the titles and meta descriptions for the pages on your website. Also, you’ll probably want to start a blog. Why is a blog important? It’s because Google needs words and content in order to understand how to index your site. Most online stores don’t have that much content, so having a blog will allow you to attract organic traffic to your site. My store generates roughly 25 % of sales for organic search, and I rank for practically every handkerchief search term online.

10:06
For more information about how rank an online store in search, just check out my YouTube channel or my blog. I got lots of resources there. Now, if your product is not well searched, then you’ll probably have to resort to social media to promote your website. For example, my buddy Eric Bandholz, a beard brand, makes almost 50 % of his revenue by driving traffic to his site from YouTube. My student Angela runs a jewelry store called Azura Jewelry and generates most of her sales from Instagram and TikTok.

10:33
Running a successful social media platform for your online store is all about understanding who your target customer is and posting on a regular basis. Most social media experts will never admit this, but social media is a numbers game. In order to be successful, you must post often and consistently. And my friends who run successful Instagram accounts post seven times a day. I have one friend who makes millions from Facebook posts and she posts 24 times a day. It’s gonna be a slog.

11:02
but you got to do whatever it takes. Almost every successful e-commerce store runs paid advertising also in some shape or form, but here’s what they won’t tell you. New customer acquisition through paid advertising is an extremely expensive way to acquire a customer. In order scale, you often have to break even and rely on repeat business and email to generate the majority of your profit. And that’s why having a solid retention strategy in place with email and SMS is so important. For our store,

11:32
A repeat customer rate is only 12 % because we’re in the wedding industry, but that 12 % generates over 36 % of our annual revenue. Repeat business is the lifeblood of every successful e-commerce store. So there you have it. If you can implement these three things successfully, you’re pretty much guaranteed to run at least a million dollar Shopify store.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

493: The Easiest, Maintainable Way To Run Ads For Your Online Store With Brett Curry

493: The Easiest, Most Maintainable Way To Run Ads For Your Online Store With Brett Curry

Today, I have my good friend Brett Curry back on the show. Brett runs OMG Commerce, which is an ecommerce agency that specializes in PPC advertising.

In this episode, we discuss a way to advertise your products on Google that is about as hands off as it gets. And, it works really well for ecommerce stores.

If you aren’t running Google Performance Max ads yet, you should give it a shot.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s working in the world of advertising right now
  • Which ad platforms are converting the best depending on what you sell
  • How to set up Google Performance Max ads

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I my good friend, Brett Curry, back on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about a way to advertise your products on Google that is about as hands-off as it gets, and it works really well for e-commerce stores. If you aren’t running Google Performance Max ads yet, you should give it a shot. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself. This course can be found at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode.

00:59
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

01:28
And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now on to the show.

01:56
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Brett Curry back on the show for I believe the fourth time, it might be the fifth time. Is that right? Man, honored, honored. Brett is someone who I met through Drew Sinaki at the Traffic and Conversion Summit in San Diego a long, long, long, long, time ago. Long time ago. He’s spoken at my event, the Sella Summit, for I believe the past four years, I think. He runs OMG Commerce, which is an e-commerce agency that has helped hundreds of companies with their PPC advertising.

02:25
And it’s been quite a while since I’ve had Brett on the show, probably due to the pandemic, honestly. And because he works with a diverse set of companies, today we’re going to talk about what’s working in the world of advertising today, which ad platforms are converting the best for what type of company. And we’ll also do a deeper dive into Google Performance Max. And with that, welcome to show, Brett. How are doing today,

02:50
Steve Chu, man, thanks for having me back. Honored, think, yeah, this is like the fourth time. And I think Tony maybe said it was the fifth Seller Summit. I’m not sure. She’s the one keeping track, not us. What’s that? That was the seventh. Oh, for you, It was my fifth to speak at some of them. Did I subtract a year from you? Sorry. I realize. you did. I mean, there was one year that probably wasn’t very good. So, I know from my presentation. we’ll forget about that one. It’ll be fine. But yeah, man, doing great. Excited to be here. Love this podcast. Love hanging out.

03:19
And love talking ads, man. Talking ads and business growth, super fun. Never gets old for me anyway. So you know what’s funny is the timing of this recording is interesting because we are on the eve of the sunset of GA3. We are. Yeah, it is being sunset. The curtain is closing on Universal Analytics. It’s about toast. And I have countdown timers on all of my analytics screens because that’s even though I’ve switched, you still get them.

03:48
So my first question to you actually is how important is it that people move to GA4 versus another paid analytics company like Fathom or there’s a whole bunch of them out there. When it specifically comes to running Google ads, like is your ad performance going to be worse if you do not switch? I don’t think so, not directly. and I will say ideally you made the transition to GA4 like a year ago. That’s what we were.

04:15
consulting with all our clients about like, get basic implementation installed so that you can get that year over year comparison because they’re gonna be like two totally separate platforms. So you’ll have to go back and reference, you know, Universal Analytics if you wanna see last year’s performance, if you’re just now installing GA4. So hopefully that’s not the case, but if it is, it’s okay, we can work with it. Inside Google Ads, so if you’re running Search, Performance Max, YouTube, we definitely like to use the Google Ads Conversion.

04:43
and we can get into the whys of that. But basically that’s where the source of truth that your campaigns are using is the Google Ads conversion code or their conversion pixel. Campaigns work better, the machine learning, the AI behind the campaigns work better. But I think you’re gonna want GA4 for other reasons. GA4 is just pretty awesome and I think it’s gonna only get better over time. So you’re want that data.

05:11
but it’s gonna be more for your benefit and more for holistic marketing and more to map out the buyer journey and things like that, rather than, we don’t usually recommend that you feed those GA4 conversions back into Google Ads for the campaign’s benefit. It’s more for your benefit. Interesting. And you said GA4 is awesome with a straight face. Okay, so it’s not perfect yet.

05:40
We’ve got a couple of guys on our team who are rock stars at conversion tracking and analytics. That’s not me. I love data. I love looking at what’s behind the data and why things are the way that they are, things like that. I do think that GA4 is going to be an improvement. I do think GA4 is going to be much more flexible and powerful in the long run. But I know there’s, know, just like with any change, there are some people that are not excited about it, but kind of this event-based tracking where essentially you can track anything and everything in GA4. This can be pretty powerful.

06:09
But yeah, the key is like what we don’t want to do is we don’t want to plug in GA4 back into campaigns for them to optimize off of that data. Interesting. Okay. So one, it does not matter that you’ve moved to GA4 for the purpose of Google ads, as long as you have the Google ads conversion pixel firing. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah.

06:32
And one way to think about that is just Google, the way Google ads measures is just a little bit differently than the way Google analytics has measured historically. And we want to get as much visibility into what the ads are doing as possible so that we’re feeding the machine, right? We’re feeding the algorithm. And the best way to do that is with the Google ads conversion code. So yeah, just strictly for the purposes of will my ads run better? Will my campaigns be better in Google ads? Use that Google ads conversion code. Okay.

07:01
which is probably what most people have been doing all along anyway, right? For the most part, yeah. We do audit some accounts where they’re using Google Analytics and feeding that back into campaigns and we usually switch that and then see better performance. if you want GAA for, if you wanted Universal Analytics in the past to be your source of truth, that’s great. That’s what you can kind of put business decisions on, but just the campaigns in Google Ads, need that Google Ads conversion code. They need that oxygen from that conversion code. Okay.

07:30
So let’s just talk about some of your client companies. or where have you seen like the biggest growth in ad spend just this past year? Yeah, so it’s undoubtedly performance max. And it was interesting. We actually saw, and I’d be curious to hear what you’ve seen with your community and what people were talking about, but Q1 was a little bit light in terms of ad spend. If you look at kind of where most DTC brands were spending, Q1 was kind of light.

07:57
We saw an uptick in kind of April, May, June, where ad spend is up. Companies are getting more aggressive. It seems like consumer confidence is up, you know, at least enough to drive some more e-commerce sales. And so we’ve seen quite a bit of growth. YouTube ad spend is up for us. Hmm. Pretty dramatically. like May, June, especially, we got kind of completed numbers for May, June as at time of this recording. And we’re about 20 % over last year for our clients as a whole.

08:26
And for a little context, we manage about $100 million a year in ad spend. it’s a decent data set to pull from. But yeah, YouTube is up about 20 % in ad spend. then performance max, like looking at year over year comparison isn’t fair because a lot of people just kind of switched to performance max within the last year. But if we look at performance max spend to say smart shopping, which is what a lot of people were doing pre-performance max, performance max spend is up.

08:55
So PMAX, people are spending more on that than they were on Smart Shopping for the most part. And that varies from client to client, but as much as 20, 30, 40 % more spend on Performance Max than on Smart Shopping. Do you want to just, just in case people listening don’t know what Performance Max is, you want to just give a quick 30 second rundown? Yeah, absolutely. And it’s one those things where a lot of people are divided. Like I’m in some communities, like Andrew Guderian’s community, Ecommerce Fuel, there are people in there that love Performance Max, people that hate it.

09:24
I heard a guy call it performance meh one time, which I thought was pretty entertaining. For us, it has been overwhelmingly positive. We’ve had a few campaigns that didn’t work. We’ve never had like PMAX not work for a client. But what performance max is, it’s essentially seven Google channels rolled into one campaign. So it’s search, it’s shopping, it’s display, it’s Gmail, it’s discovery, it’s maps, if you got any kind of a local type.

09:53
business, and then it’s something else that I forgot. It’s a whole bunch of stuff. It’s like everything that Google offers basically all their channels. And so in the past, you have to create a separate campaign for each of those channels. Now you create one performance max campaign. You give Google your assets, your images, your headlines, your descriptions, your feed for Google shopping. And then Google auto magically puts those ads across their platforms.

10:24
to drive sales and drive conversions. I’ll admit, when I first heard about it, I hated the idea. I thought it’d be black box. I thought Google would have all the control. I thought there’d be no room for creativity. That has not been the case. There’s some black boxiness in it, but it actually does give you quite a bit of room to be creative and the results have been good. I think it’s pretty smart on Google’s part to do this because I felt like Google Ads was just way too complicated in the past. Totally. And performance and I think that’s part of it.

10:53
You know, we, know so many brands that are kind of in that mid tier size that lean into Facebook more. And I think part of it is, it’s just easier to set up and run Facebook ads than it is to run Google ads. And so yeah, that was at least part of Google’s motivation is let’s, let’s create something that’s easier for advertisers and agencies to run. And also it’s more set in, forget it than it’s ever been. At least in my opinion. I mean, I just have one data point from my own store, uh, which I

11:22
don’t like, I actually liked it when I had separate campaigns for everything. But I understand you had this script that you’re giving out that helps you separate and decipher all that stuff. Yeah, totally. And shout out to Mike Rhodes from Agency Savvy and Web Savvy. He’s the original author of this conversion or this script and we kind of modified it and moved it along little bit. basically you run this script in Google Ads and it will break down some of the performance for you.

11:51
Google is rolling out now where you get some performance metrics at what’s called the asset group level. It’s basically the terminology for an ad group inside of Performance Max. There used to all that data was hidden. Google’s rolling out more of it, so more of it’s available in the interface, but this script really allows you to pull in almost any data point you want. Not every, but almost any. So that’s critical to get that to see what’s really working and what’s not.

12:16
And yet, you know, what’s interesting though, Steve is, and I kind of liked it too. Like I love the old days of Google shopping when we were using spreadsheets for our bidding and we were bidding up a penny down a penny, like based on performance. That was fun for me. We were really good at it. But then smart bidding came along, right? And smart bidding was better. And then we had smart shopping and I kind of didn’t like smart shopping, but then smart shopping was better. And now P max is kind of in that boat too, where the performance is better and you can set it and forget it. And it works pretty well.

12:45
but you also have these opportunities to kind of go wild with it and be pretty innovative and you can kind of manipulate Performance Max a little bit. Not a bad way, not in against terms of service way, but you know, get the most out of it. But you can also still run search ads for our biggest clients. still running brand and on-brand search. We’re still running separate YouTube campaigns. We’re still running separate remarketing campaigns. And then PMAX is kind of filling in the gaps and augmenting and making everything else better.

13:14
So I wanna ask you, the people out there listening who aren’t on PMAX yet, let’s say it’s a pretty new e-commerce store, you have products, maybe you’ve been selling on Amazon for a while and you get some sales on your site and you wanna start, would you advise everyone start with PMAX today? I would, I think you could start with Performance Max and then add like branded search and that could be about all you need if you’re just getting started on Google. Now with PMAX, it…

13:42
It usually primarily leans into Google shopping traffic, right? So you’ve got, you’ve got your product feed that you’re giving Google merchant center, and that’s what builds your product listing ads or Google shopping ads. And that’s at the core of PMAX. So when you first launch a campaign, that’s, PROMOS is usually going to lean into branded search and shopping. What’s nice, if you have a well-built out branded shopping campaign, so your

14:09
bidding on your own brand name and maybe that’s divided by category and then there’s some other ways we can divide that. And you got good ad copy there. That separate branded search campaign should get most of that traffic. And then Performance Max will kind of fill in the gaps, get some search traffic, but then also really lean into Google shopping. So as we audit accounts, we audit hundreds of accounts every year, most of the time Performance Max is 70, 80, 90 % of the clicks are going to Google shopping.

14:39
Right. Okay. So there’s no reason to have a separate Google shopping campaign today. Yeah. When performance max first launched, you could run smart shopping and P max together. And we kind of had this deal where we would, and this is, this is a tactic that not a lot of people know about. You don’t have to, or you’re not limited to just one product feed. you know, we, like I said, we’ve all, you know, hundreds of accounts each, each year. And I can’t think of a time when I ran into an advertiser that more than one product feed, meaning

15:09
Multiple feeds the same product as in both feeds, but you’re just testing different titles different images different headlines things like that different descriptions So you can totally do that So in the past we would run standard shopping with one feed and then performance max with another feed and they would both coexist in an account They both run and both work and that doesn’t really work anymore. I’m now Performance max just it’s it’s a bit of a bully It will just it would you know stiff arm standard shopping get it out of the way take all the traffic

15:37
There’s still a few cases, sometimes you can launch a separate account, which is more advanced and probably most people here don’t need to do that. yeah, Performance Max basically steals all the shopping traffic, which hey, if it works better and it’s easier for you to manage, then that’s probably okay, probably not a bad thing.

15:56
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

16:26
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

16:54
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

17:12
Okay. So let’s just go with the basic setup here. So you’re recommending going with performance max and then a branded search campaign, right? Okay. So, uh, can we just talk about the setup of like a bare bones P max for totally for just like a store, maybe with like, I don’t know, 20 skews, let’s say in three categories, 20 skews, three categories. That’s, that’s pretty easy.

17:37
We kind of have three approaches to performance maximum. We’ll kind of break this down as we go. But the first one I called the Marley. This is Bob Marley. This is the no worries. Everything’s just gonna be okay. And it’s kind of the set and forget it. So in that case, what you gotta think about with PMAX is you got the campaign level just like with any campaign type. But then below that you have asset groups. And asset groups are sort of like ad groups, but sort of not. So the asset group, that’s a collection of all your assets, your images, your product listings.

18:07
listening group or your feed. It’s your headlines, your descriptions, and then videos and logos. And there’s a couple of the little details, but that’s basically the bulk of it. And then audience signals. And these are not true audience targeting we’re used to on Facebook or other channels where we’re like, hey, these are the people that I want to reach. So here’s my audience. It’s a lookalike audience, or it’s an audience with these interests, or on Google, it’s an audience of people searching for these keywords.

18:34
It’s not exactly that, it’s an audience signal. So you give Google these audience signals and Google just uses that as a starting point. So Google uses that as a starting point and then they go beyond it. So it’s kind of like, hey Google, this is the picture of who my buyer is. This is who is likely to buy my product. And then Google goes beyond that. And so you’re kind of looking for this best combination of the right assets that go with these right audience signals. That becomes your asset group. And so if I’m running the Marley,

19:02
approach, so this is kind of the simple PMAX approach. I probably have one campaign. And then in this scenario, I would look at probably three asset groups, So broken down by category because likely I’m going to have different images, different videos, different headlines, different descriptions for those categories. So as an example, Boom by Cindy Joseph, Mutual Friend, Desert Firestone, awesome business. We’ve run their Google and YouTube and Amazon now for years.

19:27
But if they’ve got their mascara line and then they’ve got skincare and then they’ve got makeup, it’s kind of hard. If those were all mashed together into one asset group, how do you write a headline that applies both to makeup, to moisturizers and to mascara? I mean, you could, but it’s not very specific, right? How do get the right image that lines up with all those categories? You could, but it’s not the best. So that’s where you separate those into different asset groups. And then you’ve got…

19:53
headlines that speak to mascara, descriptions that speak to mascara, images that speak to mascara, videos that speak to mascara, and then audiences. And so now there’s a really tightly themed asset group around that category. And that’s how would do it. So one campaign, three asset groups, and then we’re ready to rock and roll. And it should get better over time. If you wanna get in and tinker, can find the worst performing images and pause those and add new ones and same with.

20:22
headlines and descriptions, but you don’t have to. if you just leave it the same, Google is going to find the best combinations and kind of go with that. So that’s kind of the very quick rundown of the Marley approach. would you say that in general, the categories will correspond to your, to your ad groups or not ad groups, uh, asset groups. Yeah, often, but not always. So, so this is where, like, again, with that simple setup, I’d probably have asset groups by category.

20:50
If I wanted to go a little bit more intense with my build out, so it’s bigger build out, a little more work. We call this the Arnold. So it’s like a little more, a little more beef, but better results or a little more work, but you’re getting better results. Then I’d maybe look at like campaign level by the category and then maybe single product asset groups, or I would do like top sellers as an asset group. So as an example, so back to the boom by Cindy Joseph.

21:20
the boomstick trio, basically it’s like three makeup sticks. That’s his drawing item, right? I think. It is, yeah, yeah. So three makeup sticks, it replaces the whole makeup bag if you want it to. So like that would be an asset group. And in fact, in that case, and this would go into another strategy, we make that the whole campaign. So then maybe at each asset group, it’s just one product. And then that way everything is laser focused on that single product. So it kind of depends, it depends on, how logical is this?

21:50
collection of products and images and headlines and descriptions. Like can the machine make sense out of what someone wants and what someone’s shopping for, or do we need to segment further? So it’s usually either at the category level or at the product level is how we do asset groups. So in Amazon land, the best practice right now is to have one campaign per product. Is that overkill for performance max? It can be, but not necessarily. So we’ve got several. And so this kind of moves into, uh,

22:17
The third strategy is what we call the wizard, right? So think about the wizard of Oz, the guy behind the curtain. He’s pulling levers and pushing buttons and he’s just going wild. This is my favorite. I like to tinker. I like to be in control, to do crazy stuff. So this is where probably going to have like a separate campaign for your top products. So just, you know, single campaign for a single product doesn’t fit for everybody. And then maybe you’re going to have some category campaigns that go along with that.

22:44
And then that way you can get creative with bids and with budgets and with, you know, how you’re testing audiences and how you’re testing creatives. so, you know, in that, in that case, so like for boom, you know, we would have a separate campaign for boomstick. We have a separate campaign for mascara. We have a separate campaign for some of the other products. Um, and then we have some category based products for, for, for lower volume sellers, you know, in addition to that. What’s the difference between having them in a separate campaign versus different asset groups within the same campaign?

23:12
for your time. so historically you didn’t see as much data at the asset group level. Uh, that’s still the case, but like I said, Google is showing more and more data at the asset group level. So that’s hopefully getting better. But the main issue is bids and budgets. So if you’ve got multiple asset groups in a single campaign, they all have the same bid. So if you’re using like a target return on ad spend bid, whatever’s at the campaign level, that’s what trickles down to the asset group level. And maybe

23:41
I want to bid more aggressively for Boomstick than I want to for Mascara. Or if I’m selling guitars and guitar cases, maybe I want to bid really aggressively for guitars, but I want to bid really conservatively for guitar cases because it’s lower priced. Maybe I’ve got worse margins, that type of thing. So bids and then budgets. So how do I, if I identify that this product is like my flagship product, and this is one of my favorite things to do with companies is look at like, what is the best entry?

24:10
product for your brand. for, for boom, it’s, it’s always been, you know, boom, stick color. Um, you know, for other like supplement brands, there’s always like one flagship supplement that that’s what people buy first. Like we used to do organifies YouTube and it was always the green juice. Like the green juice was the product that people got introduced to. And then they would buy, uh, the red or the chocolate or the whatever. Right. So, uh, you know, I want to be able to control budget for my top products.

24:39
And so those are the main reasons, visibility, bid control, budget control. So the Marley, the, yeah, the Marley and the wizard and then the wizard. Yeah. Is that meant to be a logical progression? Like can we run all these campaigns? Not necessarily. So it could be, it could be, but you know, a lot of times we’ll, we’ll launch with kind of the Arnold where it’s like, top products and a couple of category campaigns. we’ve got maybe, you know, two to four campaigns.

25:08
where you can really go crazy then if you do stuff like, I mentioned most PMAX campaigns are 60 to 80 to 90 % Google shopping. Well, you can actually run PMAX without a feed. So you could build a PMAX campaign and deprive Google of that feed and now it can’t run shopping. So we’ve actually done this with some brands where if they’ve got really good YouTube assets, we run a PMAX campaign, we pull out the feed.

25:36
And then we really, then the campaign leans into either search or display or YouTube. And it’s going to depend on what assets are really good, right? And that’s another thing to keep in mind. Like PMAX is only going to be as good as the assets you give it, right? You can’t, if you got weak headlines, if you got boring images that don’t sell the product, if you got videos that are optimized for YouTube, like the machine is not magic. can’t just make that stuff work. So you got to have good creators, but if you do, then good things can happen. So we found

26:06
even with accounts that are spending a decent amount on YouTube, if we run a PMAX campaign with no feed and we’ve got these good YouTube assets in it, PMAX can find new opportunities on YouTube as well. So that’s one of those things. Or, like the other side of that coin, is you can also run PMAX that’s only a feed. So then you can not give it anything else and just do feed only. And now you’re like, hey, this is just a shopping campaign.

26:31
And so it’s stuff like that that you kind of layer in that kind of gets you to the wizard approach. Now, what gotta be careful with- What’s the advantage of doing that though, because it’s already doing all that. Are you just trying to direct it more towards a certain style than one another? Yes. You’re trying to get more control, right? Yeah. You’re trying to get a little more control. And this is where it becomes complex. And this is where you can kind of get into trouble if you’re like, oh, I want to go wizard. And then you just set it up and you don’t look at it for a month or two months. And you’re like, it’s probably gonna-

27:01
campaigns will start competing with each other and there’s cannibalization. But what we almost always find, and this was true in the standard shopping era, the smart shopping era, Google picks favorites, right? They’re gonna find like your top 10%, 5 % of products and they’re just gonna focus in on that. And so what we try to do then is we look at, what are the products we wanna advertise that are not getting visibility? And what’s the best way to make them visible? Is it with a feed only campaign? Is it with a

27:29
standard PMAX, but it’s just separated by category. So we’re looking at that type of thing too. So we’re not, we don’t have a bunch of campaigns that are trying to compete with each other. Maybe there’s a little bit of overlap between campaigns, but we’re looking at how do we give all the products we want to have visibility and want, you know, to merchandise and put on the digital shelf. How do we best do that? All right. So let’s, let’s assume that everyone listening here is, is new and the logical place to start is the Marley campaign. yeah. Exactly. So you run it for a while.

27:58
And maybe you notice that these products are getting shafted. They’re getting no, no traffic whatsoever. Would you put those products in a separate campaign just to try to get some visibility for them? Yeah. So one thing you can do, so as long as you’ve got like asset group level visibility, which I think is being rolled out to all accounts, like right now, most of our accounts have it, not all. I would look at, Hey, this, you know, I’ve got, I’ve got these three categories to go back to the original example, but only one of these asset groups, one of these categories is getting, you know, 80 % of the traffic.

28:29
I would keep that in the existing campaign. would duplicate the campaign and separate out those other two asset groups and then see how those separate campaigns. Okay. Yeah. Because now you can, now you can say, well, maybe I just need to bid a little bit differently or maybe I need to budget a little bit differently. Right. Cause Google’s going to always look for like the easiest path to success. So if you you launch a P max campaign and Google finds success with one of your asset groups,

28:56
and you don’t have a huge daily budget, it’s maybe just gonna focus all of its attention there. And you don’t really know that maybe the other asset groups aren’t gonna work. Maybe they’re great, but they just haven’t seen the light of day. So then you need to separate those out into new campaigns. And then that way you can bid more aggressively. can, you all the budgets focus there. So yeah, that’s how I would work it. And you know, if you wanna go just simple, I would build the Marley, the one campaign, and then as it performs, just budget more, right? Budget more.

29:26
mess with the bid a little bit like that. You can maybe get all the success you want from PMAX by doing that. But then I would look at, it’s pretty likely that one or more of your asset groups is gonna get no love. And so then you’re gonna need to separate that out. So by that logic, why not start by keeping them separate campaigns in the first place? You could, but then it’s a matter of budget control and do we know what’s going to work. And so that’s not a bad idea at all.

29:55
to kind of force the envelope or to kind of force Google to give equal credit to those. But then it is more to keep track of, it is more to kind of watch the budget with. so, it’s kind of a pick your poison thing there, but one advantage to having multiple asset groups in one campaign is there is more data. So it’s not very often that Google will give…

30:18
all the traffic to one asset group and none to the others. It’ll just be split. So there’s also something at the campaign level, if there are 30 or more conversions at the campaign level on a weekly basis, that campaign is usually a little more stable, a little more consistent, like the machine works a little bit better behind it. And so that’s another thought too. Like if you’re just getting started, a little bit of consolidation so that that campaign has enough conversion data to really get rolling and then you can separate it out from there.

30:48
And then once you start separating out asset groups, let’s say they’re getting shafted into separate campaigns. Do you turn off that asset group in the main and in the Marley campaign? The original. Yeah. So then you want to, you, you want as little overlap and competition between campaigns as, possible. There’s always going to be a little bit and Google, Google is going to pick whatever combination of image and headline and description they think is best, you know, got out of all your campaigns, but we try to limit the overlap as much as possible.

31:18
Can we set some expectations here? So let’s say you’re just starting out brand new, when should you start to see it getting optimized? Like one month, three months? Yeah, so mean, it sort of depends on, so if you’re brand new, like brand new account from scratch type of thing, you know, the nice thing is PMAX does lean into branded search and shopping first. So it’s not that common that it’s just gonna, you know,

31:45
be horrible and be like a .5 ROAS or something. The only caveat’s there is if you don’t have a site that’s really proven to convert or new product testing, stuff like that. But you’re gonna get to see some results month one, but it will get better over time. And usually it’s in that month two, month three that it really starts to take off and the machine starts to learn. I think this is another reason, Steve White, why Google created PMAX was it’s like the perfect environment for their machine learning and their AI.

32:14
Right? So they bought DeepMind back in 2015, which company full of some of the best machine learning and AI scientists on the planet. It’s been kind of behind the Google ads products since that time running smart bidding, running smart campaigns, things like that just gotten better and better. But this PMAX is kind of like the perfect environment for that to really shine. And so it will get better over time as it learns your customers and learns your products. But if you, if you bid properly and we always do like maximize conversion value to kind of start with.

32:44
It’s usually like worst case scenario is just doesn’t get much volume, right? It rarely comes out of the gate and just as, know, burns all your money type of thing. Yeah. Oh, that’s, was my next question actually. So you start out a new campaign by maximizing ROAS? So, so it’s a, yeah, kind of nuance here. I usually don’t set a return on ad spend value, but I like maximize conversion value. And so what that means is basically Google’s going to look at

33:12
whatever your budget is, and they’re gonna look at your products, and they’re just gonna try to get you the most return as possible from that product group. And then as it goes, then you can layer in that target return on ad spend. I don’t mind if you really know your target return on ad spend, I don’t mind starting with it, but sometimes it can kind of pigeonhole the campaign and make it too conservative or too aggressive. And so a lot of times we just leave that open, but maximize conversion value.

33:37
Yeah, that’s interesting. I think I started out with just maximize conversions period regardless of that work, too Yeah, that can work too. I think it it kind of depends and if like your products are are your products of Bobby linens or is there a wide Discrepancy in price or are they pretty consistent? They’re pretty consistent. Yeah Yeah for the most part so I that I think that’s where it comes in handy or like we have some clients where it’s like Mostly one or two flagship products and then everything else is like add-ons or we sell later or whatever

34:06
Maximize conversions can work better there. The nice thing about maximize conversion value is then the campaign will treat differently a little bit. You your $10 item versus your $50 item and things like that. So that’s the advantage there. But both can work. And so often we’re testing both and kind of reading the performance and then adjusting from there. Can we talk a little bit about the product feed? know for years I didn’t really optimize it.

34:35
at all, I just kind of use whatever was there. Can you just provide some pointers there? Because what you do feed in really makes a difference, right? It makes a huge difference. And this is one of those areas of marketing that can just be like drop dead boring, know, product feeds, data feeds, come on, man, like I’d rather talk about anything else. But what helped me is thinking about, hey, this is just merchandising, right? This is, this is thinking about the digital shelf. How do I line up my products with what people are looking for all across the Google ecosystem? And so

35:05
There’s a few elements here. It’s actually part SEO. I know you’re in the SEO, Steve. I know you know it really well, but your feed creation and optimization is part SEO and part merchandising. So what we’re looking for is, Google really relies on the title, the title of your product. That’s gonna help determine when they show your product, where they show your product, who they show it to. And so the title needs to be first accurate. It’s gotta describe the product. So if I’m selling,

35:34
Jordan one shoes like that needs to be in the title But then it also needs to have other details like details who are gonna be searching for it So these have color these have size these have gender and these have like is it a high top low top things like that? So what are people searching for so accurate title? What are people searching for put that in the title? Because that’s what we’re gonna inform Google as to what it is the image is super important and it’s where I like to test different images because

35:58
you know, aside from the title, the image is what people are gonna click on, right? That’s what they see first. And then they often look at the title and the price to see, okay, do I wanna click on this or not? But the image is really important. So do we want, you what angle do we want? Probably want a white background, cause Google wants at least a few images with a white background. Sometimes we can sneak in a lifestyle image and that still runs, but image is super important. The price, actually believe it or not, the price is super important. So,

36:25
Google knows that if there’s a lot of people selling basically the same product, lower prices are gonna get more clicks. And you gotta understand, Google does want you to get conversions, because then you’ll spend more, and then you’ll be happier and things like that, but they’re optimizing for clicks and click through rate. And so, lower price can get more clicks. That does not mean you should try to be the lowest offering. I know you and I have talked about profit maximization and pricing, and there’s…

36:53
There’s science there, there’s psychology there. So price your product where it needs to be. But just know that does impact clicks. Sometimes though the most expensive product in a category can get some clicks, but sometimes those are just people that are somewhat interested. There’s a few other elements where you can get kind of technical, kind of nerdy, but things like Google product category and product type, and a few other things you plug in that will help Google know, oh, this is where I put this. This is where this can show up. Because the cool thing is, you’ve got traditional Google shopping, which is on the

37:23
main search results page, there’s the shopping tab, but not a ton of people click on what people do. But then also your feed can show up on the YouTube mobile app, it can show up on YouTube on desktop, it can show up in Gmail, it can show up across the display network. And so you really wanna get this optimized because it’s gonna fuel shopping, but it’s gonna fuel these other channels as well. So I’m curious, when you have a client come on and you see their feed and it’s just the name of the product displayed on their website,

37:52
Do you actually bust out like the keyword tools like Ahrefs or what? We do, yeah, yeah, and we use a number of tools. I’m still kind of like SEM Rush, but like Keywords Anywhere are cool. Ahrefs is all, like there’s so many good ones, so whatever your tool of choice is, fine. I’ll give you an example. So a buddy of mine runs Everyday California. you know Chris Lynch? Have you met him? He knows a lot of people in Haven’t met him. Everyday California based in La Jolla, just outside of San Diego, one of my favorite cities that I’ve ever been to.

38:20
So they sell this T-shirt, it’s called the El Clasico and it’s got their everyday Cali logo. It’s the bear named Brutus, the California bear is holding a surfboard. It’s like a flag around it. And so if we just gave Google the feed, the title would just say El Clasico. That’s it, El Clasico. That’s not enough. Like nobody knows what the El Clasico is, not even Google. And so, but we put, know, El Clasico, California bear, T-shirt, black.

38:48
men’s medium or men’s X, whatever. And then we add a few other things too, but like that California bear t-shirt, a lot of people search for that. And so that allows that product to show up for those searches. So yeah, you got to first be accurate, but then we’re looking at keyword data, we’re looking at what’s converting inside of Google ads already, we’re looking at what’s converting on Amazon. And then of course we’re looking at those keyword tools as well.

39:12
Do you, so in that example that you just gave, would you move California bear shirts all the way to the front? Ahead of the brand? Often we would, yeah. So it kind of depends, like if your brand is big enough now where people are looking for your brand, so like Native as an example, Native’s a long time client. Started as just, I used to call them Native deodorant, but now they’re much more than that, right? They’re sun care and hair care and body wash and a variety of other products. launching new ones all the time, which is awesome.

39:42
In the early days, we’d put natural deodorant up front, native in the back. Now native is something people look for, right? So it’s okay in that situation to put native at the front of the title. You don’t necessarily have to, but you could. For like Air Jordans or something, I’m putting that brand at the front, because that’s what people are looking for. But if you’re not that, which a lot of us are not, then I would put more the keyword or the descriptor at the front, brand at the back of the title.

40:10
And in terms of keyword, what are your boundaries in terms of stuffing? Do you do keyword, comma, keyword, or? 100 % black hat. I’m keyword stuffing. I’m just pushing the envelope. Roll the dice. But bring it on, Google. No, I’m just kidding. No, you generally, so the thing you want to think about with titles is there is a character limit. So take 150 characters, and give or take, maybe that’s been adjusted. But I think it’s 150. And so Google does weight what’s at the front of that title more.

40:36
So like your first 75 characters, but even more like your first 40 characters, 50 characters, that’s what Google’s really gonna wait. So that doesn’t give you a lot of room. So typically we’re looking at like a couple of keywords, right? Like so name of product, couple keywords, brand, you know, that’s pretty much it. Or couple keywords, the attributes, if that’s important, you’re gonna wanna include those. So for apparel, attributes are really important. For other things, maybe not as much. So.

41:01
Yeah, usually just a couple keywords. And no, we’re not stuffing. We’re just putting that in there. If you want to add additional keywords, you can put those in your description. You can put those in your product type. And then also Google is crawling the page. So Google is looking at that product listing page or the product detail page. And then they’re using that to kind of inform them as to what this product is. So, Brett, I kind of want to conclude this interview by just saying when someone comes to you, a lot of times the site isn’t even ready to…

41:29
to be running ads yet. So what’s like your checklist? Yeah. So it checklists in terms of, you ready for Google? Are you ready for ads before you even launch and that sort of thing? Yeah. We talked about the feed just now. Yeah. Yeah. So the feed is going to help. So if it was my side, my company, I would, and I’m a Google ads guy, so would say this, I would still run like branded search and a little bit of P max right out of the gate just to start getting some traffic. And I think it’s going to convert and you’re going to learn and stuff like that.

41:55
But when it’s time to maybe bring on an agency or bring on a freelancer, hire somebody, that’s what I want to know. Like I’m getting predictable conversions from cold traffic, right? So I’m looking at resources on my wife quit her job. I’m looking at things like unofficial Shopify podcast, Kurt Elster, looking at some of those. We’ve got some resources on product detail pages, but.

42:20
I want to know, I converting like in that acceptable range of e-commerce, which is kind of in that one to three percent, you know, one to three percent of cold visitors or people that don’t know you should be converting from your site. If they’re not, man, maybe I want to improve my site a little bit. Maybe I want to look at how am I positioning this product on my product detail page? Do I have reviews in the right place? Do I have a strong call to action? Am I answering the shipping question? Like all, what are all the questions people have?

42:49
that they need to feel good about before they buy, am I doing that? But if I’m converting, if I’m converting in that one to three range for cold traffic or beyond that, now I’m thinking, all right, let’s start feeding this machine a little bit and let’s start driving more traffic to the site. So for search and PMAX, like you can launch those really quickly, we do a lot with YouTube and I still like separate YouTube campaigns, not just PMAX.

43:18
But usually there we like for someone to have success with Facebook top of funnel. So if they know, I can drive top of funnel traffic on Facebook to this lander and it converts cold traffic. That’s a really necessary starting point in my opinion to say, Hey, we’re ready for some YouTube tests. Now let’s see if we can ramp up YouTube to attract new customers. want that page that converts. So those are a few things, right? We really want to know does my product.

43:47
does my page convert, my site convert, do I have a good product market fit? Because then once I have that, then Google Ads is gonna work way, way better. So what you’re saying, because oftentimes it’s hard to figure out what to blame the website or the ad. So you’re saying just start with branded. Branded and like basic performance max, yeah. Where maybe, maybe I’m just doing a feed and a couple images and stuff like that. Yeah, I would start with those. Or maybe it’s a simple non-brand search campaign, but you gotta be,

44:16
pretty careful there because that, if you get some broad match keyword clicks, those likely don’t convert a lot. So I want branded search and PMAX running kind of right out of the gate. Now, that branding campaign may not do anything if you’re not running Facebook or some other traffic source or if you don’t have SEO or if you don’t have any organic content, but I would kind of start with those, yeah. And you then just said, I think in passing, maybe just pick your best products that you think are just

44:46
gonna sell and then put those in the feed first. And if you’re not converting it between one and 3%, that means something’s wrong. Usually means something wrong. Yeah. And you know, maybe the caveats to that is if it’s a high AOV and the ROAS still works. I like to look at conversion rate because that’s gonna be informing. It means one or two things and you kind of nailed it. Either it’s bad traffic or it’s my site needs work or there’s just not a product market fit, right? So kind of combination of the two.

45:13
And so then you need to know that. So conversion rate is important, but you can’t take conversion rate to the bank. So we’re still looking at conversions and revenue and ROAS. If those are good and I’m at a 1 % or lower, then I’m maybe gonna keep spending, but I’m probably looking at ways I can improve that conversion rate too. And if you’re not getting as much traffic as you would like, you would probably look at the feed maybe? I would look at the feed. Yep, absolutely. Because that’s going to be, should be…

45:41
the primary driver of PMAX traffic. It’s just good, relevant traffic to your store, likely gonna convert. so, yeah, if the ads aren’t showing up, so if you’ve got a feed you’ve submitted to Google, PMAX isn’t showing, it’s likely the feed needs to be optimized or you’re not bidding aggressively enough or there’s something like broken in the campaign, conversion tracking isn’t turned on, things like that.

46:08
Cool, well hope that’s a pretty good guideline for anyone listening who wants to get started with Performance Max. And if you ever want to meet this guy in person, just head on over to Seller Summit. Actually you speak at a lot of events. I speak at decent amount, yeah, Seller Summit, I speak at a of Ezra’s events, at SellerCon, I try to do like seven or eight a year, like that’s a good mix to still be a family first entrepreneur. But I like jumping on planes and going speaking on stages, so yeah, love to connect with anybody here.

46:37
talk shop if that’s useful. Yeah, where can people find you? Yeah, so I am on the social, Steve. So I’m not to your level on YouTube, but I’m working that way. So I’m on LinkedIn. That’s probably the best place to find me. Do a little bit on Twitter. I’m on Facebook, of course, YouTube, OMG Commerce on YouTube. But then the best way to get in touch is omgcommerce.com. So if you want second set of eyes on your account, if you have PMAX questions.

47:02
If you’re trying to decide, I hire an agency or go in house or freelance or whatever, reach out to us, but omgcommerce.com is the place to go. Awesome, Brett. Well, thanks a lot for coming back on the show. Awesome, man. Thanks for having me. Ton of fun.

47:20
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now what I love about e-commerce is that it’s getting easier and easier every day and most ad platforms are now incorporating AI and learning algorithms to make everything less hands-on for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywipedcoderjob.com slash episode 493. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your IP from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

47:49
mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

48:17
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

492: How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell In 10 Minutes – Family First Friday

492: How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell In 10 Minutes – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I teach you 4 different methods of finding profitable products to sell on Amazon, Shopify and Ebay.

Thanks to software tools like Jungle Scout, Ahrefs and ZikAnalytics, you can get accurate data on the sales of practically any product being sold online.

Jungle Scout – Get 30% Off Jungle Scout
Ahrefs – Try Ahrefs For Free
Zik Analytics – Try ZikAnalytics For Free

What You’ll Learn

  • How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell Online
  • How To Use The Opportunity Finder Tool From Jungle Scout
  • Different Methods Of Researching Profitable Products

Transcript

00:00
In today’s episode, I’m going to teach you four different methods of finding profitable products on Amazon, Shopify, eBay, Etsy, basically anywhere products are sold. And these are methods that I personally use to make over a million bucks selling on my own online store over at BumblebeeLinens.com. What’s up everyone? You are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show.

00:29
called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. If you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now when I first got started in e-commerce, my product research strategy was basically haphazardly looking for a product to sell. My wife and I would go to a trade show, look around and just pick and choose what we thought

00:58
were great products to sell. There were no rules and no real criteria for our choices. And as a result, we often had products that didn’t sell well sat on our shelves at our warehouse gathering dust. Now having unsold inventory sucks, but we learned our lesson. And today we use a bunch of tools to conduct product research the right way to ensure that this never ever happens again. This is what I’m going to teach you today. You will learn how to use various software tools to evaluate profitable products

01:27
so that you are confident your products will sell before you make a upfront investment on inventory. Now the first method for product research involves Amazon and a tool called Jungle Scout. That is a well-known fact that Amazon has over a 50 % market share in e-commerce in the United States and they are the biggest player by a landslide. The next closest competitor is Walmart at only 6.3%. So as a result, if you want to know what products to sell online,

01:54
it makes sense to look at what’s selling on the Amazon marketplace first. Now Jungle Scout is a tool that scrapes all the listings on Amazon and tells you approximately how much each seller is making online. For example, if I want to know how much money each Amazon listing selling garlic presses is making on a monthly basis, all I have to do is type in garlic press in Amazon search, hit the Jungle Scout button, and the tool will tell me the number of units sold, revenue, listing price, everything.

02:22
Now Amazon doesn’t publish this data online. So how does Jungle Scout work exactly? Well, every product listing on Amazon has what is called a BSR, which stands for best seller rank, which is a relative measure of how well a product is selling in Amazon. Now, because Jungle Scout has a huge database of real Amazon sellers and their actual sales data, they can correlate that data on the backend with the BSR ratings on Amazon. And as a result, based on the BSR ranking of a product, they can interpolate

02:52
and make a pretty good approximation of how much money that listing is making, and it’s fairly accurate. So if you’re thinking about selling a product and you want to know if it’s a good idea, then just type it in on Amazon search, run Jungle Scout, and see how well that product is selling for the last 30 days. And as you are doing your research, you want to sell a product that has high demand and low seller competition. So here’s what you should look for. Whenever I perform this exercise,

03:18
I like to see an even distribution of revenue across the sellers on the front page of Amazon search. After all, the last thing that you want is to sell a product where one seller or brand is dominating all the sales. Now, if you decide to sell your own version of that product under your own brand, you want to know that there’s plenty of space left for a new player on the market. I also like to look for a low number of reviews across all the listings, preferably in the low hundreds or less. Now, why do reviews matter?

03:45
It’s because the number of reviews on an Amazon listing is directly correlated to the strength of the listing. If a product listing has over a thousand reviews, well that means it’s going to be pretty well entrenched in the Amazon rankings. If you can find a product that has good demand and even distribution of revenue across the sellers with a low number of reviews, then that makes it a viable option to sell online on Amazon. Just make sure that you have a solid value proposition for your product before you start sourcing it. But what if you can’t think of anything to sell?

04:16
Well, this process also works in reverse. Remember, Jungle Scout also provides a searchable database of every single product that is listed on Amazon. As a result, you can use the Opportunity Finder tool from Jungle Scout to have the tool return you a product that matches your revenue criteria. Basically, you’re just asking Jungle Scout for a good product to sell. For example, let’s say I want to sell a product that generates at least $5,000 a month with less than 200 reviews. Well, you can conduct a search on Jungle Scout with these exact parameters

04:45
and the tool will output a bunch of product searches that match your criteria. So if you’re having problems finding a good product on your own, you can use Jungle Scout to actually brainstorm products for you from a database of millions of products with real data from Amazon. Now, another great way to find a profitable product to sell online is by analyzing what people are searching for on Google. Remember, Amazon only owns 50 % of e-commerce. The remaining 50 % is dominated by Google and other marketplaces.

05:14
And the key is to find out what products people are searching for online using Google. And in order to figure that out, you must use a Google keyword tool like Ahrefs. Ahrefs is a tool that tells you how many searches per month are conducted for a given keyword on Google. And it also tells you how hard it is to rank for that keyword. For example, if I want to know how many people are searching for dog harnesses online, Ahrefs tells me that over 59,000 people are searching for dog harnesses every single

05:41
Ahrefs also provides me with other related keyword searches as well. For example, 45,000 people are searching for dog collars. 13,000 people are searching for dog harnesses no pull. 6400 people are looking for tactical dog harnesses. You get the picture. By looking at the search volume for the products you want to sell, you can make sure that people are actually looking for the product that you actually are considering offering. And to gauge the size of the market and the potential sales, you can take the search volume.

06:10
multiply it by 37%, which is the approximate amount of traffic you might get if you have the number one spot in Google, and then multiply that number by 2%, which is the average conversion rate for an e-commerce store. Do this for every keyword that applies, and then add it all up. This number will be your revenue potential for that product. Now just be aware though, that some searches on Google are for information and not for shopping. For example, if you see a term like dog harness installation,

06:37
Well, that means that people are looking for a tutorial and not a product to buy. The next obvious place to find profitable products to sell is on eBay. And even though eBay doesn’t have a huge market share in the e-commerce space at only three and a half percent, what eBay does have going for it is precise data. Every transaction on eBay is recorded and available to the public. As a result, by browsing eBay data, you can know exactly how much money a product is making on the platform. Note that this is completely different

07:06
than what a tool like Jungle Scout provides with Amazon. Jungle Scout only provides approximate numbers that are interpolated from real data. eBay’s numbers are exact. So how do you browse eBay efficiently in order to brainstorm products to sell? Well, the best way is to use a tool like Zic Analytics. Now, similar to Jungle Scout, Zic Analytics is a tool that scrapes all the eBay listings for both completed and non-completed listings and gives you a nice interface to browse the data.

07:35
Now what’s nice about ZIC once again is that the data is accurate and represents real sales on eBay. ZIC also provides a cool feature where you can look at the hot categories on eBay where most people are buying. And then from here, you can push down further to see the hot selling products on eBay for any given category. Now the most useful metric that ZIC Analytics offers is a metric called the successful listings percentage. The successful listings percentage is the percentage of listings on the front page of eBay for a particular product

08:04
that have sold at least one item. Basically, this is a good measure of whether you’ll actually make a sale on eBay if you list that product. In fact, I like to see a successful listing percentage of at least 33%, which basically means that if I were to list that product, then it would sell a third of the time. This number is also important if you end up not being able to sell your product on your own website or Amazon. Because a high successful listing percentage means that you can always liquidate unsold inventory on eBay if it ever gets to that point.

08:35
But remember, eBay is an auction-based platform where not all auctions end in a sold completed listing. What you’re looking for is confidence that if you were list that exact same product on eBay, then it would sell at a high percentage. Note that just because something sells on eBay though, doesn’t necessarily mean that it is sold at a good price where you are actually making a profit. You have to look at the pricing for the products being sold on eBay during your search to determine whether it’s worth selling that product based on demand and margin.

09:04
Zic also provides you with information on how many listings or sellers there are for any product, the total number of sold items in the last 30 days, and the average selling price. And with this information, you can then look on Alibaba or ask your supplier to see if your profit margins make sense to source and sell that product online. Now, if you’re on a major budget, there’s actually another tool called Terapeak that is 100 % free when you join eBay. Now, a long time ago, Terapeak used to cost money and it was essentially what Zic Analytics is today.

09:33
But then eBay acquired Terapeek and basically stripped it of many of its useful features. Now that being said, Terapeek is still useful for getting sales numbers for some broad-based products on eBay. If you want to give Terapeek a try, just look for it on the research tab of your eBay seller hub, then just type in what you’re researching into the search bar. Use the filters to refine your search, and Terapeek will give you the average selling price, the total number of units sold, the total sales revenue, and the sell-through rate. However,

10:01
Terapeak will not give you data to the same level of granularity as ZIC Analytics. Instead, it only provides aggregate data for a given search and doesn’t really do a great job of giving you data for individual products. Also, it’s not going to tell you what the hot categories are either, but you can’t really complain because the tool is free. So let’s put it all together now. Use Jungle Scout to research products that are selling well on Amazon with high demand and low competition. Then take those exact same keyword searches

10:29
and check if people are searching for those products on Google. And then finally, check Zic Analytics and or Terapeak if you’re on a budget and make sure the sell through rate is at least 33 % on eBay. Now if you do those three steps, you’ll find a profitable product to sell. And in the event your product doesn’t sell as well as you were expecting, you can always liquidate it on eBay. Hope you enjoyed that episode. In the event that you want to learn how to sell profitable products online,

10:55
Make sure you take my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

491: The Future Of Ecommerce In The Face Of AI And Other Changes With Mike Jackness And Toni Herrbach

491: The Future Of Ecommerce In The Face Of AI And Other Changes With Mike Jackness And Toni Herrbach

I just returned from Las Vegas where I got to speak in front of 1300 people at the Alibaba CoCreate Conference.

And what’s cool is that I was able to meet up in person with my good friend Mike Jackness and my business partner, Toni Herrbach.

In this episode, we discuss the future of e-commerce in the face of AI and other changes in the industry.

What You’ll Learn

  • Where the cheese is moving in the ecommerce industry
  • How artificial intelligence will fundamentally change ecommerce
  • How the sourcing landscape is changing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now just got back from Las Vegas where I got to speak in front of 1300 people at the Alibaba Co-Create Conference and it was a fun event. And what’s cool is that I got to meet up in person with my good friend, Mike Jackness and my business partner, Tony Urbach. And you know by now that whenever we three get together, we always record a podcast. So today,

00:28
we are going to discuss the future of e-commerce in the face of AI and other changes in the industry. But before I begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:55
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success is going to be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:23
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you ever get ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you

01:51
you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now on to the show.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife, Put Her Job podcast. It is rare that both Mike Jackness and Tony Urbach and myself are all in the same room together. But when we are, we always like to record a podcast. And I thought we would go a little high level today and maybe just talk about the future of commerce, where the opportunities are. We’ll just leave it at that. Because I know Mike probably doesn’t have anything to say about that. No, nothing. I never have anything to say about anything.

02:32
It’s like it’s cool being back on the podcast so soon. just recorded with you I’m not sure when these episodes go out, but we just got the chit chat So it’s being back here cool being in the same room with you and Tony and looking forward to talk today Well, I didn’t tell you this but I might not air that episode. I don’t blame you. Yeah There’s a lot of whining on your part and you know, that’s all I ever do Let’s whine about something else today So we’re at the Alibaba conference and a big part of it is sourcing

03:01
Let me give you this question to start out. Of all the different factors in the success of an e-commerce business, how would you rank sourcing as part of that? Yeah, it’s one of those things that doesn’t seem important at all until all of a sudden it is, right? Because you kind of just ignore sourcing or take it for granted a lot of times, I think, because you’re looking at things from a marketing perspective. Are you using a tool like Helium 10 or Jungle Scout or something like that and searching for opportunities and just

03:29
looking to like scratch off that that sourcing box. But if you have bad sourcing partners, then also that’s all you can think about because you’re not getting your products in time. The quality isn’t good. They’re delayed. The logistics are bad. Something is broken in that process. You know, they stolen your money. There’s all kinds of things that I’ve gone through over the years. And so it’s like, again, it’s one of those things that you kind of take for granted. Sometimes like your health until all of a sudden, you know, you can’t walk properly, you can’t breathe or you’re sick or you get COVID or something.

03:54
You don’t think about those things until they’re happening. And sourcing oftentimes is kind of that forgotten thing in e-commerce. See, I just wanted a number. A number? Well, you know, how would you rank it on a scale? And then we get this like, this is going to be a long episode, folks. It can be a one or a 10. There we go. Yeah, I was thinking for myself, I think it matters really, it matters a lot just to get started.

04:22
But I’m actually of the belief these days that, at least for your own site, not Amazon, that you can pretty much sell anything with a good message, as long as the quality of your products is good. Yeah. Right. That’s what I’m saying. I it’s like, think a lot of what we do is we’re either using tools to find opportunities or we’re trying to be better at marketing or we’re looking at the digital end of it. I certainly look at e-commerce that way. And the sourcing is like the kind of thing that just you have to kind of go do that thing.

04:51
uh, in order to, in order to be an e-commerce business. And yes, it’s becoming less and less a factor. I mean, we’re at an Alibaba conference. Alibaba is one of the reasons why, right? mean, like these tools like Alibaba are out there where it becomes a lot easier to, to, to find suppliers, to vet suppliers, to work with suppliers. And when I first got started in e-commerce, I had to physically travel to China, uh, and do all that work on the ground. And something like Alibaba has, has made that much easier. So here’s a question.

05:21
Do you feel like you need to go to China anymore? It’s a tough question because we haven’t been in a while, and you kind of keep on doing the same old things. You have a routine. I was going there all the time before COVID and then COVID happened and I had to figure out another way. And for me, that was having a sourcing agent. So I think the reality is do I need to go? No, I don’t think that I need to go, but I think that relationships are super important. And I do think if you’re importing

05:50
a significant amount of stuff and you’re working with relatively few manufacturers, just like anything else in life, it’s probably good to put some FaceTime in and go do those supplier dinners, let them get you drunk at the big lazy Susan thing and do those things just to, because it becomes harder psychologically for people to say no or have hard conversations with people that they have a relationship with. And so if you’re over there and you put that work in, it’ll be more difficult for them to mistreat you. And they’ll also probably

06:19
you know, put you at top of mind over other people that haven’t been putting in that work. So do you have to go? No. Should you go, you probably should still make an effort. It is true because I think about the internet today and you know, a lot of people are posting anonymously, negative comments, but they probably wouldn’t do that to you face to face, right? That’s right. We’re going to India here in a weeks and then we’re going to Hong Kong and

06:46
We’re not actually going to China. We’re going to Hong Kong during the Canton Fair and then our supplier is actually meeting us in Hong Kong. So we are meeting our biggest supplier on this trip. If they weren’t going to come to Hong Kong, I would have popped into China, but they were willing to come to Hong Kong because they had some other things that they wanted to do anyway. So, you this will be my first time seeing them face to face and man, it’s four years. It was 2019 last time.

07:10
Actually, the last time I went to China was with you, Tony. I want to say that was back in 2017, 2018. 2017. I’m actually, I probably need to go back. Here’s the thing, Mike. I actually dread those meals. Yeah. It’s so awkward. But I mean, I, and I try to bust out the Chinese just cause it’s there’s always this language barrier. It’s tough. It’s very tough. And there’s a lot of smiling on my part. then

07:36
whipping out the Chinese as much as I can, them like laughing at my Chinese or they’re responding. But things are always better after that meal. I wonder if they enjoy it actually. I actually think they really do. Like, I mean, from what I can tell, it’s part of the culture, right? I think, because I’ve been over there several times, I’ve had a lot of interactions with suppliers. And at a high level, what I’ve kind of figured out is that there’s kind of like an old school and new school kind of

08:06
faction of suppliers. have like the older, the older generation of suppliers that seem to really love that like wine and dine, that meal, you’re around to in the lazy Susan. I love that environment. It’s just, I wish they had that here in the United States. It would be cool for business dinners. And then the younger guys that I work with over there, they just kind of take you out to a regular restaurant. It’s rare that they even have a beer. If they do, it’s like a drink. They’re starting out there to get you drunk. It’s a much different environment.

08:33
You know, and so I don’t know if it’s, it’s a generational thing or it just happens to played out that way. But I did, I have talked to people over there specifically about that. does seem that like the old way of doing business in China is that’s the thing that they like to do. And they seem to have fun doing it. Like they, I mean, they get really drunk. So I don’t know. I mean, and you know, I, I look back at, at those memories, like what I look forward to going to do that again, like, no, cause it’s, mean, it’s, it’s a big hangover the next day.

09:02
But looking back at it, I do enjoy that cultural thing that I got to be a part of. See, I’ve never gotten completely wasted. No? No. I just have a drink and I just nurture it. They never did the ganbei thing to you where you have to drink the baijiu out of the little Oh no, I can’t handle that. I can’t handle my liquor. I’d be completely dead if I If you say no, they frown upon it. Maybe it’s because I speak Chinese. that…

09:32
So I’m probably like, I’m telling Michelle, so my wife speaks Chinese. And so I’m telling her like, tell them I don’t want any more to drink. Cause she’s probably telling them, give them six. No idea. We both use sourcing agents. And then at the same time, Alibaba has all these cool features now where, you know, they vet the suppliers for you and they had, they introduced a bunch of new features at this event. So do you think that Alibaba is going to replace sourcing agents? What are the pros and cons in your opinion?

10:01
And do you still use Alibaba? Were they going to replace sourcing? I mean, I don’t know. Like I, I think the sourcing agents are still going to have a place. I think I look at it as a tiered system is the way I kind of think of it. So like if you’re just getting started or you’re smaller or you’re working, you’re placing smaller orders with a whole bunch of factories, Alibaba seems to be the go-to place, right? Cause it’s just, have this portal. It’s like a search engine for, for sources or for factories around the world.

10:31
And I think that that’s awesome. Like it really helps people. The buried entry is very small to find that. I think once you kind of graduate to a certain size, you probably would want to use a sourcing agent because you’re looking for more unique suppliers. You’re looking for special things here or there. You’re looking for someone who’s going to have some other edge. And for us, the sourcing agent kind of checks a lot of these boxes. And then I think the final step is like you get large enough, you just

10:59
hire your own full-time people on the ground in China. I kind of think of that as like the three tiers, or whether it’s China or other parts of the world. And so we’re kind of at that sourcing agent stage right now. Like I love Alibaba. I’m grateful that it’s existed. It’s helped us and our community like be able to find suppliers. But I also like having a sourcing agent because I feel like a representative in the middle of this process that is important to me. they, would I pay them?

11:29
provides more value to me and I feel like I make that back and more. And I, it’s an important part of the process for me. Yeah. For me, we’re just lazy. It’s not just a matter of being lazy. You probably, you know, because you do speak some Chinese, you know, have a little bit of a cultural leg up. just feel like it’s, it’s a very different culture. Like, I mean, I’ve, I’ve been to 57 countries and I often talk about how China is the most difficult for me to navigate.

11:58
just from a culture perspective. And that’s even going with someone who speaks the language. I can only imagine not having a wife who speaks Chinese, how much more difficult it would be. And so think there’s like this cultural divide in China that I have not experienced in like Central or South America or Europe or other places that I’ve been. And so having that sourcing agent on the ground that really understands the customs and like won’t let me get taken advantage of there, really they understand pricing better. They understand quality better. In terms of like,

12:27
what you can push back on an inspection, they’re physically there like doing the inspection for me. They, you know, they’re my advocate on the ground. And so I feel like, you know, the, 8 % or so, whatever it works out to that a sourcing agent takes, it’s not just a matter of being lazy. Like, I feel like I’m getting that value and more from them. And yes, the added benefit is I don’t have to fly across the world two or three times a year to go visit suppliers now. So we like our sourcing agent because we’ve, always negotiate.

12:55
piece-per-piece inspections. They literally inspect every single thing comes up and they know what we’re looking for because we had this document that we’ve developed over the years like this is a defect, this is a defect, this is a defect. Whereas if we were to use just like a regular inspector, we’d have to convey that information each time and it wouldn’t be as thorough. Yeah, that’s kind of what I’m saying in terms of advocating for a sourcing agent, right? Because I mean, it’s always a sticky situation with quality in China and this has just been pervasive through

13:25
seven, eight years of doing this. it just, even if you get one batch of the quality, they will always, they’re always trying to like revert back to doing something squirrely, let lower quality, less, you know, changing materials, doing something. And so having, you know, a sourcing agent that you work with on a continuous basis, it isn’t just, like you said, hiring an inspection company that’s just in and out there quickly.

13:50
I think is really, really important if that’s a big part of your business, which for us it is. I think most Westerners, it’s a big part of their business. So you mentioned you’re going to India. Are you currently sourcing there right now? We’re not. I’m going there because my friend, mutual friend Meghla runs a sourcing trip there. I’m super excited about it. It’ll be country 58. So I finally get to go to someplace new. I think it’s going to be another culture shock. So we’ll see how that goes. But I am looking for…

14:15
other opportunities around the world. I I look at kind of some of the geopolitical stuff that’s happening with China. I the terrorist was a big wake up call. You know, it’s just, kind of like, again, sourcing is some of the things you don’t think about until all of sudden you do. And that was one of those days where I’m like, oh my God, this is going to change our business dramatically. And it has, it’s really been, it hasn’t worked out, I think, the way that it was advertised, which is like, this is a tax on China or, you know, something like that. I mean, like really what it is, is it’s a tax on our small business. We have not been able to

14:44
pass through even years later the additional tariffs because no one wants to raise their price. so everyone’s just absorbing that. So it’s really become a tax on small business. I don’t know. It seems like it’s hard to know what the future is going to bring, but it seems like there’s more more tension there. And so looking at a country like India, where there hasn’t been any tension and there aren’t any tariffs and

15:11
The other thing I think is important, at least what I think about is that Wayne Gretzky quote of, skate to where the puck is going, not where it is. It seems like everyone’s already in China. It’s super saturated. They’re really good at it. China is really great at manufacturing. There’s platforms like Alibaba that make it really easy to find all these manufacturers. I think back to eight years ago when we first went to China and it wasn’t as saturated with e-commerce and finding these niche opportunities, I feel like there’s probably more of those types of opportunities.

15:40
in India and I’m excited to go check it out. I didn’t realize you got hit by the tariffs. The ice wraps got hit. And the business that we own together was with the tariffs. And there’s very few categories really that had been immune to it. There’s definitely some. We have some products that haven’t had the additional tariff. Right. But yeah, and it was a 25-35 % extra, which is very, very substantial.

16:09
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

16:38
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

17:06
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

17:25
All right, so let’s switch gears now because Tony has been crazily silent. I’ve been enjoying. I kind of, I kind of enjoy this silence. Usually Tony’s like, so let’s switch gears and talk about D to C versus Amazon. Now, I think the last time you were on, not the one that we recently recorded, I think, did I have you and Dave on? I can’t even remember, but the conclusion, at least from Dave’s perspective was all in Amazon, right? I’d be curious if he feels the same way today.

17:55
I’m not sure. I’m curious what Tony’s feeling is on this in terms of Amazon versus other platforms. I’m definitely not all in Amazon, as you guys know. In fact, I was sitting there yesterday in the Alibaba session when they were unveiling all their new technology for sourcing, finding products, some of their AI tools. And I thought, well, this is just making it even easier for people, right? So I love things with a high barrier to entry because I feel like it weeds out competition, at least on the initial stages.

18:24
So I thought, you know, cause with Steve and I, like we host like Friday Q and A’s and things like that. Most people’s problem is finding their products, right? Like they know what they want to sell, but they don’t know how to get it. And I feel like the easier it becomes for those people, then the easier it is for people to sell. And then the more competition there is, even though it’s probably not the same quality. So for me, Amazon is sort of that like, there’s such a low barrier to entry, although it’s gotten much harder since when I was selling on there, it’s changed a ton.

18:52
But to me, just felt like yesterday felt like, well, here we go again. Like, here’s a bunch of people that don’t know anything that are going to be able to, which I like the tools, like I think they’re great. But to me, it was like, well, yeah, I’m sticking with D to C because I feel like that’s just such a much higher barrier to entry for people. Yeah. And it’s but you have to have the right type of products. That’s right. You know, the tug of war here. Like, I mean, a lot of people that are on Amazon are looking like get off Amazon. People that are off Amazon are looking to get on Amazon. There’s really

19:21
If you put a Venn diagram together, there’s very few products that have an overlap that do well on both platforms. It does exist. are, you know, when you’re looking at trillions of dollars of sales, there’s a large volume of money that does transact or companies that do well on both platforms. But the reality is, is that very few things really that do well on both. And so if you look at, you know, I guess the kind of question is like, what does the future look like here? I think it’s, you a of times it’s good to look at the past and just kind of see like, what is the trend then?

19:51
And Amazon continues to grab market share. They are the world’s largest product search engine. They dominated Google in this space. They’ve built a insane footprint across the country in terms of warehousing and their own deliveries vans. And I think it’s going to continue. No matter how badly somebody wants to go beat Amazon, even some like Walmart, it’s really difficult to like…

20:19
recreate that infrastructure that they’ve put together, it would be really, really difficult. And at the same time, 100 million people, or whatever heck it is, have their credit card already stored at Amazon in the United States. So the buried entry of the transaction is very low. And now you look to Amazon for Amazon Prime, like you kind of like for the television aspect, and then they have Whole Foods. it becomes more more difficult for someone to cancel that membership and go away from Amazon.

20:48
And once you have that membership and you’re on Amazon, now you feel like I have to get my, it’s like the all you can eat buffet. I have to get my value. So you’re more stuff off the Amazon. And so, you know, the commodity things, I quick products. just do not see going anywhere. No, I agree. mean, on Amazon, you want paper clips, want, you know, whatever rubber bands, something like that, light bulbs, you’re going to go to Amazon. The DTC thing. I think, you know, you’ve also seen a kind of a resurgence of that now because

21:16
There’s these micro brands or niche brands that people are going back to the story and the family or whatever that kind of created those products. And I think that that’s going to have a place and start to increase because social media, especially like a TikTok, has made it so much easier for those brands to get quickly viral, get out those stories and those products. And I think overall, e-commerce is going to continue to increase.

21:43
And so I think, you from a macro standpoint, those are some of the things that seem to make sense. Yeah, I wouldn’t. I mean, I think you should sell on Amazon. I’m definitely not. I mean, it’s not my favorite place to sell. It’s definitely my favorite place to shop. And now they’ve even introduced the buy with prime, right, which integrates with Shopify. So they’re basically becoming your logistics, you know, fulfillment process and also integrating with the payment and everything else. So they’re trying to pull people who maybe don’t sell on Amazon.

22:09
Right. And in fact, they just introduced a Clavio integration a couple of months ago. they’re definitely, think Amazon’s definitely trying to infiltrate everything. Which I would too, if I was, you know, it makes sense. But yeah, their logistics is amazing. We’ve talked to Walmart, you know, we all have, and I think they’re trying to build something great, but they just, at this point, there’s no competition with Amazon. Yeah. No, it’s definitely.

22:35
The only thing constant is change it. So at some point in our lives we’ll look back and most likely be like, remember when Amazon was the big thing, just like my parents like talk about Sears or whatever. I mean, things will change and it’s interesting how there’s a lot of thoughts on how, know, AI and just the shopping experience is going to change things quite a bit. Like I had someone the other day speculating that there won’t even be a search box anymore. You know, it’ll just be like, they kind of just know what you want or, so I mean, it’s, think that that’s kind of

23:05
who knows, that’s a little far fetched. like, the point is that things will probably be very different. You don’t really know until it comes. But like, I think that things are about to change dramatically in terms of the shopping experience or the results experience. I right now it’s like you type in something, whether it’s on Google or Amazon, you’re all used to these, like you get 20 results and you kind of sift through them. I do think that that’s going to change significantly. And so the thought is like keywords are going to be different or the…

23:33
less people are going to be buying or more people are going be buying for fewer spots in these results. And it’s going to be more difficult to compete there. And I’m not sure exactly how that’s going to play out. I mean, I don’t actually don’t think you’re far off when you say that you won’t have a search bar. I think you’ll have some sort of search. But like if you think about your Netflix experience, and I don’t know what your Netflix account looks like, it’s probably a good thing. But like in my family.

23:55
In my family, we have like six accounts, right? So each kid has the account. So one day when I logged in, it’s like I get a certain amount of recommendations from Netflix, right? And I was curious one day, I like, wonder if my kids are like, I wonder if they’re just promoting the top 10 shows to me, right? My kids see a completely different thing based on their watching experiences, right? So I don’t think it’s that far off with Amazon, not doing away with search, but having something much more.

24:21
specialized you, you, I mean, you already see that now, right? Like continue where you left off, you know, all the things that you looked at before you closed the browser, all that stuff on Amazon anyway. I think my biggest hangup with Amazon is I feel like when you’re doing DTC, there’s just a, there’s a, there’s a formula. There’s a formula for building a brand. Obviously it changes based on what you’re selling and new things like TikTok, right? Making short form video or promoting your products in a different way.

24:50
But overall to me, feels very familiar. Whereas on Amazon, feel like every couple of months things change drastically and you’re rewriting your listing descriptions or you’re changing something with PPC. And to me, I don’t like that hamster wheel feeling of constantly. I mean, I like learning new things, but I don’t want my whole entire business to be based on scrapping everything I know and relearning it every six months to one year.

25:17
Yeah, but I feel like that happens in DTC as well. mean, at least on the ads part of it. Yeah. How to get the traffic because like, you know, when we first really got started in DTC, we were all in on Facebook and now Facebook’s like, you much more difficult to make the numbers work and everyone’s moved over to TikTok. So you’re learning something new from that perspective. But I get what you’re saying and point well taken in terms of your your on Amazon’s hamster wheel for sure. Yeah.

25:46
I was shocked that one of the things they’re testing right now is hiding the bullet points. Like I just saw this week. Like it’s like learn more about this product. You click that then the bullet points appear. And so it kind of goes to what I’ve always theorized is that people never really read this stuff because if they’re testing hiding it, they probably realize that no one’s really reading the bullet points. Maybe they don’t matter as much as you think they do. And the imagery is where it really is at. Right. You should be focusing more on your imagery because people look at stuff but they don’t read stuff. Yeah. So

26:16
I mean, not just another example of maybe there’s going to be a giant shift in Amazon of like, we spent all this time putting all this effort into bullet points and overnight they might just become irrelevant. That’s a pretty big development, right?

26:33
What’s your next question? Okay. Apparently Tony has run out of questions. All right. So I wanted to ask this way back, but I didn’t want to interrupt you guys. So what types of products work well on DTC versus Amazon? Yeah, I think this is actually pretty easy to answer. So the things that work best on Amazon are things that people are searching for. You know, they’re typing in that product, right? It’s like, I just mentioned paper clips and rubber bands. We’ll stick with that or light bulbs.

27:02
And so that’s a typically a pain point of like, I need this right now or very soon. So it’s like, I can wait till tomorrow. So I’m not going to go drive down the staples and go get those paper clips or whatever, but like, and then I mostly just don’t even care what the brand is. Like I just need some paper clips and, you know, whatever. so whatever that might be, I mean, we, we sell ice raps. So I’ll, mention that as one of these things that does very well on Amazon because like someone is in pain right this minute.

27:30
probably a week beforehand, they didn’t realize that they were going to need it, or they just got an operation, or there’s like, there’s a need in their life at that moment that just kind of popped up and they need to solve that problem. They type in what that product is. Again, brand is not as important here in this. mean, there are situations on Amazon where brand does matter. so I’m not advocating to like not do branding. But for the most part, it’s like, I need this, I’m searching for it, I’m going to get it within one to two days. Brand isn’t super important to me, price is the most important thing.

28:00
you know, I want the Amazon experience. And so those types of things do really well. can, then conversely as a e-commerce seller, if you’re putting stuff up on Amazon, you’re looking at search volume of particular keywords and like there’s opportunity to sell products that fit those keywords. D2C does very well on an emotional trigger. So it’s like you’re looking at a TikTok video, you’re looking at a Facebook ad and literally 10 seconds beforehand.

28:26
You were never thinking about this product. You never thought you were going to buy this thing today. You never thought you needed it, but you just saw someone like with a really cool ad and this worked really well for our coloring company where I can now advertise to a group of people that aren’t searching for that stuff right this minute, but we know that they have an affinity to coloring books as there was an audience for that. And so you show them an ad triggers this emotional response. The price point’s low enough. The part is something’s unique enough about it.

28:52
I’m going to give this a try.” of a sudden, they pull their credit card out and they’re making a $10, $20, $30 purchase that, five minutes beforehand, was like, if you asked them the question, you’re to buy coloring books today, 0 % chance that that was going to happen. so there’s a lot of products that do very, very well in that DTC environment. then also, can, things that have a really good brand story or like it’s an emotional hook of like, maybe like eco-friendly or you’re like, you’re trying to go vegan or, you know, you have coffee beans that are like, you know,

29:22
single source or like something that like triggers it relates to you and things that you believe in or care about where like there’s lots of other people who don’t care but as an advertiser you can really get in front of the right people. DTC I think will continue it does work really well with that right now and will continue to work well there and by the way a lot of those things I just mentioned you take those exact same products and throw them on Amazon and they won’t succeed. Like you try to put this really unique single source coffee thing on Amazon

29:51
It’s probably going to be much higher price. People are typing in coffee on Amazon. Are they really going to go buy this other thing? It’s a much harder road on Amazon. Not impossible, but certainly works way better in that and other environment. I mean, you will get the halo effect from your own marketing on Amazon, right? Because some people just like buying on Amazon. I just wanted to mention something that you just said, though. On Amazon, you said the brand doesn’t matter as much. Doesn’t that imply that someone could just copy your product almost exactly throw it up since brand doesn’t matter?

30:20
And then eventually just kind of becomes a race to the bottom. That’s what I’m dealing with right now. This is the problem. This is the hamster world that I want to get off of. Okay. Right. mean, I just, uh, and so again, think it’s skate to where the puck is going. I love the book, who made my cheese. I got very cognizant. Podcast would not be complete if Mike did not mention who moved.

30:42
This author like should give me a kickback. It’s old book. It’s an old book. It’s a good book. Someone handed it to me when I was in my 20s in corporate life. And I just think that it’s, you know, it’s always applicable. The story is applicable. You know, it’s, I can sit here and whine and cry about how it isn’t fair. And I put all this work into this business and I used to make all this money and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.

31:05
None of that matter. No one cares about any of that. The reality is that I have to reinvent myself. I have to either reinvent my product, my brands, my company, myself, or get into something new and reinvent completely differently. But I think that that’s where we’re at. The reality is that people probably don’t care about my brand of products. Now, there are branded searches that we get. It’s great. We do work on this, and it is important. I think we do a better job than a lot of people on Amazon.

31:34
But the reality is that Helium 10 or Jungle Scal or Data Dive or whatever tools that are out there are going to show that there’s an opportunity out there to go sell this particular type of ice pack. And then you go on Alibaba and you can find 70 manufacturers that will make that ice pack. And it’s going to look and feel exactly like my product, know, or very, very similar. It’ll be indistinguishable from someone that was looking at a results page and quickly trying to fix that pain point thing that they have. They just got their wisdom teeth extracted. They need wisdom teeth ice packs.

32:04
They’re typing that in. Everything looks kind of similar. They haven’t done any. They haven’t done any research. They’re not going to do any research for this $15 product. Their freaking mouth hurts. They just got their wisdom teeth out. They want that ice pack there quickly. You put it in the freezer, it gets cold. It’s not going to be revolutionary. it’s, I’m thinking about where I can build another moat. Like where, and it’s not going to be in these types of products. And so, you know, right now we’re continuing to work on this business because we have

32:33
a business that sells millions of dollars of products and I’m positioning it to put it in the best spot to sell it in a year and a half or so. And so I’m going to work on that for right now. But I’m thinking about what the future might hold. And I think what you said is dead on. that’s the reality is that it’s going to become more and more difficult. the million dollar question is, Mike, where is this cheese going to be? I mean, again, I don’t

32:59
I’m pretty, I’m a pretty open book with a lot of things. don’t want to give my next idea away quite yet. I talked to you personally about it. But like in general, in broad strokes, what I’m thinking about is a silly margins, right? want way better margins, whatever product I’m going to be working on next. Like I think I look at your products, great. Your products check a lot of these boxes, right? It’s got really good margin, right? Because you have customization. You’re doing some final thing here in the U S that

33:29
is a moat. Like is someone going to go buy a sewing machine or embroidery machine or whatever does that, you know, that extra thing like adds some moat. And so I’m thinking about things like that. And one of the things that I really want to get into is something that has intellectual property, which is kind of like another step over and above that, you know, repeat business. There’s a lot of things that like I look at that is important to me when looking at like, cause literally what Tony just said, you like the barrier to entry, right? I want that.

33:56
The complexity to me is the opportunity. The bare entry is the opportunity. want to get into something that not everyone can do. And so I’m legitimately prepared and ready to go get another warehouse in Nevada. We live in Las Vegas. I’m back to that again and have, not know that. Okay. I think that this is what’s going to be necessary. You know, that final assembly thing or doing something in the U S at the, you know, kind of at the last touch point.

34:26
We had this similar thing in the business that we own together. You know, and I just saw it like as much as I hated having a warehouse previously and all the things that that brings, I know I’m going to have to go through that again. But like the problem is like, I need something that’s going to help again, dig that mo and make it deeper and deeper and wider and not have someone else that’s constantly, cause someone else is constantly coming back with a dump truck and backfill on that thing like every day. Right. And so you have to, and right now the mode’s getting filled in way quicker than I can.

34:56
anything about it with the products I’m talking about. so having that warehouse, having some sort of machinery here in the US that does some type of final something to the product, or even manufacturer the Holy on thing maybe, or, but in my case, it’ll be, you know, kind of, I create or finish the products here and get them into Amazon or sell them on demand basically as needed. Similar to what you’re doing. You have the blank handkerchiefs and someone has a wedding you put

35:25
the final touches on it. That adds the value. Most people aren’t willing to do that. Most people can’t do that because you have a warehouse. You have employees that are sitting in front of that machine. You’ve also spent all the time getting the traffic and building a brand and doing those things. if someone else wants to go do that, they’re not going to just go find it off of Alibaba. The barrier is much different. So that’s the type of stuff that I have put a lot of thought into. I think Colorate has been a

35:54
a big inspiration for me for that, where we had the intellectual property part of it, where we had highly defensible products and we had a brand that people really cared about. So I can take that and kind of marry it with some of the stuff that you’re doing, know, things I’ve seen, you know, and I’ve done some stuff like this in the past. And also things I learned from the business that we own together, we had this, this facility in North Carolina. It was the best business I owned like through COVID and all the other mess that was going on because having that facility there, can keep low amounts of inventory.

36:24
in Amazon, had the facilities to store extra inventory, we had the ability to be nimble and make the stuff to order basically that was necessary at the time as things were shifting during COVID. And I see this as something that’s going to be really important moving forward if you’re willing to put the extra effort into it. It’s interesting because whenever I’m, whenever someone asks me, I’m like, don’t start your own warehouse. It’s a pain in the butt. It is a pain. I am not looking forward to it.

36:53
But I mean, one of the things that we talked about in the last episode we recorded, like it’s getting, for me increasingly more difficult to work with employees. And those types of employees are traditionally the hardest ones to work with. And so, yeah, I’m not looking forward to that, but I see it as a, I see it as a necessary evil, right? I mean, this is like what entrepreneurship or entrepreneurship is all about. It isn’t like every one of us, every single part of every day is doing everything that we love at all times. Like there’s a lot of crap we have to deal with in indoor.

37:23
as a part of the ultimate goal of success that we’re reaching for. I don’t like having to deal with employees or accounting or there’s just a bunch of things that come up from time to time, lawsuits or whatever. It’s annoying, but I deal with it and put on a smiley face every day because it’s a part of, without those things, I can’t go do the other things that I do enjoy. And so I think warehouse is probably back on the list of things that

37:52
or a necessary evil to achieve the bigger goal. I mean, I think my philosophy has always been optimized for sleeping well at night. So that’s why we bought the warehouse earlier this year, because then, because our rents were going up 30 % every year. And then even if everything were to completely collapse, I think it would happen much slower with our business than it would on Amazon. So I can sleep at night knowing that I wake up the next morning and not everything’s just going to go to crap right away. And again, I think

38:22
This is almost exactly what I’m talking about, right? Like it’s a highly defensible business. You know, it’s probably, it’s not recession proof, like recession resistant. Cause when people get married, they do stupid things. People are going to get married in a recession. They’re going to spend a little bit less money. They’re still probably going to want a handkerchief. mean, like, you know, in some type of personalization or something. And so, you know, and I think that.

38:46
And now you own the building so that rents are going to be stable. It’s a great investment regardless. I think it’s a really good move no matter what. And so yeah, I think that I look at this, I think it’s super important because I did not sleep well for a long time. I’m sleeping a lot better now because we have less going on. And even though the one business we have is very susceptible to a quick change on Amazon, we have more cash in the bank and it just makes it less pressure.

39:16
But yeah, I don’t like owning a business where in the back of my mind any morning I can wake up and find that it’s gone. I’ve been there before. It’s like, I know how that feels. It’s happened multiple times. And so I’m trying to think through what are some things that can be doing? Cause I want to stick with e-commerce. What are some things that can be doing? And the things that we just talked about, including having a warehouse really is one of those things, right? Cause like, mean, if, if something goes drastically wrong is a macro thing in e-commerce, which is like,

39:45
and you have something that less people can do, then if you’re in one of the few people left, then it’s actually a good thing that there’s kind of a reset or whatever. I mean, I don’t know. It’s not going to happen at least for another year because I do want to position this other business for sale, but it’s certainly the direction I’m heading right now. So where does that leave the beginners then who are just starting out? Yeah, that’s an interesting question. Wow, that’s a tough one. You know, I think that

40:16
you know, again, intellectual property, unique products, working on branding, having something that’s unique. If you can be thinking about things that have a moat, you don’t have to have a warehouse like that. If I was doing the same business idea that I have right now and I was just getting started, I would do it in my garage to start with. I think that you can do things on a different scale. just, you I only have, you and I have known each other for one time. I have one speed.

40:44
Right. It’s, like, although your, your, your speeds have changed. have, I have downshifted little bit, but like still, I’m still in the highest gear that I could be. And when I go do this thing, um, and I really believe in myself, right. mean, like I, I have, uh, 20 years of experience doing this stuff at this point, like 20, it’ll be 20 years in January. It’s nuts. quit my job in 2004. So I mean, it’s, it’s going to be, it’s really weird. It’s like where the hell did 20 years go? That’s a long time.

41:12
But at the same time, like I’ve developed a lot of skills and I have a lot of confidence in myself. It’s not cockiness or something like that. I think it’s just that like, I’m going to go do this thing, whatever this next thing is. And I’m not going to be reckless with my bets or what I’m going to go do, but I’m not going to like tippy toe into it either. Right. It’s like, I’m going to go do it. You know, I could do it out of the garage and I have to like move it, you know, a few months later and then get the warehouse. I’d just, I know.

41:40
what this life cycle is like, right? So it’s like, I’d rather just get the building now, I’ll rent it, I won’t buy it to start with, but like, you know, get the facility now and have everything there. So like, if, if and when things start to ramp up, I’m not having to move and disrupt that process and deal with those things at that time. And the thing that I’m looking at doing requires some light machineries. So I’d have to actually do some modifications to my house to make it work there, which my wife would prefer that I didn’t do. That’s probably the biggest thing.

42:09
All right, let me ask you this following question that how much money do you think to start this business that I’m looking to do is going to cost about 150,000. Wow. 200,000 all in to buy the machinery and, and, and, know, let’s say just have like a year’s worth of capital for the, for the facility and stuff. What about for the person starting out? I mean, that’s an intimidating number, right? Yeah, no, it is. But like, again, for me, I like that number.

42:38
I’m in a different life cycle because I want that barrier to ensure that Tony was mentioning. To me, it’s just enough. It’s in my comfort zone, but it’s way out of someone else’s comfort zone. Can someone else go do it? Yes. Will I have competitors? Yes. For someone just getting started, I would look at trying to check all the boxes I just mentioned without needing to make that extra step. It’s going to eliminate a few other opportunities, but there’s still plenty of other things out there that you can do.

43:07
that check all the boxes I mentioned without having to actually have that machinery. And I think the only thing that’s really important that people, I had this conversation with someone at seller summit, the first seller summit that I went to, because they were in analysis paralysis phase. I think the most important thing if you’re just getting started is just to get started. It doesn’t matter what you’re selling, just pick anything, whatever ID you have, it literally does not matter because even though…

43:33
that product might fail, it probably will fail because like if it’s just something you haven’t thought all the way through or whatever, that is still gonna be the cheapest education you’re ever gonna get. You’re gonna learn how to create your Amazon account or launch your Shopify store. You’re gonna learn how to do Amazon ads. You’re gonna learn to ship inventory on Amazon. You’re gonna how to label your stuff. gonna get your trademark. You’re create a listing. You’re gonna figure out who to get listing images from and who to work with graphics for and have those resources. And again, if you’re doing things

44:01
D to C you’re going to learn some Facebook ads or tik tok ads and learn how to get your payment processing done and you get your LLC set up I mean there’s like a ton of other things that you have to do before being successful and so like picking the product I would just go get started like learn the ropes of e-commerce over the next three six twelve months and You know for me like all these things I just talked about are all connected dots from day one the very first thing that I sold online which was fitness equipment treadmills

44:29
and learn like what to do and not to do. And all through the school of hard knocks, right? And so like, and we were successful, we were lucky that we were successful in most of the things that we did, there were definitely some failures along the way, but most of the things that we did, okay, we were successful at this, you the timeline kind of ran out, or I felt like I could do better in something else. And so we pivot a little bit, then you pivot to something else. And now, you know, I feel like we’re going to make a pivot to like, the best thing that we’ve ever done. All I wanted was a dollar amount.

44:57
Oh, a dollar now? know. I’m just kidding. Yeah. mean, think, you know, realistically, you can get started for a thousand dollars. I mean, we start for 600 something bucks, but yeah. It’s the really the perfect example. Like, again, I love, I mean, we know each other for a long time. We’ve talked about this for more than once, but like, it is the perfect example, like the perfect success story example of an e-commerce business. Cause again, you can start with very little money.

45:24
handkerchiefs don’t cost a whole lot of money, like the blanks or I would imagine pennies each or maybe a dollar at the most. And I can’t imagine they cost that much. Like said, $600 is what you got started for, but you had, you you can look, the riches are in the niches, right? And so like, this is a very niche thing. Like it’s almost like I always still make fun of you for it. It’s like you sell handkerchiefs. It’s like almost laughable. It’s like such a weird corner of e-commerce. Like you’re never going to sell a billion dollars worth of stuff or you know, whatever, but

45:53
No one else is looking there because it’s not the thing that pops up on the tolls because it’s just below that radar. People that do find it like, that’s a good opportunity. It’s like, oh, it’s just enough extra work to create a little bit of a barrier of entry. You are able to, you know, build a really good brand and, good search presence and good repeat business and has some defensibility and a moat all from something that costs $600 to begin to start with. So it’s like literally what I’m talking about, just the thing that

46:23
that I want to do is, I mean, you probably have now bought some equipment and things. a lot of equipment now. And so I’m just going to make that investment to start with, like, cause you know, if I was just getting started, I would do exactly what I’m talking about for a thousand dollars, right? Right. It’s just that I’m willing to like skip those initial steps. Cause I, again, I have the confidence in myself and I’m willing to, be wrong and lose that money if it doesn’t go right. Because again, 20 years of experience and I feel like I’ve really nailed this idea, but if you’re just getting started,

46:53
600 bucks, like you said, like gets the job done. It’s kind of crazy. Cool. Well, Mike, I guess we’ll have to have you on when you do the big reveal. I’ll do the, give you the exclusive Tony. Anything else? I think Mike talked us out. Okay. I’m just not used to hearing you so silent for so long, but, uh, yeah, let’s wrap this up. Mike. Um, I imagine you’re going to reveal it on your own podcast before you read a little on mine. So I want to tell everyone whether you can get the scoop first.

47:23
Well, I will promise that I’ll come do it on your podcast. Okay. But you can come with me, come here anyway. All right.

47:34
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now it’s always interesting to hear what Mike’s perspective is and I can’t wait to get more details on what he is going to work on next. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 491. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your IP from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off.

48:01
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’s in the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I reveal the worst businesses to start this year.

Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus, the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are simply no longer viable.

What You’ll Learn

  • Worst Businesses To Start In 2023
  • How To Avoid Potential Pitfalls And Financial Headaches
  • Why Certain Business Models No Longer Work

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to reveal the worst businesses to start this year and beyond. And I’m not normally a negative guy, but this podcast episode is important because my goal is to make sure you’re investing your time and money wisely. Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are just no longer viable. What’s up everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online.

00:28
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. And if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, head on over to mywifecooderjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now just a quick heads up before we start, this episode wasn’t recorded to discourage you.

00:57
but to empower you because it’s all about avoiding potential pitfalls and financial headaches. Now the first business that I would avoid this year is retail arbitrage. Retail arbitrage is a business model where you buy products at low prices from retail stores, whether it’s physical or online, and then resell those items at higher prices on marketplaces like Amazon, eBay, or Etsy. And the difference between the purchase price and the sale price is your profit.

01:23
Now most of you guys probably don’t know this, but before I launched bumblebeelinens.com, I actually started out with retail arbitrage. For example, many years ago, and I’m probably gonna date myself here, Tickle Me Elmo dolls were the hottest toys on the market and they were sold out everywhere. Now happened to be at a toy store one weekend and I saw five of these dolls in stock, so I bought them all and flipped them immediately on eBay for a pretty good profit. This is essentially how retail arbitrage works and on the surface,

01:53
It sounds fun and profitable. All you got to do is shop the clearance racks at Target, list those products on Amazon, and keep all the money. But here’s the main problem with retail arbitrage. Over the years, this business model has become increasingly popular, which means there are a ton of bargain shoppers doing this. It is extremely difficult to find items to flip for a profit that aren’t already being sold by many other sellers. Now I got super lucky with these Tickle Me Elmo dolls, and to this day, I have never been able to replicate it.

02:23
Finding products to resell is often hit or miss, and there’s no guarantee that the items you find one day will still be available the next. So basically, once you hop on this hamster wheel, you have to constantly be on the lookout for new deals, and if you can’t find a good deal, then you’re not gonna make any money. Also, you better love shopping because that’s what you’re gonna be doing all day long. You can’t really scale a retail arbitrage business because you are limited by how many items you can find and buy and then store, pack, and ship. For example, I have a buddy who makes

02:52
35 to 50K a year doing retail arbitrage, which is pretty good money, but he shops eight hours a day and has a truck that he drives around to pick up the merchandise. But here’s the biggest disadvantage. If you sell on a platform like Amazon, there are strict rules to follow. And if the brand that you’re selling decides not to let you sell their product any longer, you could get stuck with a pile of unsellable inventory. For example, a while back, my buddy bought a ton of Lego products on clearance from a toy store to sell on Amazon. And then one day,

03:22
All of his selling privileges were revoked because Lego didn’t want arbitrage sellers on Amazon any longer. In addition, prices change all the time and it’s actually quite a big financial risk to buy a bunch of products upfront. If you miscalculate demand or buy a product that ends up not selling as well as you thought, you could be stuck with a bunch of unsold inventory. So overall, retail arbitrage is okay for making a couple bucks here and there, but it’s definitely not a good long-term business model. And not only is it getting harder every year,

03:51
but you constantly have to seek out new deals in order to stay profitable. By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free, where I’ll teach you the ins and outs of selling online. It’s free and really a no brainer to sign up. Now the next business I would definitely not start this year is wholesale on Amazon. Amazon wholesale is an e-commerce business model where you find an established brand name product

04:19
purchase it in bulk at wholesale prices, and then sell it on Amazon FBA. Now, unlike other Amazon business models, such as retail arbitrage or online arbitrage that we just talked about, selling wholesale on Amazon allows you to make bulk purchases from a single supplier to provide you with a consistent supply of products. So right off the bat, Amazon wholesale is a better business model than retail arbitrage, but not by much. And in general, the gross margins for Amazon wholesale are decent,

04:48
at around 50 % or so, and after Amazon fees and FBA, you could end up making between 20 to 25 % net. Again, not horrible. But selling wholesale successfully on Amazon requires you to find well-known branded products with high demand and a low number of sellers selling the same product. Now, the biggest flaw with Amazon wholesale is that since you are selling other people’s products, you will be competing with many other sellers selling the exact same item on Amazon.

05:16
And when there are many sellers selling the exact same item on a large marketplace like Amazon, the price always spirals to the bottom. And every product you sell will have multiple sellers, and there can only be one active seller per listing on Amazon who owns what is called the buy box. To win the buy box, you constantly have to lower your prices. For example, let’s say you decide to sell Pantene shampoo wholesale. In a listing that I’m looking at on Amazon right now, it’s got eight active sellers competing for the buy box. And to win the buy box,

05:45
you usually have to be the lowest price offering. And because prices change all the time, you have to watch all of your listings like a hawk to make sure you consistently have the buy box in order to make any money at all. In fact, the only way to make the Amazon wholesale business model a viable option is if you can somehow land an exclusive wholesale account where you are the only authorized seller of a product. For example, my student, Abby Walker has an exclusive agreement with Insolia to sell their insoles under her brand, VivianLoo.com.

06:14
And as a result, she makes millions every year as the only seller. But these exclusive wholesale deals are extremely rare and hard to land. And in many cases, brands will opt to sell their own products on Amazon and keep the bulk of the profits. After all, why would a company give up a 50 % margin to an Amazon seller when it’s so easy to create a listing on Amazon? Not only that, but most brands now require a brick and mortar store or a strong online presence in order to get an exclusive contract.

06:44
You also need a decent amount of upfront capital to pay for inventory. And then finally, when you sell other people’s products, you don’t own or control any aspect of your business. Most of my friends who are successful doing Amazon wholesale often lose a number of their wholesale contracts every year and are constantly on the hunt for new deals to fight the attrition. It’s just not worth the time in my opinion. Overall, if you’re going to do wholesale, then sell on your own website because at least on your own website, you’re going to be the only seller.

07:12
Then the next business model that I would never start in a million years is a business that drop ships from China. Right now, the most popular drop shipping business model is called AliExpress Drop Shipping. And here’s how it works. You find a product in AliExpress at low prices. You list the product on your own online store. And when a purchase is made, you buy the same product on AliExpress and have it shipped directly to the end customer. And you keep the difference in cost as profit. Now, right now, they’re a

07:39
bunch of services that allow you to connect your Shopify or WooCommerce store directly to AliExpress to make the entire process seamless. You don’t have to store inventory, you don’t have to ship out products, and getting started requires no money at all. But what they don’t tell you is that you have to manage your own customer service. What they don’t tell you is that 90 % of the products shipped from China via AliExpress are pieces of junk with little or no quality control. To gauge the quality of an AliExpress product,

08:07
All you got to do is search for AliExpress reviews on Google and you’ll find thousands of horrific reviews. And remember, these products are shipped from China, so they take forever to make it to the customer. The cheapest viable AliExpress shipping option that doesn’t cost an arm and a leg literally takes up to 60 days for delivery. Now, can you imagine a customer buying something from you and having to wait 60 days for delivery only to receive a piece of junk? Well, this is what lies in wait if you decide to pursue this business model.

08:36
Just don’t do it. The other con that no dropshipping guru will tell you is that the vendors on AliExpress are just regular people selling stuff. They aren’t real suppliers or real factories, so their prices may change at any time and listings disappear all the time. As a result, keeping your store in sync with AliExpress is always a problem. I actually interviewed the founder of Spocket, a popular US dropshipping app on my podcast about AliExpress dropshipping, and I just flat out asked him what he thought.

09:05
and he basically shared my same sentiments. AliExpress dropshipping might make you a couple bucks here and there, but it’s not a good long-term business model. By the way, just for the record, Spockit doesn’t dropship from AliExpress, and I’ll include in the show notes below the link to that episode. So if you’re going to spend the time trying to buy traffic and sales to your shop, you must sell high-quality products and be able to provide excellent customer support. And this is impossible with AliExpress dropshipping, even though it costs practically nothing to start.

09:35
Now the final business model that I would never start today is a brick and mortar retail store. Most of you guys don’t know this, but when my wife and I first started BumblebeeLinens.com, we actually considered creating a brick and mortar store. And when we ran the numbers, it would have cost us about half a million bucks upfront to launch our store. Meanwhile, when we decided to go the online route, we invested only $630 and made over hundred K in profit in our first year of business selling handkerchiefs online.

10:03
And in fact, we were profitable literally from day one. If you are a tech averse person, starting a brick and mortar store or something physical might seem easier at first because everything is tangible. But everything in this world is already moving towards 100 % digital. And starting your own online store the right way is actually easier than ever thanks to e-commerce platforms like Shopify, BigCommerce, Shift4Shop and WooCommerce. Back in 2007 when I started, it took me several months to launch bumblebeelinens.com.

10:32
But today, you can literally have your store up and running in a matter of days. But remember, when it comes to launching your own business, don’t just go for what’s easy. You got to play the long game, sell products that you own and can be proud of. Good luck.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

489: The Most Important Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

489: The Most Important Strategy (Out Of 7) To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

Today, I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. Phil is the founder of Fincon, which is the conference that launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I now call my friends.

In this episode, Phil and I discuss 7 different strategies to grow your business this year and highlight the most important one of all.

What You’ll Learn

  • 7 Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year
  • How To Scale An Event Or Conference
  • The Single Most Important Way To Grow Your Sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. And Phil is the founder of FinCon, which is the conference that literally launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I can now call my friends. And I’m actually speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year in New Orleans. So if you happen to be there, I’d love to hold a meetup. In any case,

00:29
Phil and I are going to discuss the single most important thing that will grow your business this year. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at bumblebeelenons.com. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:24
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you,

01:54
you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Phil Taylor. Now Phil’s a longtime friend and he’s been creating content about personal finance probably for over a decade now. He runs the popular conference FinCon, which is one of the largest financial influencer events in the U.S. where I had my very first speaking gig and Phil took a chance on me as a speaker and I’m extremely grateful because

02:35
That experience actually made me super excited to speak on stage and at FinCon, I also met my mastermind group who is instrumental in helping me grow my blog to where it is today. And as a result, I owe a lot to this guy, man, and I’m thrilled to have him back. What’s up, PT? I owe a lot to you too, Steve. It’s good to be on with you, So the last time you were on, which was, man, years ago, I want to say FinCon was not nearly where it is today.

03:04
And I’m just curious how it’s evolved over the years. It’s been like 10 years, right? The event where we started in 2011. So what is that 12 years? Yeah, 12. Yeah, crazy. Yep. No event in 2020. Unfortunately, we did a digital one that year. But yeah, I think this will be our 12th or 13th. Oh, I’ve stopped. I’ve stopped keeping count. Oh, past 10. It’s like, who cares, right? I’m not there yet. I think I’m at year eight. And that

03:29
That pandemic year was really tough for me too, but let’s not talk about that year. Yeah. So a lot, a lot has changed. started in 2011 with 200 people. It was a side hustle for me. I didn’t know anything about events, but I had friends who knew about it and I’m better, better. I more importantly, I should say I had a community of people who were ready to get together. And if you go back and listen to the first podcast, I mean, that’s the first big nugget that I’m going to give you back then is if you’re going to be in events.

03:56
have people ready that want to be together. That’s the easiest way to do them. And I knew that. I knew that it was a great community. Started with about 250 people that first year. And yes, we’ve grown it to a high water mark in 2019 of around 3000. which is nuts. Yeah. It’s a great run there. We’re sort of post pandemic now and growing things back. We hope to reach back up to around 2000 mark this year. So we’ll be in New Orleans for our 12th and that’s in October. And,

04:26
You know, we’ve done a lot of iterations through the years. I’ve tried to evolve with the industries. We can talk about some of that. Um, we’ve got a fantastic community that we tried to shepherd through the years, but how has it changed? would just say the biggest probably change we’ve had is me moving the event from just bloggers because initially it was called the financial blogger conference. don’t even know if you remember that. So someone like you sort of was on the.

04:54
sort of the outskirts of that community to a degree. And so you might’ve perceived it as necessarily not for you, but you knew it was for someone specifically, which helped us to grow it. But then we quickly expanded sort of the umbrella, the tent, and it became ThinkCon, which really stands for financial content expo these days. And that could be a blogger, it could be a podcast or YouTuber, anyone really creating content around the idea of improving your financial life. And that can expand into

05:24
business and real estate. so that’s the biggest change, I guess, is the growing scope of it. Um, and then continuing to change that as we’re entering sort of this creator economy where everything is really sort of podcast and YouTube driven. Um, we really want to move the conference and that continue moving in that direction. So just trying to evolve the event, you know, from a scope standpoint. Yeah, you know, uh, I think I, missed the very first year.

05:51
I came the second year and I haven’t missed one since I don’t think and what I noticed is like it basically replaced blog world. Do you remember blog? That was a great event. I love that event. Yeah. And all the sessions were about how to content and everything. So I want to feel like FinCon has replaced blog world in a way it has. Uh, I saw it initially as a niche down version of blog world, right?

06:17
So, but what we ended up doing because the FinCon community was so great was just making a fantastic event that even people from other niches were excited to come. So we started having people from travel, from the entrepreneurship side. I mean, just really people were attracted to the community and this cool event that we created. And yes, I was a huge fan of what Rick Calvert built with Blog World Expo. think the last year he called it New Media Expo or something like that, because he was trying to make that scope change as well.

06:45
You know, not the, I don’t know the details of, of why, you know, he shut that event down, but I know that for me, it was finding that niche. so even having created FinCon, I now see other event owners create niches within our community and spin off events. So it’s just a natural evolution of gathering people. Uh, the bigger that gathering becomes, the more likely it is that a group within that group is going to then peel off and find their own thing too. Um, so.

07:14
That’s just kind of how events work. So it’s funny is you were pretty instrumental in helping me start my event. I have chosen to keep my event small just because I miss, you know, just small. I like small events over large ones, but I am curious. How does one grow an event to 3000 people? That just sounds ridiculous to me. Just the logistics gives me a headache. Actually, how did that happen? Yep. So for me, I always

07:40
I didn’t necessarily want to have a big event just to have one, even though that does improve the margins of the event and makes it more profitable. Um, but I always perceived it as our community needs a bigger event because our industry continues to grow. And so I’m not the person on stage, give it, doling out the advice. You know this, I, you know, get guys, smart guys like Steve to get up there and talk about, um, what they’re great at. And, and that’s what makes the event great. So.

08:09
Uh, if I’m not the talent, then the community is bringing that talent, but more importantly, the community wants to place to come and do deals. They want a place to come and do business at the event. And so financial creators are looking for brands to work with on a regular basis. And so this gives them a chance to work with those brands face to face, you know, be at a party together and sit down at a meeting table together and talk about like how their content could work with their brand and strike up a real deal face to face.

08:38
Not this cold emailing, you know, trying to hit people up on Twitter if you’re for a new creator. So the idea for me has always been about like creating these partnerships. And so if we want to create these partnerships, well, then it kind of matters. Uh, that we get a, there are all the right people that we, need the industry there from a brand side. And then from the creator side, we sort of need everyone there. So that’s been my natural push to grow it. And yes, you, you should be, you should.

09:05
be strategic and intentional about whether you want to grow it or not. Uh, and, and, sort of understand that that’s what you want. So for me, it was all about growth because our industry was growing. So how did we grow it? Uh, I wrote an article, um, post and go check it out on PT money.com. It’s, it’s, uh, essentially seven ways to grow your business. And I sort of tried to apply this to any business, but the examples I use primarily were how we grew FinCon. Um, and so if you want, I could just go through each of those points and we can hit on them and kind of.

09:34
kick them back. Yeah, yeah, yeah, let’s do that. And I’ll post actually the the link to that article below. One thing I just wanted to say was, I remember I was just getting started blogging. And I wasn’t even writing about personal finance. I was writing about business. And I walked into FinCon. And I think I secured a bunch of sponsorship deals, like right on the bat. So I got I think, Hostgator to sponsor my or I can’t remember what the hosting company was just to sponsor my podcast. And then I got like a couple banks to

10:03
to pay me to just promote their bank. And yeah, it’s like a great place to monetize whatever you’re trying to do. So I really appreciated that too. that’s good to hear. That was definitely the goal. So cool. So number one, number one way, just more context. During the first seven years of Vincon, I took it from around $100,000 in top line revenue to over a million. So it was seven years to a million dollars. And so that adhered these seven points I’m gonna give you. Perfect, right?

10:33
Okay. The first one is, uh, make the product better for us. We were, we had the, we had the posture of continuous improvement with our event. So every year I wanted to improve it. the challenging thing with events is that you have to kind of wait 11 months to kind of improve it or show the improvement, but that was the goal every year. Just make it better. Just make it a little bit better. So as you think about your business, um, have that growth mindset, have that, uh,

11:02
mindset of trying to improve upon what you build before you go expand into other things. Just take this one thing you’re doing and try to make it as good as possible, right? And how do you get those ideas to improve it? How do you understand what you need to improve? Because what is good, right? The way we did it is from user feedback. So we actually polled, regularly poll our attendees, post conference, sometimes free conference, to try to understand what they want out of the event, what they’re getting out of.

11:31
how they’re liking certain aspects of the event. So I think it’s Sam Walton who said something like, the boss, there’s only one boss in your business and it’s the customer. Right. And so I think that’s a good posture that we tried to take was there. This community is going to help us drive this event forward and make this product better. Um, and so that’s just the posture we took. How did we do that with our event? Um, we did it by, you know, trying to get better speakers.

12:00
trying to get cooler locations, a better hotel. They wanted better parties. They wanted more networking opportunities. We hear up here in that in the initial outset, it’s like too many sessions. We just want to be able to like talk with each other and do business. Clear communication leading up to the event. So these are all the things that again, that our users told us. So as a business owner, it’s important to discover that feedback mechanism that you need to get and not be afraid of that. So many business owners I see.

12:29
afraid to hear what their customers actually think of their product and that’s such a There’s insecurity in that and I have that too Sometimes you don’t want to hear those negative things but and there’s so much gold and opening that conversation up with your customers. So Yeah, let me ask you this PT What are some of the biggest challenges right now that people are asking for in the financial creator community? So just in general sort of doing business in that community

12:59
How do you get a hold of brands to do deals? Because there are a lot of them are little scared right now to work with creators because of 2022 and sort of the FTX blow up. yes, that’s right. Yeah, I forgot about that. of a negative perception. I think sometimes with financial creators, especially YouTubers, overcoming that hurdle, overcoming the hurdle of sort of burnout is very common amongst this crew because you’re just a content creator and it seems like an endless.

13:27
project that you’re working on. There’s no stop and start to it. Yeah. Other, I would say also the, one of the biggest that our business straight up solves is the fact that being it’s kind of lonely being a creator, right? So you’re sort of doing this editing behind the camera, behind the mic. And, um, you know, eventually it’s just like, man, I wish I had, or my wife’s tired of hearing me talk about this thing, the neighbor, he’s an insurance or he doesn’t relate to actually what I’m doing. So.

13:56
How do I find this group of people that kind of understand me and I can relate to and kind of share ideas and move forward with, you I’m curious what types of content are working right now. Are those the people blogging or is it tick tock YouTube, uh, Instagram? Like what are people asking for right now? Yep. Uh, I think, I think you should think about your content like this and good creators out there like yourself are already doing it. They starting with some type of video.

14:24
script, either scripted or interview based, right? And then they take that and that conversation or that monologue then becomes a blog post. It becomes short form video that they can put into the feed of what everyone’s really doing, which is just flipping through their phone on these, um, know, Instagram stories and YouTube shorts and all this stuff. But that’s so that you gotta have that out there to get people into the deeper stuff.

14:51
But this deeper conversation is where the real content is being created and real relationships are being formed and people really get to know you and feel intimate with you and kind of understand your brand and really fall in love with you. Um, so that’s kind of the, that’s kind of what I see the best creators doing right now. They start with this either a conversation or that monologue and that that becomes a blog post. And then it’s chopped up into social media bits to go out on all the different channels where people are actually watching.

15:20
to attract them into the long form stuff. I guess what I’m asking is, you know, the brands that go to FinCon, what type of sponsorships are they offering? Are they looking for blogs, videos, shorts? I mean, what’s the trend? think it depends on who you’re talking to. Affiliate marketers are still very comfortable with blog content. Yeah, because it’s evergreen and it’s richer to a certain degree, or can be.

15:50
Um, so the affiliate, any affiliate performance marketer you’re going to be talking to just likes that sort of static web organic SEO based traffic. Yep. Campaigners typically are more comfortable with a video. So someone who’s really charismatic on video and doing really having a good conversation with their audience tends to do well with campaigns. So sponsored campaigns, pay per video, pay for podcast episode, that kind of stuff.

16:19
Um, and I think the context of it matters too. So if you’re a military finance show, I mean, there’s a handful of advertisers that are perfect fit for you and they’re going be more interested in working with you, regardless really of the size of your show. Um, and so I think you’re seeing a little bit more of a niche down with advertisers. They’re not just kind of throwing money at the Jake Paul’s of the world, even though that still does happen with big brands. They’re more interested in what you consider like a micro influencer or creator.

16:48
who is really targeted. So think about that. that’s the kind of advertising you want to attract, then get more targeted. Yeah, I remember when I was first starting out, the main advertisers I was attracting was very e-commerce specific. And I was surprised at how much they were willing to pay because the audience is so focused. So I would imagine the more you niche down and you find that perfect advertiser, they’ll probably be willing to pay you a decent amount of money. I think so.

17:17
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

17:47
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

18:14
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:33
PT. Sorry, we want off the tangent. So what’s number two? Well, just to close the loop on one, a great, great book to continue discovering sort of what your customer wants is asked by Ryan Leveque. So that’s kind of my second resource I’ll drop in there. Okay. And it’s sort of helping you understand like how to have those conversations with your customer. The second is once you feel like you’ve perfected core product, then it’s time to innovate with new products. And this doesn’t have to be done.

18:59
And a big splash all at once. You can take sort of the lean startup method, which is to pick these, um, little elements of your event to expand upon or kind of introduce something new. Right. And the key here is two things. One, it allows you as an entrepreneur who is a creative to come up with something new without completely abandoning the thing that’s your bread and butter at this point. Right. So, you know, you know how it is, you’re a creative guy.

19:28
You’re kind of chasing these shiny objects and all over the place. And it’s like, Oh, I could do this new thing. So with an event, you don’t have to necessarily go create a new business. can still sort of just iterate within the event itself. The key is not being married to them and just, and using almost as like figure out how to test them. Right. So, so come up with these small innovations within your, uh, event or whatever business you’re running and then, uh, test them instead of sort of.

19:56
going full board down that road. And if one pops, then you know you’ve got sort of a new product line or you’ve got this new sort of benefit attached to what you’re doing. So that’s kind of the perspective to have, I guess, when you’re thinking about new things to create. having been to every FinCon, give me an example. Yep. We expanded what we offered sponsors. So that was some of the that’s some of the we sort of iterate on that every year. We come up with something new. We can offer sponsors for them to pick up.

20:26
whether that be a new party or a new sort of a mastermind element to the event or this new meetup thing we’re doing, or for instance, this year we brought on, um, we made our own video recording booth at FinCon this year. So FinCon just put one up, we have one and you can buy time in it and bring an influencer and do stuff in there while you’re there. So we’re just kind of come up. Yeah, we’re just coming up with these all kinds of new things, new tracks, new ticket.

20:54
Something we did really well was create the, pro pass. So I resisted in the first couple of years, cause I wanted it just to be so accessible. said, we need a $99 ticket. This was the first couple of think cons. was $99 to go to our conference. Um, and I was so stubborn about that. Everyone told me that’s so stupid. You need a more expensive ticket. You need to make some money off this thing. It took me too long to figure this out, but, uh, essentially I said, okay, how can we keep that low, but still make a little more margin? Well, let’s offer like.

21:24
some more advanced people, you know, this more premium value ticket. So we put them together, make it easier for them to meet with brands, give them some extra swag, make it do an extra party for them, not to create a VIP status at our event, because I’m very anti that, but just to give people more value and we can charge for it. creating a second ticket tier was a big part of sort of expanding what we do with our event.

21:51
I thought that was ingenious by the way. just thought I mentioned this and it’s unique to your event because the people who attend are actually creators who actually want to get brand deals. And the best way to do that is to get the pro pass to facilitate that. It’s almost like unlike any other conference that I’ve been to. I don’t think anyone else could pull that off. Yeah. Yeah. We’re we’re it made sense.

22:15
So you got to figure out with your event, you got to figure out where is the deeper value for your attendee and the sponsor. Right. And then Mary, the premium ticket to that activity. And then you found this out just through surveys from the attendees and that sort of thing that you knew that. my own, uh, inclinations because I am, I was a creator at the time in the space. I’m less and less so these days, but I was, I was definitely like, you know, a member of the tribe. And so.

22:45
These were my needs too. And to give credit where credit’s due, Blog World Expo did have something similar. Yeah. So I, I, I did see an somewhat of an example that Rick was doing over there and you could say I, you know, I stole that idea a little bit, but still, still like an artist, right? Cool. I like that. I’m asking you now for selfish reasons. Really? I do like that booth because sponsors always want influencer content, right?

23:15
And just casually pulling someone over to just record a quick testimonial video seems pretty easy. Yeah. It just gives them a space to activate. Now it’s our first year doing it. And to be honest with you, I’m not sure how successful it’s been in selling it. And it may be one of those things where once we introduce it, the brands get there and they see it in action. Then it makes more sense. So there’s probably a better way we could have introduced it where we had more intentionality around it. For instance, maybe we made it.

23:45
free for the first year, but you had to sign up for an official time slot. Um, that may have created more activation for it. And then next year, you know, we actually start charging for it. So yeah, you know, think about these things as you do them. You make some mistakes along the way, but again, don’t marry yourself to these new ideas. Just throw them out there within the umbrella. Don’t spend all your resources or time on them, but if one pops, then you know, you got something, you know, you got something else. Great. So, yeah. Awesome. Great advice.

24:14
Cool. Number three, you want to go to three? Yeah, let’s do it. Number three is creating content and social media. Obviously this was a no-brainer for us being a content, you know, financial content expo. We had to be sort of, yeah, but content can be scary for a busy entrepreneur. How do you get this done? Uh, for us, we reached initially into our attendee community, um, and said, is there anyone who can write?

24:41
You know, or we actually we asked for guest posts. Initially we started our blog at FinCon with guest posts. So we just asked people, the community, if they wanted to contribute something. And then we had the idea, Hey, instead of just a conference pamphlet, we give people when they walk up, what if they had articles in it too? So we make this little magazine that you could get when you showed up to the conference and it had these articles that these folks had contributed. So not only was it sort of a community building exercise, but it was a user generated. So didn’t.

25:09
necessarily take us a lot of time to do it. We iterated from that into a podcast, the financial blogger podcast, where I interviewed speakers and sponsors who were coming to the event, leading up to it. We did that for several years, just like in the last six months before the event, which is a perfect vehicle for to talk about the event, but also hear from the people who are going to be there, get the audience comfortable with, you know, certain speakers and sponsors and, uh, do the, you know, do the work of promoting the conference as well. Um,

25:38
We got into newsletters in 2019 and did really good community newsletter, but frankly, we’re slipping in the content game. And so we’re going to bring that back in the next couple of years to do a, to a better job of that. know, walk me through that actually. as you’re considering what content to create, I know you mentioned a podcast, you mentioned the blog. What, where’s your focus? Is it going to be on video? Is it going to be on blogging podcast?

26:03
We have great resources and assets already available. We have all the pictures from the event. have all the videos from the event, including all the sessions. So my big push going forward with, with the team is going to be to suggest that needs to be what’s, what’s our YouTube channel. It needs to be all those sessions and then those need to be chopped up into smaller bits. It’s embarrassing that we’re not doing it already, but we’re just, we’re coming out of the lean years of the pandemic. got through that and now we can start.

26:33
Spending some more money on marketing to do it right and we just had we have all the assets that a year’s worth of video and That becomes short form those can become bulk blog posts. We don’t have to create anything new, but I am excited about one new thing So another idea that I had for in terms of content And this was sort of after seeing what the starter story well starter story is a good example where he builds essentially a database of

27:02
businesses and then he uses that database to sort of create lists and create like bigger content ideas. And so when we sign people up to the event, we ask them all kinds of questions about what niche they’re involved in, um, whether from how many FinCons they’ve been to what media, what platforms they’re on, all this information that’s very rich and valuable, uh, which should be shown, you know, to the community to give them perspective.

27:30
And to help them sort of understand the trends and what’s working and also to highlight people who are doing good work. So this user data that we have from the, from registrations is something that I’m toying around with playing around with creating a database of sorts. So then we can take that database and use it to create lots of content ideas. You started to see me do it already with, I think I did a list of top affiliate programs for personal finance creators, top top personal finance journalists.

27:59
So I’m sort of, you know, there’s tons of content ideas based on just the data we have. So the assets and the data are the things that are going to help drive the content generation forward. It’s not going to be me doing sort of a one-on-one deal. It’s going to be sort of expanding all that information that we have. Yeah. I mean, I’m just thinking about the size of FinCon and the number of sessions you have enough content for years without having to do anything. Yep. And we’ve been somewhat foolishly putting it behind a paywall.

28:29
Uh, to see if we can get people to pay for that content. And we do, but I think it would be better served. It’s just the community had it on a free basis and we figured out another way to offer premium content down the road. we wanted to do that. Cause I’m in kind of the same boat. I’ve got like eight years worth of content that isn’t even really behind a paywall. Actually, it’s just behind a wall that’s not getting paid. Yeah. I’ve never seen one of your sessions from your event.

28:58
Except maybe a keynote for you one time. Yeah. Yeah. I published the keynotes, but yeah. Uh, cause we sell the virtual pass, you know, during the event, but you know, the value of the virtual pass kind of declines over the years. Right. Yep. So even if we just started, let’s say three months post event and started publishing it on YouTube one at a time, it’s not like everyone’s getting this big data dump. They’re getting it slowly dripped out over, over the years. And there’s so much stuff we already have in the back catalog. That’s evergreen.

29:28
We could release so it’s a matter of distribution. Yes, great idea and I’m sure people listening probably have gold mines of content somewhere. Whether it’s something you’ve done for work or whatnot that you can just break apart and start creating content to promote whatever you’re selling and if you don’t have it start start collecting it now. Yeah, for all right. had number four create or foster or community. So the big thing we do here is we let the community sort of help form the event right? So we’re.

29:57
in a posture always of this is for the creators that are there and it’s by them. So they help us, uh, it’s open speaker submissions. So we get over 500 speaker submissions every year to the event, which is great. And we, publicize that we almost run ads for that. Cause I just want as much coming in as possible because again, that, gives a, and I say that I shared this in our, in our previous episode was, it’s just like ownership.

30:25
You’ve got to give the attendees ownership in the event, right? You got to let, make them feel like they helped craft it. Right. So that’s what we do as much as possible with our community is we empower them to help us build this event. New ideas, some of the new innovations we’ve done at the event have been things that the community has contributed. And so we sort of have this open posture toward open sourcing the event itself. Um, and then for community sake, we do, uh, we do.

30:53
Facebook groups, we’re still stuck in those. They’re not ideal. We’re about to move away for them, I feel like, but through the years, they’ve been a tremendous tool to bring new people sort of into our tribe when the event is not going on or being promoted. And then for them to have conversations 24 seven, and that’s sort of, you’re moving away from Facebook, just curious what platform you’re considering at school. That’s probably the one I’ll end up with. There’s also circle. And then what’s the other one? Mighty networks. So it’s sort of amongst those three.

31:23
Um, but I really like what I see out of school. know I like the founder and I like, he’s sort of taken a slow growth method with the platform. Um, very intentional. Um, so, I’ve, and I’ve been in some communities on school before and enjoyed it. guess the problem with that is like most people don’t even know what it is or have the app or whatever. They’re not logged in, right? Right. That’s right. And yeah, so that’s a hurdle is getting, but half our audience is not on Facebook anymore.

31:52
So, yeah. So we’re going to lose them either way. Yeah, that makes sense. So I think community is important. We also did local meetups for a while. We still do a few of those. So we encourage people in cities all over the US and the world to get together on a quarterly basis. We give them funds. We create a community leader and we give that community leader some funds to throw the

32:21
meetups, the happy hours, get some appetizers, that kind of thing. And they all gather together. And I do that personally when I go to places, I go to other events. It’s a, community building exercise. For instance, I just got back from podcast movement and my whole deal there was to connect with every financial podcaster there was at the event. And how do I do that? I throw them a big meetup party, drinks. Um, and then we have a podcast booth in our booth.

32:49
where they can come and do their show. They can kind of hang around that area and meet other people. So being that community builder with your business, just continuing that throughout all you do is important. I love it. Community is tough, man. You’ve done a great job. It really is tough to foster community. is. And yeah, it’s easy to screw up too. But, but you know, if, your heart, if you’re in your heart and soul, you’re,

33:18
You really value like trying to help these folks then over time, you know, you’ll be able to build that. So, uh, I am so thankful for the community. And again, that goes sort of goes back to posture. I think it’s important as a business owner to see your customer as really the most important piece of this whole thing. And if you put them in that position, then you’ll treat them, you know, appropriately and build a community. right. Uh, number five, charge more.

33:47
This is hard for me because I’m a frugal guy and I don’t like, I don’t like paying for stuff myself sometimes. So it was hard for me to increase prices at the event, but we were able to do it through not necessarily charging the loyal customers more, but just everyone sort of after that point. we introduced price increases post what do call it pre-launch, you know, another thing we did was I sort of talked about the one ticket new created, but ultimately we landed on three tickets that we now offer. And so you it’s the rule of three.

34:17
right? So you can you can see the three prices out there. I sense that you had a question, Steve. So I was just gonna say, I’ve always thought that the ticket prices were ridiculously low for you. Like, if you look at how much I charge for mine, I mean, yours is like easily less than half or a third. And I’ve always wondered. Yeah, it was a no brainer, I think because you give so much value for the for the ticket price. How much is it now?

34:44
It’s still probably pretty cheap. Am I, I’m guessing it’s essentially a less, we try to keep it less than 300 for the entry. Exactly. Crazy. And then we do around 600 for what we call the pro pass. So it’s a double price for that. And then we offer a brand pass. So if you’re coming from the industry, um, sort of not necessarily in that creator, uh, avatar, if you’re sort of someone they’re doing business and you’re not sponsoring or you’re not exhibiting with us, then you’re going to pay a

35:11
the biggest premium and that’s a thousand dollar ticket. So that’s how we structure. And man, by having that brand pass up there, those will, we don’t sell that many of those, but having that thousand dollars up there makes that $600 ticket look really nice, you know, for the creator. And so we, we could see it as soon as we launched the three options, man, people moved toward that second option so fast. I mean, it’s just, that’s just how your mind works. Right. I can’t do three, but I can, I could do two, you know,

35:41
That’s just, that’s how we think. So, it’s, there’s real value in that. It’s just not, there’s not trickeration going on, but if when we structured it that way, we saw a big increase in the second option, uh, versus just having two tickets up there. How do you get that? six. I’m sorry. What, uh, how do get that price? Right. That’s a challenge. I think, I do think it’s important not to discount and I’ve, I’ve stopped offering as many discounts through the years.

36:10
But my people are just financial nerds and they, they live and die by the price they’re paying for something. So, you know, and again, I told you, my main goal is to make it a place where everyone’s there. And so we, we, we make it accessible. Yeah, for sure. It’s, it’s actually, I mean, just look at all the events PT. I think yours is like one of the least expensive ones out there. It really is pretty ridiculous. Well, maybe I’ll raise the prices.

36:39
No, we but just for the other event owners out there, we do graduate our prices. So by the time the event gets there, I do believe it’s more than 300. And we had started at like 225 or something. So we graduate our prices gives us something to market off of, and also incentivizes people to join us really early. So I would definitely do that. mean, everyone needs a sense of urgency. So we always have a cutoff where I say, hey, prices are going to go up next month or, and every month or every two weeks from here on out.

37:09
That’s what I do. My next one is grow through a talented team. And so I’ve been able to do this by, you know, finding folks in my life who were specialists at event marketing, event organization, and event branding, as well as the AV side of things. So those four areas are so key when you want to have make an event attractive, but also make it financially successful. Having those team members is so important.

37:39
So someone to organize it, I’m more of a visionary community builder, but I need someone to sort of hold down the details. And that was Jessica. She was a college buddy who was actually my VA at the time with my other business. And I said, you’re perfect for this. know, you should help me organize this event. Now she’s the CEO of the event and runs it by herself. So she’s amazing. amazing. She is. She is amazing. And

38:07
The community is very lucky to have her kind of running things. So thanks for saying that. And, um, you’re right. She is. So, uh, for me with her, she wasn’t an experienced, big experience at event planner, but it was someone I could trust, you know, cause I, and I knew she was a detailed person. And so I think it’s important. Your first hire needs to be someone who compliments. You know, what, what skills you have. So I was good with the community. was good in sort of casting this vision, uh, wrangling the troops.

38:37
But she was so good with the details and filling in all that stuff. So recognize yourself. If you’re to bring someone on what you need there and someone you can trust is so important. We share a lot of values. And so that’s when that’s how I knew she’d be great for that role on the AV side with events. It’s so important. You need a bulldog, someone who can negotiate on your behalf with the hotels and the venues. And, uh, certainly had that in Jessica’s brother, Justin, who has come to the event every year. And at one point he was an employee.

39:06
He was a contractor, then he was employee. And then I fired him and said, you need to go start your own business and then I’ll be your biggest customer. So that’s kind of the situation we have now that he has his own AV company and, and, and I’m his big customer. So he fights for me every, every year with the hotel and with other AV companies to try to get those costs down. Cause he understands them. I don’t understand them. He does. He makes those negotiations, makes this be successful. Um,

39:35
Thirdly is on the, would say the third key there in terms of hiring with events is the look and feel of the event. And that’s been Libby who we brought on in year three, who’s fantastic and making the event look professional, feel like a fun event and just look. But very attractive to both partners and attendees. And you’ve got to do that. I mean, the first couple of iterations were me designing some things along with some buddies and you know, we tried our best, but it was a little janky, you know,

40:05
Uh, but once Libby came on board, she made us look professional. Um, and that goes so far with an event because people are spending time, money, travel to get to your event. They need to know that it’s going to be run well and they’re not coming into some fire festival type situation, you know? So yes, those are the, those are the three big hires for me. And I would encourage folks to do that. The visual piece, man, that skyrocketed the value and perception of our event. So I would go hard on that piece of the event.

40:34
If you want to grow, do notice you have all these displays out, you know, as you’re walking into the event itself, they’re pretty elaborate. Yeah, she did. Yeah. She does a great job. That’s what you’re talking about, right? Yep. That and just online visually. So if you look at all our social channels, and our website itself, she does a fantastic job. And so that means investing in a good photographer at the event and a videographer at the event. Those are two great investments for you. So those that’s that’s we’ve we’ve used hiring to grow it.

41:03
And then finally is our last point here is acquisition. So in the event industry, the fastest way you can grow is to buy other events. And that’s what you see the biggest event conglomerates doing is they don’t waste time on trying to like grow the particular event they’ve purchased themselves. They just go buy another one. That’s, that’s how they grow because you have to wait a whole year, typically for an annual conference or trade show to grow the darn thing. And so this is a slog. mean, I’ve spent 10 years.

41:33
12 years now, you know, iterating 10%, 20 % growth, 10%, 20 % growth. And like, finally you get there, but if you want to do it faster, just acquire events, you know, I don’t have experience in that until now. I just actually made my first acquisition. I did not know that. event did you guys acquire? When’s this going to come out? Good question. Whenever you want it to come out, probably soon, probably within the next three weeks. I’ll go ahead and share it. We’ve purchased travel con. So

42:02
Oh, yeah. it’s another creator event, uh, outside of the finance space, obviously, but a creator event nonetheless, that’s very similarly modeled like FinCon. fact, Matt Kepnes, who created and runs that event, he and I, he and I go back a ways. We’ve chatted through the years and whenever he started his event, the first time he sort of leaned on me for advice and suggestions. And I actually kind of pushed him into that. Um, he has a successful business.

42:33
Uh, with travel business that he does the event for whatever reason didn’t work out for him. And so we are honored to take that event over, which I think he’s created an amazing brand loyalty and, um, just a great look and feel as well to his event. So we were going to get into the travel space with creators there. And so that’s kind of the next phase of growth for us, but I would encourage everyone to be looking in the event space for opportunities, especially right now.

43:02
Um, folks, it’s hard event. The event business is tough. And so there’s oftentimes people kind of coming out of it where it doesn’t make sense for them anymore. Um, and that might give you an opportunity to, grab up an event and, and try to make it, uh, make it better. I will say this. Uh, so the first year post pandemic, the, least for my event, it was just so, so people were just starting to come back. this last event that we had in May, full strength popped.

43:32
Uh, everyone’s just eager to get out and interact. good to hear. That’s good to hear. Yeah. We’re excited about this, this event too. And then we’re excited in general about the creator economy. Um, I think it’s only going to continue to grow. And with our experience with growing the community at FinCon, we know it can help grow the travel creator space as well and support those people and help them to make more deals with brands and just grow their businesses. So.

44:00
And I will say this for anyone listening, I am going to be speaking at FinCon and I will be trying to do a meetup of people in the class or, you know, if you just want to hang out. So definitely be there. As I mentioned before, the ticket price is very inexpensive for what you get. I guarantee you’ll meet a ton of cool people who might be members of your mastermind group someday like mine. And like I said, I’m just grateful for you, PT, for giving me my first speaking opportunity ever.

44:28
And I was shivering. was nervous, but then you asked me back and I spoke again. So started my speak. don’t want to say speaking career, but it sparked my love for speaking. thank you. welcome, man. You certainly, we were lucky to have you. I’ll just leave it at that. And we’ve always been blessed to be able to work with you, Steve and any event we put on. So thank you for being a part of this year as well. I look forward to seeing what you have to say on stage and, just.

44:56
having you and your folks there at the event. So, more importantly, where can people find out more about the event and all the different options and everything? What, the sessions are? Are they, are they all listed yet? The sessions are listed. We’ve got all our speakers up there with the exception of a few main stage folks like yourself who we haven’t announced yet. So some surprise, surprise announcements coming up, but you can go to finconnexpo.com and see the list of speakers, see the agenda.

45:24
sort of understand what the offering is and just get excited about, you know, being a part of this community. So love to have you join us. Cool. Hey, thanks PT for coming back on, man. You’ve been great.

45:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now like I mentioned earlier, I’m going to be speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year, so if you want to meet up, go to the FinCon website over at FinConExpo.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeClooterJob.com slash episode 489. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

46:09
Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-C-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

46:38
Just tap in your email and ascended the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

488: AI Powered Strategies To Make $274/Day Selling On Amazon (Step By Step) – Family First Friday

488: AI Powered Strategies To Make $274/Day Selling On Amazon (Step By Step) – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I show you the quickest way to start selling on Amazon step by step by leveraging the power of AI.

I go over everything from how to use AI to help you find a profitable product to sell, how to find suppliers, and how to put up a high-converting listing with the power of artificial intelligence.

What You’ll Learn

  • Find A Product Or A Niche With AI
  • Figure Out If There’s Demand For Your Product
  • Create A High Converting Listing On Amazon With The Right Keywords

Transcript

00:00
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifecouldherjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:29
Now today’s episode, I’m going to show you the quickest way to start selling on Amazon step by step by leveraging the power of artificial intelligence. I’m to go over everything about how to use AI to help you find a profitable product to sell, how to find suppliers, and how to put up a high converting listing with the power of AI. Now if you want to make a six figure income within a year, then there’s no better way to accomplish that goal than by selling physical products online. And the reason why I’m teaching you how to start selling on Amazon

00:59
in today’s episode is because Amazon has a large built-in audience of shoppers who are already looking to buy your products. You don’t need a website, you don’t really need any technical knowledge, all you need is a product to sell and a camera and you should be good to go. And by leveraging the power of AI and chat GPT, you can get up and running in record time. Now the first step obviously is to find a product or a niche to sell into. And the easiest way to do this,

01:26
is by looking at what you are interested in or knowledgeable about already. Basically, you want to sell a product in an area where you have some sort of expertise or an unfair advantage. For example, my student Amanda Wittenborn makes millions of dollars every year selling custom designed party supplies because that’s what she’s good at. She’s a genius at creating beautiful designs and she is super creative. Another student in my class, Jesse Funk, he was just interviewed in the last episode.

01:53
makes six figures selling card games because he loves to play and design his own games. And my friend Bill sells phone holders for drones because he flies drones for a living. Anyway, you get the point. Lots of people get stuck during the brainstorming phase. But if you are completely clueless about what to sell, you can simply ask ChatGPT. For example, let’s say you’re really into fishing, but you can’t think of anything to sell. Just open up ChatGPT and use this exact prompt.

02:22
Give me a list of 10 products that avid fishermen will want to buy that are novel or unique that do not involve electronics or tech. And within seconds, this is what Chad GPT gave me. Glow in the Dark Fishing Line. This product allows fishermen to see their line even in the dark, making night fishing a whole lot easier. Personalized Fishing Lures. Hand painted or gray fishing lures can make a unique gift for the avid fishermen. They can be personalized with names, dates, and colors and patterns. Magnetic Wristband.

02:52
for keeping track of small metal items like hooks, swivels, and other tackle accessories, fishing rod carrier sling, an ergonomic and efficient way to carry multiple rods and reels, leaving the fisherman’s hands free for other tasks. I’m not gonna read them all off, but there were a bunch. And if you don’t like any of the ideas that ChatShip BT suggests, you can just continue to ask it until it gives you a product that you might wanna sell.

03:16
By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now, after you find a potential product, the next step is to figure out if there is demand for that product. And to gauge how much money you can potentially make, you can use a tool called Jungle Scout. All you have to do is search for that product on Amazon and use the Jungle Scout Chrome tool to see how much that product sells for on Amazon. Now, out of all the ideas that I just read off,

03:47
Let’s just use magnetic wristband as an example, because that’s a product that Chad GPT suggested. Now, according to Jungle Scout, it looks like these magnetic wristbands sell extremely well on Amazon, generating over $9,000 per month in sales on average for each seller on the front page of Search. Sounds pretty good, but you never want to sell the exact same product as everyone else. So if you look at all the Amazon listings for magnetic wristbands, you’ll notice that almost all these wristbands look

04:16
pretty much identical. They are all black or red, and none of these listings have a phishing theme to it. And again, you never want to sell MeToo products, especially on Amazon, so you need to improve upon this product somehow. You always want to sell a better or a different mousetrap. So with ChatGPT once again, here’s what I would ask AI. If I wanted to sell magnetic wristbands, how could I make my product unique or different from everyone else? And here’s what ChatGPT said.

04:46
Design. You can offer your wristbands in a variety of colors, patterns, or styles to cater to different personal tastes. You can even offer a customization option where customers can choose their color and have their name or special message engraved on it. Material quality. You can use high quality, durable, and comfortable materials that will stand up to heavy use. The strength of the magnet. You can opt for stronger magnets that can hold more and heavier items securely. Make sure to test and verify the weight that each magnet can hold. Additional features.

05:16
You could consider adding extra features like a small pocket for non-magnetic items, a small built-in LED light for visibility in low light situations, or a hook to attach a fishing tool. Now, if you look at the other magnetic wristbands on Amazon, you’ll notice that none of them have an LED light built in or allow for personalization. And some people are also complaining that the magnets are weak. So thanks to ChachiBT, we now have our unique value proposition. Next step.

05:45
is to find a supplier who can provide you with the product you want at a price that allows you to make a profit. And there are number of ways to find a good supplier. For example, you can use Alibaba to search for manufacturers of the product you want to sell. You can filter your search by location, price, and other parameters to find the best supplier for your needs. can also attend a trade show like the Canton Fair. Attending a sourcing convention is always a great way to meet manufacturers and suppliers face to face, and it’s an opportunity to see their products up close.

06:14
Now before COVID, I actually used to go to the Canton Fair every other year. You can also hire a sourcing agent to help you find a supplier that meets your needs. And they are experts in finding and vetting suppliers, and they can save you a lot of time and effort. Now just for the same example, let’s just use Alibaba. I would simply type in Alibaba magnetic wristband. And according to Alibaba, these wristbands sell for about one to $3 per piece. And when using Alibaba, you should always filter for assessed suppliers only.

06:45
Now if I were to source these wristbands, I would message as many factories as I could for quotes to create a magnetic wristband with an LED light built in and extra strong magnets. I would also ask if I could print my own fishing themed image on the wristband. Now not every supplier is going to respond, but for the ones that do, you should ask to pay for a sample of the wristband. Make sure you’re happy with the quality, check the minimum order quantity and the pricing, and if you’re happy with what you receive,

07:13
you can then proceed to order a small batch of product to test the market, and then move on to larger orders once you’ve validated that your product is in demand. Now, when working with a supplier, make sure you have a clear and written agreement about the terms of the deal, including delivery times, payment methods, returns, and guarantees on quality. And for example, when we order linens for our store, we expect a defect ratio of less than 3%. It’s also important to keep open communication with your supplier to ensure that everything runs smoothly.

07:41
We have all of our vendors on WhatsApp or WeChat. Now as your product is being manufactured at the factory, it’s time to work on your Amazon listing. First off, you need to sign up for an account. I would recommend that you sign up for a professional seller account right away, because if you plan on making six figures, you’ll want all the added features that a professional selling account offers. Meanwhile, you also want to pick a brand name for your product and register the domain and make sure the trademark for your brand is available.

08:09
The best tool to brainstorm brand names is a tool called Brandsnap.ai. All you got to do is enter the products you want to sell and it will make up a ton of domains for your review where the domain and the trademark is available along with all your social media handles. Basically this tool will save you a ton of time. So looking at the list that Brandsnap generated, it came up with a name called FishingGears.com with a Z. I mean not a huge fan but I didn’t have time for this example to exhaustively brainstorm but

08:39
I do know that phishinggears.com is available along with the trademark and the social media handles. So then I would just register the domain and grab all the social handles and go back to Amazon. Now, if you are unfamiliar with selling on Amazon, Amazon is a search-based e-commerce marketplace. And basically what this means is that the way people shop on Amazon is by entering a search term for what they want to buy. So if you want to sell magnetic wristbands on Amazon, you must first know what people are searching for related to that product.

09:08
And the tool that I use to find out these keywords is called the Jungle Scout Keyword Scout. By typing in magnetic wristband in a Jungle Scout, it gives me all the permutations of the words magnetic wristband that people are searching for, along with the number of searches per month. For example, magnetic wristband gets about 4900 searches per month. Magnetic wristband for holding screws gets 5400 searches. Basically, you want to compile a list of as many different keywords as possible that people are searching for on Amazon for your product.

09:38
Jungle Scout does cost money though, but don’t be stingy. You absolutely need a tool like Jungle Scout because it’s impossible to predict what people are searching for online. For example, the keyword Cinturon para Jaramentias is one that I never in a million years would have thought of because I don’t speak Spanish. Now armed with this keyword list, it’s time for the final step. Create a high converting listing on Amazon with these keywords. Now in order for your product to be found on Amazon, you have to use the keywords that we found in Jungle Scout

10:08
in the titles and the bullet points. And this is basically how Amazon understands how to classify your products. Now, if you skip the Jungle Scout keyword step, then no one’s going to be able to find your products. And now for the fun part. You can literally ask ChatGPT to create your Amazon listing for you and incorporate the keywords in a well-written fashion that sounds natural. Here’s what you do. First off, if there’s already a product on Amazon that is similar to the one that you are selling,

10:35
you can tell ChatGPT to create you an Amazon listing based on that product. For example, I found a product and I found the ASIN, which is the Amazon part number. And then using ChatGPT, I entered this prompt to remind me with the details about that ASIN. And in order for this to work, there’s a special ChatGPT Amazon listing plugin that you must install. But once you enter in the prompt, at this point, ChatGPT will go out to Amazon and load that product into memory.

11:04
And then from there, you can simply tell ChatGPT to write a title and bullet points for your Amazon listing using the keywords that you researched with Jungle Scout. ChatGPT will then create your Amazon listing that you can just simply cut and paste into Amazon. And once your product arrives from the factory, you can then make your listing active and start selling immediately. So as you can see, by leveraging the power of AI, you can quickly and easily find a product to sell, find a brand name and domain,

11:33
Create an Amazon listing and start selling extremely quickly. Now obviously all this stuff is a little hard to explain in a podcast, so if you’re interested in learning more about how to get started selling online, make sure you sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

487: Student Story – Making 6 Figures Selling Card Games And Board Games With Jesse Funk

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jesse Funk on the show. Jesse has been a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store Course for nine years. He runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at Davinci’s Room, and a body care brand called Solpri.

And he’s been running these businesses, generating a full time income for about eight years.

In this episode, we talk about the challenges of creating and selling card games and board games online.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Jesse decided to sell card games
  • How to research a good game to sell
  • How Jesse got his first sales and grew his business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m thrilled to have Jesse Funk on the show. Jesse has been a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course for eight or nine years now. He runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at davinchesroom.com and a body care brand called solpre.com. He’s been running these businesses, generating a full-time income for about eight years.

00:29
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about the challenges of creating and selling card games and board games online. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council.

01:25
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their intellectual property. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult.

01:54
If you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EmergeCouncil.com, E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U and S-E-L. Now onto the show.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have a longtime student and friend on the show, Jesse Funk. Jesse runs two e-commerce stores, one selling children’s games over at davinci’sroom.com and Solpre, which is a store that sells hydration and body care products for athletes. Jesse’s a great guy and I’ve had the pleasure of seeing him every single year practically at my annual e-commerce conference, the seller summit. And in this episode, Jesse’s gonna tell us.

02:37
The abortion story behind his two companies and how he makes a living selling online. What’s up, Jesse? How’s it going, man? Steve, thanks for having me. Yeah, long time student friend. I don’t know. I’ve been hanging around a long time. I don’t know exactly when. I can tell you how much your course cost when I picked it up, but I don’t know if you want me to say that at this point. I think you joined like eight years ago, I want to say seven or eight years ago. Yeah, so I’ve been doing this full time, I think eight years now. Yeah.

03:06
with so no other source of income. And yeah, I started kind of my entrepreneurial journey. It depends on how you want to look at it. You either say I was a child or you can say I was like 1920. I say that because two stories from when I was a kid. One, I don’t know if they do those like silly fundraisers, you know, when they still do. Oh, yeah. Yeah. I’m sure your kids have done. Yeah. But just like

03:35
So I grew up in kind of a, I’ll say like lower middle class neighborhood. We weren’t like struggling, but we didn’t have tons of stuff. I was always taken care of. had food. You know, my parents did well by me, but there was the, well, would say the rich neighborhood next to us. And so a friend of mine and I decided we were going to do this fundraiser and we wanted to win whatever silly prize, you know, they give the kids whatever it is, sunglasses or.

04:04
whatever silly thing, you know. And so we’re elementary school kids, so maybe third grade. And we decide we’re going to go by ourselves and take our magazines and sell whatever gift wrap paper or whatever it is, the fundraiser is in the quote unquote rich neighborhood. My parents were coming back from somewhere and saw us out and I was in so much trouble for being unsupervised, walking around trying to like sell stuff to neighbors. And then my

04:34
My mom told me a story I don’t even recall about when I was a kid. I guess I made some drawings and then I was trying to like go to the neighbors and like sell my drawings and you know, get them to buy. And so I guess I’ve always had some kind of. It’s a new blood. Yeah. I mean, another kid story I remember there was there was like a mock city thing we did in second or third grade where

05:04
every, so like, was trying to teach kids about the economy. And so as a class, you decided on like, this is our currency, ours were puck bucks because they were hockey themed for some reason. And so we made paper currency, everybody got, you know, the same amount of money to start. And then each kid would have a different shop. You got to decide what that shop would be. Maybe you would make handmade stuff, whatever.

05:31
My mom hooked me up with the good stuff. I got to sell candy. So everybody wanted to buy stuff for me, but I didn’t care about buying anything from anybody else. So at the end, I had like the most Puck Bucks and everybody, because I was like, I mean, I got the candy. That’s what I want. And I got all the Puck Bucks and that’s what I wanted. So like, it was just kind of an early, delayed gratification situation where the teacher was like, okay, you guys have all these Puck Bucks left and she had like an auction. So I could just bid up on everything like a

06:00
like a rich little kid with my fake, fake money on whatever it was she had for auction. So, um, so I guess I began early, uh, but as far as these particular businesses, um, they kind of came after I had tried a number of things. It depends on how you want to look at it in terms of what a try is. Um, so to speak, some things I probably gave up on too early, some things I probably gave up on at the right time.

06:30
but somewhere between six to a dozen different attempts at like product tries or business, know, some things I made a couple thousand bucks, some things made absolutely nothing, some things never even got launched. But the game business started actually in adult party games when Cards Against Humanity was huge and there was nothing else out. So there was this just massive demand and a huge vacuum of space where

07:00
There were not a lot of other options. So I had launched a game called awkward turtle at the time. It’s kind of a play on taboo. It’s like a word guessing game and it’s not like outright dirty. It’s like, um, how people don’t like the word moist. That’s true. hate that word. Right. So it’s stuff. It’s words like that. And, and so I kind of launched, I didn’t originally intend to be like,

07:26
my business is on Amazon. just was like, well, Cards Against Humanity is on Amazon. So I’ll put this on Amazon. And then, you know, it took off because it was in this big vacuum and I made- Can we talk, let’s back up. this first- How do you come up with it? Like I wouldn’t be able to come up it. Are you just a creative person that- Oh yeah, no. So this is why-

07:49
Uh, me and Amanda get along well. So Amanda Wittenborn, that’s episode 269 from Steve’s podcast. If anybody wants to listen to her episode, that’s why Amanda and I get along so well. So we’re both kind of creatives. Um, I did a lot of art stuff in high school. Uh, I play the violin, I write music. Um, so yeah, I kind of combined the creative and analytical things together. I always like to say, I am putting my undergrad degree to work.

08:18
I double majored in math and psychology and everybody was like, what are you gonna do with that? And my senior thesis was on Texas Hold’em poker theory, so I wrote like a 50-page paper on that. So I guess I’d blow my spot up if I had to play poker with you guys anytime. But no, so I’m always taking kind of disparate ideas and bringing them together. So it’s like a game is…

08:48
I mean, a game in many ways is just like building a logical system, but then on the back end, it’s And then you have to go like, where does fun come from? And behind me, I’ve got some like analytical books that talk about what is fun and where does fun come from? And one of the things that is fun is a challenge. Something that can’t be too easy, but not too hard. Like it has to hit this right.

09:17
Yeah. Level of difficulty. And that’s how you have like age grades for games. And you have to like figure out, okay, at this age, in this case, talking about that original game for adults, it can’t be too difficult to guess the word, but it can’t be too easy either. Because if you just breeze through it, then you’re like, well, that sucked. But if it’s too hard, then you’re like, I can’t guess any of these, it still sucks. So you have to hit that sweet spot of

09:45
Okay, I didn’t get this one, but I got the next one. like, you know, it’s, like an achievable challenge. And that that’s a type of fun. So walk me through the process. So you developed the game, like how long do have to play test it before you launch it? Or do you just launch it and see how it goes? Yeah, that’s assuming that I play test. No, so I mean, I do need to do more play testing. I’ve never really had a great formal play test group. So I’ve used my family.

10:14
I’ve used Friends. One of the local board game bars here in Kansas City has always wanted me to come out, but I’m like, especially the games I make now, they’re for children. Like, they’re not really the typical hobby shop, like, kind of games that would make sense in that setting. So I go through it and just kind of, because most of them are so relatively simple, I just debug.

10:43
myself for the most part and then launch it. Sometimes it ends up well, sometimes that means I fall on my face. But then I learned things along the way. One of the things that went wrong with Awkward Turtle, that very first one, is it basically has no replay value. Unless you’ve forgotten the words. Because once you know the words in the deck, then so I did well because there was such a vacuum. But if I was to do it, launch it again today,

11:13
I think it would fall flat because I need a much bigger deck of cards to be competitive. Margins would be thinner. You know, I just don’t know that it would work in this environment because there’s so much competition in that space now. So it was kind of like right place, right time. And a little bit unnerving in that. So I went from what, like the year prior to launching that

11:42
I think my W2 or whatever, guess I was like doing the Craigslist hustle, buying electronics and refurbishing them and sell them and stuff. I think I made $15,000, $18,000 or something in profit that year. And then the following year I made over $100,000 in profit. So it was like a little bit of indication of like, I’ve been trying and trying and trying and trying and then here we are. But also it felt too easy.

12:12
Because it was like, I mean, I from, from concept to launch, we’re talking about like three months. And then all of a sudden it’s just rolling and rolling and rolling in. And I had years of it’s all going to go away. It’s all going to go away. Like I gotta keep, I gotta keep going or it’s all going to go away. And I was right in some sense, like that game makes like 10 bucks a month now. Like it’s cycles. It’s product cycles basically gone. Okay.

12:42
You have like a dozen games now though, right? was looking at- Yeah, yeah, I’ve got a dozen games. my typical, so like one of the things that from the conference and prior to the conference that I had talked about with like my mastermind is like process improvement and getting out of your own way. So I’ve done well to this point, you know.

13:09
like two mid six figure businesses in terms of revenue, but I’m kind of in my own way in that with the games, I can typically only launch one or two SKUs a year. Cause it takes time to think about it. What’s the opportunity? How do I approach it? How do I make something better? That’s the hard part of developing your own IP is, you know, making something original. So my, my process improvement for myself this year, because I want to get to the seven figure and beyond point,

13:40
is to get out of my own way. So mentally, I’ve made the shift from I’m a game designer to I’m the creative director. I don’t design games anymore. So I’m handing off more stuff. I already handed off work to like the artists because they can make much better artwork than I can. But like, hey, you know, get my VA to help me on on product research to do some of that bulk stuff that takes time.

14:09
you know, all still have hands on some of these products a little bit. Um, but then, you know, when we come to new games, it’s higher game designer, there’s freelance game designers. It’ll help you put something together and then I can have them help put it together. I can tweak it if I need to. They can help play test, but then now compared to one to two skews a year for the last, you know, eight years, I have like eight skews in development for this year.

14:38
Nice. So, you know, I’m really trying to speed up how fast I can go. And at this point, I’m really only constrained by capital. Like I can run more projects, but I don’t have more money. So I have to see how they go first before I move on to the next opportunities. Let me ask you this. I think selling games, especially on the Amazon is probably the hardest thing I can think of because people aren’t searching for these new games, right? So how do you even get those initial sales?

15:06
Yeah, well, see, and that’s kind of the trick, right? Let me take a drink of water real quick.

15:13
So I get pitched games from time to time from friends, from strangers. And they go, oh, I this game idea. I want to give it to you. And I think you can make it a success. I’m like, OK, well, I can’t remember if you’ve done a video about this. You probably have, because you’ve done a video about just about everything. But when you’re looking at business, you’re basically talking about two kinds of businesses, demand generation and demand capture.

15:44
I work on demand capture and you’re asking, okay, well, nobody’s searching for these games, but I only build games that people are searching for. And you go, well, how do you develop your own IP if you’re already searching for it? So like, that’s part of the reason I shifted to like education games, because people want like, I have a board game that teaches kids math. People are looking for math games. There’s already demand out there. The trick is figuring out.

16:13
where inside of that big pocket that there’s opportunity like maybe I don’t know but say like let’s Matthew because I can relate to that yes I think parents are really frustrated with I haven’t done this and maybe there’s opportunity here so I’m speaking out of my butt here but like with common core people have had a real tough time with common yeah so maybe there’s opportunity and now I’m gonna have to go look at this after this podcast so maybe there’s opportunity to help

16:42
kids learn Common Core math with a game. And you don’t like, that’s kind of an unearthed niche that maybe nobody’s addressing. But once parents see it, when they’re looking for math games, then they go, oh, I want to buy that. And then consequently, the Amazon algorithm kind of takes over when they go, oh, this is performing much better for this audience type. They’ll start to shove it out to outlier keywords and figure it out.

17:10
And then you’ll like over time, if you’ve done your branding properly for the game, people will start to search volume for that specific game as well. Well, I’m curious, like that turtle game, like what search terms over for that bidding on like taboo or. Yeah, I think I was I was bidding on cards against me at the time because there was nothing else. So it was like it was like on the search volume, people would look for cards against humanity.

17:39
And then the search page, like I was like result within the top 10 results for Cargius humanity because there was nothing else. So there’s just this massive volume plus because I called it awkward turtle. And at the time that was a much bigger cultural reference. It kind of got some of that as well.

17:58
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

18:28
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

18:56
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

19:14
Okay, I get it. Okay, so there’s initial, you’re not doing adult games anymore, are you? I mean, so I have like some products aimed at adults, but they’re not adult party games. Right, because those, like today, you just said there’s just so much competition that you couldn’t piggyback on our cards against Yeah, I mean, my biggest successes are always launching into a gap. Okay. Where I go, here’s demand, there’s low competition, and then here’s a product. Finding those gaps is the difficult part.

19:43
And I don’t know that I have like a perfect formula for doing that. If I did, I would probably be making a lot, lot more money. But that’s how I always do the best is go, okay, here’s a gap. And then also I’m going to improve this product by five different features or five different aspects as well. Do you use any tools outside of the ordinary or? I mean, after the conference, I just started using Data Dive, but like I have…

20:12
an OG Jungle Scout account where I paid like a hundred bucks back when Greg started and I don’t pay the monthly. So like I have that, I, tools wise, I mean, I’ve got a lifetime access to Uber suggest to get some of that like trend data off of Amazon in terms of trying to figure out keyword search volume. And like, there, is there an idea? use Google trends. But a lot of it’s like just manual.

20:42
going down rabbit holes of these products, okay, what makes these products unique? Who are they speaking to? What’s their audience? What’s the sales volume? And then kind of making a, I don’t know, a product cloud for lack of a better term. And then figuring out, again, the commonalities, the differentiators, and do I believe there’s a gap? like, I’ll show you after we get done recording, because I don’t want to talk about anything new I don’t have out yet.

21:12
I’ve got a product sitting on my desk that I think is a, again, fits that demand capture side where there are people looking for this kind of product, but the way that I’ve done it, nobody else has done it this way yet. So I think it’s one of those situations where like I told my family, it’ll either do well or it’ll completely fall flat on its face because generally,

21:39
when you see other people doing things and they’re selling well, you go, like people want that. Clearly they’re buying it. But if you launch something that’s different, you could be launching something nobody wants. Right. Or you could be launching something people want, but they just didn’t have yet. Yeah. I mean, I feel like that it’s like that with every game. Right. So we talked about math games earlier. I actually got from that game. So I know exactly.

22:07
So when I used to go on Amazon for these math games, actually social proof played in an order amount of weight in what I buy, right? I wanted to, and I actually read all the reviews. In my case, I looked for Asian people leaving reviews too, because I mean, and then I would get those. So is it about first mover advantage in a lot of cases to get those reviews and build that vote? It seems that way generally, but there have definitely been.

22:37
like competitors come in in my spaces and like take a little bit here and there. Despite, you know, like some of my best games have in the thousands of reviews now. Wow. They’re kind of hard to, to move out of place. But you know, if a theme resonates better with somebody or like, you know, there’s, they approach it slightly differently. And that again, so like,

23:07
My games are set in stone. They have their rules and that’s what they are. So my addition and subtraction game, it’s not focused on common core. So I’ll go back to my example. So if somebody came in and they’re like, well, I have addition and subtraction game and it covers all the same topics, but it covers it by using common core, well, now that differentiator may be more important than first mover advantage. I also think it’s…

23:36
And this is part of the business that I’ve been trying to figure out, but because I have zero corporate background, I just don’t know. I think you get spillover from off-platform promotion. So be it retail, be it ads, whatever it is, I think you get a lot of people searching for products they’ve seen in someplace else, shops or whatever it is.

24:04
And I just don’t have that avenue figured out yet.

24:11
Can I ask you what your best selling game is and why you think it’s the best selling game? Oh, so my best selling game right now is a game called Don’t Go Bananas. So it is a game focused on working with kids to identify and understand their emotions instead of being reactive to them. All right. So I think that’s my best selling game at the moment.

24:41
in part because I’m a little entrenched. It’s been around for a minute. And again, I launched it into a gap. So there was like one competitor at the time, maybe two. And it’s specifically focused on a type of therapy called cognitive behavioral therapy. And so I use some of the principles, like basic principles of CBT to build that game. And that’s a little difficult in that.

25:08
You want to make it a game, you also want to have the parent or teacher or clinician have the ability to work the method. So it’s successful. the one aspect that it was launched into a gap, also because I made a card game and the big competitor at the time was like a $60 board game, while I offered something at a quarter of the price and I could still be profitable.

25:39
You know, if you’re using a tool to help kids, you can pay four times as much or, you know, a quarter of the price and get going. So all those things helped doing my job in terms of a game designer and actually building a game that also serves as a tool leads to those good reviews. And that helps in the longterm because if it’s, if it’s crap, somebody’s going to supplant you at some point. Right.

26:08
So that’s kind of the various factors I see, I guess. And people were looking for cognitive therapy games. Was that like the search term? Yeah, the search term was like, I don’t if it was therapy games or CBT games or whatever it was. like that, yeah. there was, again, demand capture. And I was like, well, with my psychology background, I’m comfortable with understanding the concepts.

26:37
might be used. I aimed originally aimed the game at parents and teachers because I typically build for laypeople, but I have a lot of counselors, clinicians, therapists who buy the game and use it in their practice. And I didn’t anticipate that. Oh, so you didn’t actually market to them specifically call them up right now. It’s just strictly Amazon demand generation. Interesting. So you’re it sounds like you’re very deliberate.

27:04
least like you probably do keyword research and whatnot. look for a gap, some sort of spit on it, then you make it your own. Right. Yeah. So I that, and that’s where like, when people pitch me games, I go like, it sounds like a great game, but it just, doesn’t fit my business model. don’t, I don’t, I’d love to figure out how to do that, how to do demand generation instead of demand capture. Um, it’s just not currently in my skillset. So if I could figure out that component, uh, you know,

27:33
I’ll go a lot faster, lot farther, a lot faster. So I mean, all of that just involves content really, you know, to track the audience and that sort of thing. I am curious though. So once you come up with the game, let’s say in your case, it’s cards. Do you actually have those printed in the U S first, or do you go straight to get them both printed in Asia or something like that? So I’ve used a mixture. So I have U S printing resources and I have Chinese printing resources.

28:04
It depends on what the product is. depends on how many units I’m running, that kind of stuff. I’ll say nowadays, I don’t do anything without just running a thousand copies off and just launching it. A thousand copies is typically the minimum. For Asia or is this US? US definitely. Asia, you can go 500, but you’re going to basically pay

28:32
double your unit cost. Like the actual dollars you need to spend to get 500 or 1000, you need to spend maybe 10 % more to get 1000 versus 500. like, really? Yeah. It all has to do with how printing works. So there’s, there is labor involved in setting up a printing press, setting up the files and all that kind of stuff. And it doesn’t matter how many copies you run. There’s just a setup of labor.

29:01
whether you run one copy or whether you run 100,000 copies. So that labor gets distributed over your units. So when you’re running 500 copies, that’s great, but that labor was the same whether you ran 500 or 1,000. So when you run the 1,000, then you’re hitting a more comfortable minimum and your unit cost will go down. So it’s just a current kind of a reality of printing. There are people that find

29:31
you know, local printers that’ll run smaller units of stuff, but not typically cards. Cards have special card stock that is expensive to buy in the U.S. It’s a specialty item. You’re just not usually going to get less than a thousand. You can, you can. I used to do this and this is what I did with Awkward Turtle. When I launched it, I only ordered like hundred copies. I spent like a thousand, I put a thousand bucks on a credit card.

30:01
knowing I had 15 months to pay it off and zero APR. And I ordered like a hundred copies just to test it. My unit cost was like, God, I don’t even know, eight or $10 a copy. was, you’re never gonna make money at that, but you’re gonna figure out is it, does it sell? And I figured out, okay, it does sell. And I moved on from there. I’m comfortable enough and have enough capital reserve that I go ahead and

30:30
order the thousand now because then that gives me plenty of margin to run breakeven or negative on ads to test out and have the units to run through without going, I’m out of stock. It’s going to be weeks or months before I have more stock. Since it’s so labor intensive, like you mentioned, doesn’t it automatically just make kind of cheaper? I’ll say yes, with exceptions.

31:00
I have a new supplier I’m working with that makes that rule absolutely true. But historically, card games would be cheaper in China and then board games would be cheaper in the US for short runs. So anything less than 10,000 units because of the size and shipping that gets involved. Oh, okay. So the freight is what tips it over the edge. Right.

31:28
So the unit cost itself would be lower, but board games take up lot of space. So then that takes up more volume, your shipping cost goes up, and then now you’re on par with the US printers that print games. if you are, generally, if you’re going to print a board game, you may be better off with the US printer. Like the printer I’ve used for a long time, they’re awesome because I can order in the US.

31:57
The lead time is like eight weeks instead of 12 to 16 weeks. And then they have a storage facility. So I order it, they palletize it, put it in their warehouse, and then they’ll move it for me whenever I need it. So I never have to touch it. I don’t have to arrange another 3PL. I don’t have to do any of that. Interesting. So they are your 3PL. Right. And they charge like $10 a pallet a month. It’s lower than 3PL rates for storage. And they do that in bit because it’s subsidized by their production process. So that’s just a…

32:27
competitive advantage that they’ve built in for themselves. they ship out individual units for you too or no? They’ll ship anywhere between one to as many as I have. Oh, that’s incredible. Yeah. Okay. Can you explain to me what the economics of a card game are? I imagine like the values and your IP, right? So the gross margins must be really high. Yeah. Yeah. So yeah. So that’s part of the reason you see a lot of people launch card games because the margins can be very good, but

32:57
They have a very high failure rate. So Because there’s so like so much competition your IP gonna resonate with people all that kind of stuff. So Say I’m ordering it depends on how many cards we’re talking about. So like this start back a 52 card there, right? I don’t know how many cards you well, I can actually just if you give me it’s like I know we’re like we’re alive, but I can

33:23
there’s actually a card game, cool calculator, can, okay, yeah, real time. Okay, cool. So let’s do like card against humanity. So card against humanity has I think 250 cards in their deck, it’s a big box. It’s more expensive to have those two piece boxes than to have tuck boxes. I typically try to focus on tuck boxes because of that. That is one complaint I get about my my product sometimes is that they’re not in a two piece box. But I can tell you that

33:51
A two-piece box will typically add several dollars onto a short run versus a tuck box is in the cents range. I could see that. 20 to 50 cents. So, okay. So 250 cards. Let’s go a thousand units. So if I want to do, I think cards used for many cards are like regular card size, like playing card size, if I remember right. Is this calculator using? this a?

34:19
Chinese or American? This is for a Chinese printer. Oh, wow. They have a calculator. Nice. Well, it’s the US broker that works with a Chinese printer. So it’s very friendly. So guess free shout out for Print Ninja. I’ve worked with them for very long time. They’re great people. They’ve always taken care of me. So I’m using Print Ninja’s. Nice. Our game cool calculator. Which is nice, because then you can go out and figure out, I can’t afford 250 cards, but I can afford 150 cards.

34:47
is that competitive in this space? like, that helps without doing some of the back and forth with your CSR, which can be a pain in the butt for them. I’ll never tell you that, but it is, so don’t do that. So with Cards Against Humanity, we’re looking at almost $9 a deck for 200, for a thousand units, which actually is better than I anticipated. I was thinking that was kind of high. didn’t. Well, it’s not.

35:16
It’s not for Again, it’s that the more units you run, the more you can offset that upfront labor cost of setting up the presses. What percentage of that $9 is set up for a thousand I couldn’t tell you. Don’t get that break down. So then like, okay, let’s pull… So I’m pulling cars because you may have to be a revenue calculator. Here’s the way you figured out. Why don’t you just put in one unit? We’ll tell you how much it costs.

35:44
You have to do at least $500. Oh, you do? OK, never mind. I’m going to guess the setup cost is. So the actual unit cost is like $6.5 and then shipping is $2,200. OK. That’s boat shipping. So it’s going to be like eight weeks. But I’m guessing some setup for that is going to be in the neighborhood of $4,000 to $5,000 because that’s probably about what you’re going to see for the $500 unit run.

36:13
But then you compare that like it’s like, I think Car’s Use Humanity is $29 now, but originally it was 25 bucks. So it’s only a 3X markup? That seems low. Yeah. So here’s the trick. This is the big pain. So Car’s Use Humanity, 25 bucks, cost of goods sold, $9. I have a net profit margin of $5.81 or 23%. You typically don’t make money at a thousand units.

36:43
Okay. need to, you typically have to order three, four, or 5,000 units. So when you are ordering, you’re ordering predicated on the idea, I’m going to order more if the test goes well and it has a high enough sales volume.

37:03
And that’s one of the difficulties is that, so to test a game like Cards Against Humanity, I’ve got to plop down 9,000 bucks, but I’m not even going to make money on that. If I want to make money on it, I got to order 3000 copies and I can tell you how much they cost here in a second. so without doing the, I won’t do the quote again, but it’s probably going to be on the order of 18 to $20,000 to make that order. Let’s say it’s six.

37:33
Yeah, it’s going to be somewhere between $15,000 and $20,000. That’s a pretty good range. So you just have to be well capitalized and you have to pick your spots when you launch because if you don’t, well, I just burned nine grand and I’m not getting it back. It’s not selling. I’m not making any money on it. But when it does work. Give me your parameters for working, by the way. You could sell out the initial

38:03
thousand units in like a year, is that considered good or how fast would they have to sell? For me, it depends. I because I basically just piled cash for a while, like I live cheap and just piled cash because of that like paranoid, it’s going to go away thing. have. I have more capital reserve than I necessarily have projects, at least until this year that I could get out.

38:32
because my time was my bottleneck. So if I made an order and it took 18 months to sell through it, well, it doesn’t expire. I’m making money on it. I can’t put that money to use anywhere else that it’s going to bring more money back. I’m satisfied with that. In an ideal world, I would turn things over six months or less. I would rather buy a year’s worth of inventory

39:01
get my unit cost really low and make more money per unit and then sit on it, then turn in six months and have a higher unit cost. Sure. I would imagine these cards are heavily holiday sales. Actually, maybe not for the education ones. Not for the educational stuff. But yes, for awkward turtle, it definitely was. And that was a challenge for years. There were years I underordered and I missed out on tens of thousands of dollars of sales at Christmas time. And then years I overordered and then I beat overstocked.

39:31
whole units back. That was another advantage of moving to educational games. It sees a little bump at Christmas, but it’s pretty just steady sailing throughout the year. It doesn’t bring the headaches and logistical challenges that some of that giftable stuff does. I gave my kids a math game once for Christmas and they didn’t like it. Of course you did. I stopped doing that. Congratulations. Your SAT vocabulary 101 book has arrived.

40:00
Oh, right. Like, oh, dang, awesome video game. They open it like, oh. So really, the big money is when if you have a winner. OK, so you order a thousand units. Let’s say you saw six months. What’s your second order look like? I mean, it depends on sales volume. So like, you know, I think Greg’s not doing the videos anymore as far as I can see. But, you know, Greg’s got all those old jungle scout videos where he’s like, I want 300 units a month or whatever. Right, right.

40:27
That’s kind of the metric that sticks in my head because it’s nice and I can go and order 3000 units and that is typically is where you start to get into a cost of goods sold range 3000 up. So that’s kind of what I’m looking for. If I can get two 300 units a month and that’s typically a pretty good winner to me. If it can go beyond that, I’m not gonna complain your cost of goods are gonna go down more and you’re gonna make more money.

40:56
You know, that’s what I’d like. I guess what I’m asking is once you sell out of that thousand units in six months, why not just, mean, the cost of storage is so cheap, why not just buy 10,000 units, just let it ride at ridiculously low prices? Oh yeah, I mean, well, it’s just capital exposure. So it just depends on how you want to allocate your assets. if, now I’m not as flush as I’d like to be.

41:23
But if I’ve got a million bucks in the bank and it’s not doing anything, okay, well, over 10,000 units and no, it’s gonna take me three years to sell through. The trouble with that when you are bootstrapping like I did because I bootstrapped all of this, I didn’t have loans from anybody, it was all of my own money reinvested, all starting off that $1,000 on that credit card, is that, well, if you tie it up,

41:54
well then where’s the money for the new stuff coming from? Where’s the money from living coming from? So it’s just a matter of managing where your money’s tied up. And also, like in the case of Awkward Turtle, like I said, makes like 10 bucks a month now. I still have like 5,000 copies of that. So I’ve several thousand dollars stuck in this game I may never get back out.

42:20
So that’s the risk on the long end is if your product cycle ends before your run stops, then that’s just money you lost. Yeah. I guess you just have to weigh like, cause your new products are risks, Whereas one that’s already selling. Yeah. That’s tough. It’s tough. Yeah. It’s all risk reward. mean, it’s, it’s a little bit quantitative. It’s a little bit qualitative. mean, that’s being an entrepreneur, right? It’s like figuring out.

42:49
what you think your best bet are, making the best decisions you can for risk reward, and living within your own risk tolerance. Let me ask you this question, and maybe we can edit on this one. For your math games, has any of them ended its life cycle yet? Because I think those don’t have life cycles. Not of the ones that have taken off. The ones that never took off, they just pitted along. But I guess I’ll say,

43:20
The one that did take off, has had competitors come in and diminish its sales to about 50 % of its peak. And I’ve been working on trying to gain space back, but it hasn’t died. It has made it more difficult in that sales volumes, if it gets too low, then I can’t justify ordering those three, four, 5,000, 6,000 units I need to have the right cost of goods.

43:50
So even if it doesn’t die, if the sales volume gets too low, then instead of ordering a year’s worth of inventory, I’m now ordering four years of inventory. Got it, yeah. And that’s its own risk. Yeah. Do you register copyrights for all of your games? Generally speaking, yeah. I have trademarks for some of the games. I have trademarks for the brand. mean, copyright’s automatic, but you typically want to register it with Library of Congress.

44:20
So if you are thinking about doing a game, it’s easier to register your copyright with the USPTO, the Copyright Office, and Library of Congress before you publish. Once you publish, you have to send physical copies in. If you do it before, you can send them digital of the artwork. It’s like 50 bucks. It’s very cheap. So much easier to do it pre-launch than post-launch. I’ve done it both ways. It takes much longer to get it back to when you have to have

44:48
So I’ve got copies of Awkward Turtle in the Library of Congress because I had to send out physical copies. yeah, yeah, registering that stuff helps. But generally nowadays, if you have that trademark and stuff, you can you can deal with counterfeiters pretty swiftly. OK. Any like pieces of advice for anyone out there listening who wants to create their own game?

45:15
If you want to create your own game, don’t. There are, I guess I would say, ask yourself the question, am I a game designer or am I an entrepreneur? If your answer is the latter, find a different niche.

45:41
just because there’s easier opportunities. Like one of my mentors always, this phrase stuck in my head, because I’d never heard anybody say it before. He always says, don’t push a rope uphill. Don’t make the work harder for you than you already have. I’m in this business because I kind of stumbled into it and then I kind of figured it out and I’ve already got things going. I don’t know that I would start again, given the environment now, if I didn’t.

46:10
already have the resources that I have at my disposal. Okay, that makes sense. I mean, I always think of like games like Settlers of Catan and how Tickets to Ride, I’m sure those guys are banking it. Well, yeah, and they’ve got, they work with big publishers, those game designers, they work. So that’s the model I’m moving towards is instead of being the game designer, I want to be the publisher. Right. bring the game designers on. But those are games that have done well. There’s thousands and thousands of games that are

46:39
being there in landfills or being recycled that you’ve never heard of that art sellers of Catan and art to get to ride and art cards against humanity. the barrier entry is so low. Yeah. Well, you still need some capital. You need some capital, but as far as like, there’s not really technical know-how. Like, I mean, you design processors, right? Like, I don’t know how to design a processor. can’t.

47:08
I can’t compete with your old employer. can’t just, unless I hire you maybe, but just like, I can’t just go start a processor company, but many, many people can go decide, hey, I’m going to go build a game. And then out of those tons and tons of failures come a few gems that kind of pop up here and there. And they become those sellers of Kutan and Ticket to Ride and that kind of thing. Yeah.

47:33
Yeah, I mean, it’s like the venture capital model, right? It’s the Amazon. You’re investing in a bunch of products and yeah, we’re going to hit some of them. You just don’t stock the losers and you stock the wetters. Yeah, you risk you risk as little as you can to make as much as you can. And I guess I’ll say if you want to go with the game model method, typically my personal risk threshold, I will only risk as much money as I believe I can make in a month.

48:02
in profit, not in revenue. So if I think a product can make $3,000 a month in profit, I’m fine risking $3,000 on an initial run. Interesting. That’s just my personal bend. Yeah. It’s not based on, I have an MBA and it’s this, no, that’s just how I run things. I can’t speak for anybody else. Right. And that’s from based on the calculations, that’s like good for like a three to 500 deck run. Right. Essentially right. Cool.

48:32
Yeah. Well, Jesse, this is enlightening. You know, it’s funny, we see each other at Seller Summit, but we rarely talk about business, ironically. Well, you’re always busy and, you know, so I talked to you a little bit and you talk about business so much. Sometimes it’s just, you talk about other stuff. Yeah. How’s the wife? How’s the kids? How’s all that stuff? So. Yeah, but it’s good to hear more about this business because I’ve always found games really intimidating.

48:58
And you justified some of those fears today, but on the flip side, you know, if you’re creative, it’s a piece of IP that you designed that people can’t really just directly copy you, which makes it attractive on that front. Yeah. Yeah. If you can get established, you’re in good space, but this is the getting established part that’s difficult. Cool. Jesse, if everyone wants to check out your games or your other products, where can they find you?

49:26
Typically, I would say, you know, go to the website DaVinci’s Room, but don’t do that. Just go to Amazon and search for DaVinci’s Room games. I built the website on OpenCart 10 years ago when I had no money. So I haven’t changed it since. We’re working on a Shopify conversion this year, but the website is basically a big dumpster fire. So it looks terrible at the time being. But yeah, so check them out on Amazon. So DaVinci Room games and it should come up with.

49:56
get you the storefront and all the products that’s up there. Nice. I will say this, like if you get your website up, like when I buy math games, for example, I buy them all. Yeah. Typically. And I can be cross sold and I’ve got a collection of them. Yeah. It’s like that. It’s one of those things where, I mean, you know this and talk about it. just like time and attention. You know, most return for the least amount of effort and

50:25
Where am I going to spend my time? just the website has been, I mean, it’s just not good. I don’t do a lot of off Amazon marketing for that particular, for the game company. So at least yet. So it just hasn’t been a big priority. We’re moving that direction, you know, but historically it’s been, Amazon’s been working for me. So I just kind of doubled in on that and let the dumpster fire of a website ride. So. Nice.

50:55
Well Jesse and thanks a lot for coming on the show. Appreciate your time. Yeah, thanks for having me.

51:03
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jesse is one of the most creative people that I’ve ever met and his story just shows that artists can launch successful e-commerce businesses. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitajob.com slash episode 47. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon FBA or you own your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you get $100 off.

51:33
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

52:03
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

486: Easy 5 Step Guide To Starting A Dropshipping Business (The Legitimate Way) – Family First Friday

486: Easy 5 Step Guide To Starting A Dropshipping Business (The Legitimate Way) – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday Episode, I show you the right way to start a dropshipping online store step by step.

I’ll unpack the essentials of dropshipping, help you identify a profitable niche, and guide you to select reliable suppliers. You’ll also learn how to set up a compelling online store and make your first sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Dropshipping Works
  • The Easiest Way To Find A Legit Dropship Supplier
  • Types Of Dropshipping Businesses That You Should Avoid At All Costs

Transcript

00:00
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:29
Now I got to admit, it’s been a pretty rough week for me. Now when you run your online store on a heavily customized shopping cart that’s no longer being supported by anyone, you have to manage the upgrades yourself and it’s always a major pain in the butt. Not only that, but the upgrade that I spent a lot of work doing on this week literally provides no lift to revenue or anything whatsoever. Now the only saving grace is that my shopping cart is 100 % free.

00:57
and I only have to perform major surgery on the code about every five years or so. Now you guys probably noticed that there was no Family First Friday episode last week. Well, it’s because I spent a full 16 hours upgrading bumblebeelinens.com to the latest and greatest PHP version, and it was a major pain. And then, when the site went live this week, halfway through, my wife found a major bug, which took me about three hours to fix, which I then had to apply while the site was hot.

01:27
and customers ordering at the same time. Anyway, everything is all good now, and hopefully I won’t have to do this again for another five years. But I’m not here to complain. In this episode, I’m going to show you guys the right way to start a dropshipping business step by step that can eventually lead to a long-term business. And to be clear, I’m not going to show you how to start the scammy kind of dropshipping businesses that you see all over YouTube and Facebook.

01:52
you’ll learn how to create a legit dropshipping business that you can later transition to a private label online store as your business matures. Now, if you’ve been following me for any length of time, you probably know that I don’t like dropshipping as a long-term business model. Not only are the margins low at between 10 and 30%, but because you’re selling other people’s products, there’s going to be a lot of other sellers selling the exact same product as you, which always leads to price erosion. However, I do understand that many of you

02:22
don’t have a lot of money to start an e-commerce business, and dropshipping just happens to be one of the cheapest ways to get started selling online on a major budget. But before we begin, I just want to quickly highlight the types of dropshipping businesses that you should avoid at all costs. Now, if you ever see someone advertising a dropshipping business that involves dropshipping from AliExpress or dropshipping directly from China, just run away as far as you can. The shipping’s going to be long.

02:50
and the quality control will not be that great, which will lead to all sorts of customer service problems later on. If you ever see someone advertising drop shipping from Amazon to eBay, or from any marketplace to a different marketplace, do not do it. Almost every marketplace, including Amazon and eBay, only allow drop shipping from real wholesale distributors. So with that in mind, let’s get started. Now, just in case you are brand new to drop shipping, drop shipping is an e-commerce business model

03:18
where an online store does not carry inventory for the products that it sells. And when an order comes in, the online store purchases the products from the wholesale supplier who then ships the order directly to the end customer. There are no upfront costs to start and you don’t ever have to touch any inventory. Now when it comes to figuring out what to sell online, I would just stick to what you know and love. For example, if you love fishing, then I’d consider drop shipping fishing supplies. If you run a beauty salon, then drop ship beauty products.

03:47
Now terms of choosing the actual products to sell in your store, your product selection will be limited by the suppliers that you can find who are willing to drop ship on your behalf. After all, you can’t find any random product online and have a company drop ship it for you. And in general, you’ll be constrained by the product portfolio of the companies who are willing to drop ship at all. Also, because drop shipping carries lower margins compared to other e-commerce business models, you probably want to sell goods that carry a higher price tag.

04:18
think barbecue grills and fire pits as opposed to cheap trinkets or gadgets. So basically you want your average order value to be at least 50 bucks minimum and preferably 100 bucks or more. This is the only way that you can make significant money with dropshipping. Meanwhile, here are some other product guidelines that you should try to follow. Choosing niche with a lot of related products. Now the key to running a successful online business is to cross sell your goods. If a customer buys a barbecue grill,

04:46
sell them cooking utensils and an outdoor thermometer. Repeat business and upsells is going to be a key factor to your success. You also want to sell products that are timeless. Avoid anything that goes obsolete within a short period of time. After all, the more often a product turns over, the more work it will be for you to update your product listings and maintain your website. This is yet another reason to avoid electronic-related products like iPhone cases because they change so often. Also, do know where your target market hangs out?

05:16
If you can sell a product that has a dedicated blog or Facebook group, it’s much easier to find and market to your customers. And can you easily create content for your products? For a dropship store, search engine optimization and social media is crucial for generating free traffic. And in general, the more content you can produce, the more visitors you’ll attract. Now, once you figure out a general niche, the hardest part about getting started with dropshipping is finding a supplier willing to dropship on your behalf.

05:44
Now there are a of directories that can help you find a dropship supplier such as worldwide brands or sale who. But in general, you want to only use a drop shipping directory as a last resort. And why is that? Well, it’s because if the drop shipping company is in a directory, then chances are there are a ton of other sellers selling similar products already. And the best dropship relationships are established in person. So before looking for a dropship supplier, you should ideally have a great looking website up and running with a mock.

06:14
portfolio of products. Because every single legit supplier will try to assess whether you are the real deal and whether you can actually move product. After all, it’s actually a burden for a supplier to take on a new dropshipping client. And in general, it’s not worth their time or the setup costs to take you on as a dropship client unless you can actually make sales. Now in the show notes below, I put together a tutorial that you can watch to put up a great looking WooCommerce store for only three bucks.

06:42
along with a free template that I designed myself, and bare minimum, register a domain and put up a website because you’re going to get asked about your experience and how you plan on selling products. Now once you have a website ready to go, the easiest way to find a legit dropship supplier is to simply call the manufacturer for a product you want to sell and ask for a list of wholesale distributors. And then once you have this list, you can contact the distributor directly and ask them if they’re willing to dropship for you.

07:10
Now what’s nice about most dropship suppliers is that they carry a wide variety of products from a number of different manufacturers. And as a result, if you can land a big distributor, you’ll almost always gain instant access to a large catalog of items to carry in your shop. But establishing a partnership with the distributor can be hit or miss, and you need to be prepared. Some distributors will only dropship for you if you have a brick and mortar store. So just be prepared and warned. Now if a supplier is not willing to dropship for you initially,

07:41
You may have to prove yourself first by buying a couple units wholesale to establish a track record of sales. And then once you’ve made a bunch of sales, you can then ask if they’d be willing to drop ship for you. If you aren’t having any luck reaching out to wholesale distributors, the next best way to find a drop ship supplier is by attending a trade show. In fact, this is probably the best way to do it, but it requires a little legwork. So first off, go to WholesaleCentral.com

08:08
where you’ll find a schedule of every single trade show in the US and some shows overseas as well. There’s literally a trade show for practically any product that you can think of. And by attending a trade show and meeting the brands face to face, you are far more likely to land a drop shipping supplier in person than through email or Zoom. Now most trade shows, at least in the United States, are 100 % free to attend as long as you have a business license. As a result, you literally have nothing to lose for attending.

08:36
Most major cities have wholesale trade shows many times per year in a variety of niches. Now, once you find a potential supplier, you should evaluate them thoroughly. After all, every successful dropshipping operation is a partnership between you and your distributor and trust is essential. As a result, before you rely on any dropship supplier, you should always place a test order to see how the order is handled. And specifically, you should look for how fast the order ships. Shipping time is extremely important for an online store.

09:06
and it’s essential that orders are shipped within one to two business days. You also want to look at how the order is packed. Is the product shoved in a crappy box with packing peanuts? Is the box unmarked without the supplier’s business name? Will the product arrive safely and undamaged? And then finally, you want to evaluate the quality of their customer service. Do they respond in a timely manner? Do they provide tracking information and an invoice? And do they give refunds for defective merchandise? You also want to ask questions like,

09:35
What are your pricing terms and are there quantity discounts? What is your dropship fee because most dropshippers charge a per order fee? How quickly do you ship? What is your return policy? Even though dropshippers ship on your behalf, all returns are actually going to be sent back to you. And as a result, you need to understand the return policy to get your money back. Finally, you want to ask if they offer EDI. EDI stands for electronic data interchange and is an automated way for a dropship supplier

10:03
to transmit their inventory stock to your website in real time. Basically, EDI keeps your store and your supplier in sync, which makes customer support a lot easier. Now, once you have your suppliers in place, it’s time to start selling. And because drive shipping margins are so low, you will not be able to afford to advertise online. And as a result, you have to build traffic to your website the old fashioned way with legwork. And in general, you have two main options to drive traffic to your store.

10:31
social media and search engine optimization. Now social media is probably the best and cheapest way to build traffic to a dropshipping store without requiring a lot of technical knowledge. And the right social media platform for your business will depend on the products that you sell. Any product with a high visual component tends to work well on Instagram. For example, if you’re in the fashion or wedding industry, Instagram is a must. Home and interior design products work extremely well on Pinterest and similar to Instagram,

11:00
products with a high visual component are perfect for Pinterest. Products that target an older demographic tend to work well on Facebook, and then TikTok allows your brand to have tremendous reach, even for brand new accounts. And what’s great about TikTok is that you don’t need a lot of subscribers to drive customers to your store, and the traffic is free. Finally, business-to-business brands tend to do well on Twitter, and most brands have a Twitter presence for customer service and loyalty. Now, the secret to succeeding on social media

11:29
is to research where your target audience hangs out and then build a brand on that platform, but it’s going to be a grind. My friends who are successful on Instagram and Facebook post at least one to two times a day, and you got to be consistent. You must actively engage with your audience. Anne McFerrin, who started the $100 million eyelash company Glamnetic, got her first sales by DMing her followers on Instagram. My student Angela, who sells jewelry over to zerojewelry.com.

11:57
post six to seven times per day on Instagram and once per day on TikTok. Now this is a decent amount of work, but it is effective. And if you don’t have the money or the margins to spend on advertising, this is what you got to do. In addition to social media, you can also build traffic through search engine optimization. And by targeting keywords that people are actively searching for, you can attract organic Google traffic for your products. But in order to know what people are searching for, you absolutely need to get a keyword tool

12:27
like Ubersuggest or Ahrefs. These tools will not only tell you what people are searching for, but how hard it is to rank for that keyword as well. And once you know which keywords to target, you must publish a series of blog posts to rank and search. No matter which marketing platform you choose, make sure you focus all of your efforts on one traffic source before moving on to the next. And as you generate sales and leads for your store, make sure you collect both emails and SMS phone numbers.

12:55
Email marketing and SMS marketing allow you to bring customers back to your online store repeatedly until they are ready to buy. By attracting new customers through social media and retaining your existing customers through email and SMS, you can easily grow a sustainable e-commerce business. And then as you start attracting sales, you’ll want to look for patterns on which products sell the best in your store and then private label those exact same products under your own brand. And by private labeling your winners,

13:24
you can make a 66 % margin or more instead of the paltry 10 to 30 % margins dropshipping has to create a seven figure business and beyond. Now that you understand how to create a dropshipping business from scratch, you guys should probably listen to my other Family First Friday episode on exactly what I would do if I were to start an e-commerce business from complete scratch today.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

485: Copy-Proof Your Products! How To Prevent Evil Sellers From Stealing Your IP With Steve Weigler

485: Copy-Proof Your Products! How To Prevent Malicious Sellers From Knocking You Off With Steve Weigler

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Steve Weigler back on the show. Steve is the owner of Emerge Counsel, where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their intellectual property.

Last time when Steve was on, the Chinese copycat problem on Amazon was out of control. In this episode, Steve reveals a pretty cool strategy for taking down the pirates.

What You’ll Learn

  • The different levels of IP protection
  • What you can do to prevent IP theft
  • What level of IP protection you can achieve depending on your budget

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Steve Weigler back on the show. And Steve is the owner of Emerge Council, where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their intellectual property. And last time when he was on, the Chinese copycat problem on Amazon was out of control. And while there still is rampant piracy and IP theft on the platform,

00:28
Steve now has a pretty cool strategy for taking down the pirates, which we’ll talk about in this episode. But before we begin, I wanted to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Now Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:25
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And then students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult.

01:54
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s Emerge Council, E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now onto the show.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Stephen Weigler back on the show for the second time. Steve is someone who I met back in 2016 through an attendee of Seller Summit, and I’ve used his legal services ever since. He’s actually spoken on my event several times, and he’s basically the go-to guy that I use when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights, trademarks, you name it. And he’s helped a number of the students in my class as well.

02:37
Steve is the founder of EmergeCouncil.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP. And the reason why I brought him on the pod today is because I’ve been getting a lot of questions regarding the different levels of IP protection that are necessary to run an e-commerce business. I’m not a lawyer. I’m not qualified to answer those questions, but Steve is. So what we’re going to talk about today is just kind of like the different levels of prevention and protection.

03:03
depending on what your budget is, how much things cost and what you can do to prevent IP theft. And with that, welcome to show, Steve, how you doing, man? Everything’s good. It’s always good to see you, Steve. Always good to see you too. So I know you do this for a living. What’s the latest in IP litigation on Amazon right now that just based on your experiences? Well, the coolest thing that’s happening on it’s kind of cool is and it’s kind of changed my opinion a little bit is Amazon started

03:33
a patent mediation process. And so I used to be really very not bullish about getting a patent because it’s so expensive to enforce. But if you believe someone’s violating your patent on Amazon, there’s actually, they built in an arbitration process that not if you file a complaint with Amazon, they’ll assign an arbitrator to it, resolve it relatively quickly and inexpensively and award you fees and potentially

04:02
the amount of monies that are sitting in that the infringers account. So that’s a big deal. And a change of my position on the importance of a patent. Interesting. So how much does it cost for this mediation to take place? Well, first, and we’re going to talk about this a little bit. Yeah, that’s everyone. And I preach this all the time is everyone has to have a strategy, everyone has to have a plan. And if you’re if you can include in your plan, and it’s worthwhile to patent something, you have to

04:32
first patent it before you get out of the gate, before you issue the product or offer the product on Amazon or another platform or your own platform. And if you have that patent in hand, it’s a very inexpensive process. It’s the cost of a patent litigator and the cost of the, I believe the Amazon fee is relatively low. believe that this is all a work in progress for Amazon, but I believe it’s about a thousand dollars.

05:00
Oh, that’s really, you know, a patent litigator, just call me and I’ll find you. And then we’ll get a quote on how much, know, obviously, if you’re talking about the next cure for cancer and a chemical patent dispute, you’re talking about multi thousand dollars, you know, into the hundreds of thousands. If you’re talking about a clipboard design, we’re talking about a lot less money. So it’s obvious. And we can go through the strategy a little bit, but chances are

05:30
you’re not going to have much opposition on the other side. It’s not like you’re gonna, an infringer, if it’s so obvious, they’re probably not going to show up. Right. Well, I don’t want to get into the weeds. What I want to get out of today’s episode really, is like just different choices that an eCommerce entrepreneur has when just deciding what level of IP protection that they want, depending on like how much they’re willing to pay. So what I’m hoping to do today is

05:56
just for you to assign different packages. let’s just start with like the basics. Like what is like the bare minimum that you would recommend a serious e-commerce entrepreneur get for a product that they’re launching on Amazon, for example? Sure. So let’s, I’m going to answer that in a little long answer. Okay. The number one thing is what’s your strategy? What’s your plan? And so Steve and I usually don’t talk about this, but I’ve been doing a lot of business transactional work where at the exit side,

06:26
And so I have about seven deals right now stacked up where entrepreneurs are exiting. And if you’re exiting, well, you need to show that you have to an aggregator or whatever. You need to show that you have an IP plan, that you have protected trademark copyright, whatever it is. So you start at the beginning. It’s like, are you thinking about selling five items and giving it a code?

06:51
and you’re not sure about your brand, you’re not sure about the experience, and you might move on to another product, then the answer is like, well, maybe spend some business time figuring that out. But we talked about a serious entrepreneur, meaning one that really has a business plan, at least in their head, and really wants to bring it to market. so it’s very, at the beginning, at least, it’s relatively inexpensive to protect the basics of IP.

07:20
So to protect the basics of IP, you have to understand what the IP is. So trademarks protect brands. So my brand is Emerge Console. It’s a legal services firm. I’m looking at a box of Cheerios right now. That brand is Cheerios. And you can close your eyes, picture it. You know what Cheerios look like. And you know what the box looks like. It’s yellow. And it has a Cheerio on the back. So that’s all brand. That’s all.

07:50
how the customer perceives a good in service. That’s a really important piece of protection. Copyright protects a rich- Hold on, wait, before we move on from there, I think most people are familiar with trademarks because it’s required for Amazon brand registry. However, a question I do commonly get asked is, do I need the word brand as well as the logo trade, the word trademark as well as the logo trademark? What are your opinions on that? I am not a big advocate of getting a logo trademark.

08:19
And so when we’re talking about, let’s pause a trademark because I think it’s the most important type of protection. And I’ve been working a lot of times with, well, IP litigators and they think when it comes time to do a takedown or we do take down too, or file a lawsuit, they, the way the trademark statutes are written and the broad protection you get, it’s a very powerful form of protection to get.

08:48
to effectuate a goal. So a trademark protects a good or a service and the protection is so broad. So if I tell you Cheerios and it’s just the word, that protection includes any element of Cheerios. It includes Cheerios in a logo. It includes Cheerios on a commercial. includes visual, any type. So the broadest form of protection is just getting the literal element of the mark, the words.

09:17
costs. So we have a total TM package and that entire thing costs about $1,000 including a thorough search to see if you’re breaching someone’s common law rights and $350 of USPTO fees. So that whole entire brand protection experience can cost as low as $1,300. Another question real quick, and I’ve been just asked this recently. If someone wants to have a brand but the trademark is already taken,

09:47
for a different product type, do you recommend that they just choose another name? I was gonna say, let’s say my brand is selling clipboards, but there’s another person who has the trademark selling like dog supplies. No, I think, listen, to preface, I don’t charge for calls to get to know my clients and also to answer types of questions like that. So for example, if you had a,

10:16
a brand called Pure and you were a water sales in water sales and Pure was up and I was thinking about dental services. Those marks aren’t going to conflict in commerce. And if you look up here on the USPTO, there’s plenty of peers, even in the same category of international registration. it’s kind of the question is, do you think those goods and services are going to cross in commerce? And the answer is

10:45
Probably not. And how common is the word that you’re talking about? So if it were like Cheerios, yes, Cheerios would have a lot of protection. It’s been around a long time and it’s a unique product. Everyone closes their eyes and they know exactly what that is. When it comes to most brands, that’s not the case. And so it kind of requires a little bit of a fine hair distinction. But it’s something that somebody just should call me and I’ll answer in five minutes. Okay. All right.

11:15
Are you just bailing? That’s not a good idea. By the way, are you going in order of priority here? So trademark is probably your top priority. I think yes, I think if you put together all the tea leaves, and it always depends on what what your goals are, but trademark is the number one strategy. Yes. yes. To answer that initial question, like this goal right now for what we’re talking about, it’s just like someone who just is selling online and

11:44
just wants like the minimum amount of protection. They haven’t thought it through. Like the plan is to provide some level of protection but not go crazy with it because they’re not 100 % sure that this product is going to completely take off just yet. Yes. And so there’s two levels. So the process starts with, call me. We run free knockouts. So we have software that we pay a gazillion dollars for through Thomson Reuters. And we can do a basic determination if anyone

12:14
is registered that mark. Okay. And so you know, that’s called brand clearance. You want to make sure even if you’re just testing the waters dipping your toe in and you even if you don’t feel like registering on the brand registry, do do a brand clearance because the next thing you know, you could get a cease and desist letter. And some of these big companies especially aren’t very nice. Like they might tell you cease and desist and pay them

12:42
5,000 bucks or something and then you cease and desist and you don’t pay him the 5,000 and you still keep on hearing from him. Then you got to hire an attorney to negotiate him. That’s where the price goes up. I see. Okay. Even people like me don’t want to do that. the bare minimum is to actually do a search, right? To see if you’re Yeah, a search which is free at least any merge console. It’s not free everywhere. But um, yeah, so let’s do your own search, but it’s not as good as our search.

13:11
Let’s use this clipboard example that we were talking about before we hit record. Like, let’s say we design a novel new way of designing a clipboard. Maybe like it’s got some extra clips or whatever. It’s an unusual type of clipboard that isn’t really being sold. How would you go about protecting that? Let’s say I was worried about like the Chinese manufacturer taking the design and selling it as their own on Amazon or someone else just taking it, creating it and selling it. What would be your?

13:41
Yeah, yeah, I get it. Well, the number one thing is to dissect what the unique elements of your brand or product that are under the brand are. And so if it’s something like you have a unique clip that’s designed uniquely, I’ll give me an example, not in a clipboard, but in like Apple iPods. They don’t it’s not that the functions unique. It’s not like the the sound is

14:10
you’re hearing some like ultra high frequency or something. It’s their ear pods. But the way they’re designed is very unique. And so they have a design, many design patents on that, packaging for the Apple iPods. So the same thing holds true for if you have a unique clipboard that has a really unique design, that’s functional. Then a design patent would be appropriate before you get out the gate. That cost is about

14:39
You know, again, it’s like, me, I look at it, I tell you if it’s viable for nothing. And then if it is, pursuing a design patent is a process between two and $3,000 because you have to get technical drawings. It’s a pain in the So you would go the patent. I mean, most people, they design like a clipboard, for example, when would you think it’s worth it to fork over the two or three K for a patent?

15:07
versus the copyrights, which I kind of interrupted you earlier. Yeah. So most people do not, it’s interesting. see usually the people that call me that have that unique clipboard with unique clip are engineers. So they’re inventors. Most people have unique color schemes, unique pricing structures.

15:35
something else that’s unique about their value proposition as opposed to another. So looking at clipboards, right before the show, I looked at seven names. I just looked up clipboards. There’s Sunny, Herdkey, Hungria, TradeQuest, and of course, Amazon Basics, and then Office Depot. Sorry, it’s actually Office

16:05
a brand of Office Depot that’s an off brand. So what would make you want to buy one over the other? So some had unique color schemes, some had the brand imprinted into the clipboard, some did have clips, but nothing overly unique. It just was a better way to organize a clipboard maybe. And then some had like a recognizable brand name, like Amazon based. So the question is like,

16:35
what do you need to distinguish your brand? the dogs, meaning the consumers, will eat the dog food. And a lot of times that’s just going to be a better brand experience. So it might be a color scheme. It might be a design in it, a logo, and that logo could be copyrighted. And so that’s also a very low cost approach. you know, the brand is obviously people are going to buy

17:03
If I saw these, I’d probably buy something, I’d probably eyeball the Office Depot one, because I know that brand, if all prices were the same. I’ve never heard of Sun-E-S-U-N-E, and I don’t know, I don’t know what, unless the prices were substantially different, I would probably go for the look and feel. And so the look and feel can be protected a lot of times through copyright. Through copyright. Yeah.

17:30
To copyright this clipboard that you’re looking at right now, how much are we talking about? So, and we’re talking, Steve, only about the United States right now. It’s about $350. Okay. And what does that protection get you? Like if someone sells something that looks similar to it, but not an exact copy, is that protected or does it have to be like an exact copy?

17:55
There’s a seven factor test that the courts use, but because it protects original works of art, you would want to look to see if anything that looks original has even been modified from that originality and you have a good case. Looking at the practical element of that, why would you get a copyright application? None of this is to run to court. This is about effectuating takedowns, effectuating…

18:25
good strategies for infringement because it’s like everything else. Once you, at the beginning, it’s like, well, I’m not thinking about that. No one’s going to infringe on me. Then you start getting to the top of the pile or you set, if you’re Shopify site, start getting to step to top of the search engine. That’s when infringement really starts to kick in and it kicks in in a big way. And so you’re going to want to have strategies that you can say, Hey, I’m going to effectuate a takedown on Amazon.

18:53
And how you do that is you to send in a registration certificate. And so the registration certificate, that process costs about $350. And then you fill out a form and you hope that that will take down the infringement and that the infringer is minorly and nothing else will happen. all of this, you guys, is a ticket to entry.

19:21
No protection, no ticket to entry. And a lot of times it’s like those types of calls, it’s like, well, I understand that, know, raw entrepreneurs, we’re trying to save money and, and increase the bottom line, but no, if you don’t go through any of this, you’re not going to, you’re not going to be able to take down anything. Right. So this is par for the course, basically, if you ever want to, So I’d say, you know, Steve, most people don’t have

19:49
something that’s worthy of a design patent. And most people, unless you have the cure for cancer or something, don’t have a particularly viable utility patent claim, meaning they don’t have real invention. And frankly, it’s hard to market an invention because no one’s ever heard of it. It’s an invention. No one’s ever heard of it before. So that’s usually a different type of entrepreneur than an e-commerce entrepreneur. So then it just becomes a trademark is a must. And I think the literal element is the most important.

20:18
And really, you know, running by me or running by a member of my team, just, okay, what’s unique about your product in the look and feel and can we get any of that copyrighted? And then you have your ticket entry, you know, and you’re talking about a max like 2000 to $2,500 price point. It depends on, you know, if you have multiple types of clipboards, might have 20 designs.

20:46
Well, you know, it’s 350 times 20. doesn’t, there’s no real cost savings. Right. So, you know, everyone’s different, but then we would look at, well, you know, that red with the dot on it is really not that unique. We let’s put that low priority. And so we’ll help you get like, we want to help you save money. Um, because it’s, it’s, it’s no value to just copyright everything under the sun.

21:10
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

21:40
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

22:08
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

22:26
When does it make sense to patent because to me you can’t you have to get the patent before you even start selling right and a patent takes a while to get is that. Yeah I think if in an ideal world if you’re an entrepreneur and you want to visit this at the very beginning to see if you have something that has a unique design especially with this new Amazon scheme to.

22:56
to evaluate. And so I think it’s important to do it early. Sometimes you have up to a year after the issuance of the product into market to obtain that patent. But I think it’s good to do. And then if you don’t do it at the beginning, well, again, it’s not like your life’s over. It’s just a strategy that we might have to revisit on your newest design. OK.

23:25
And if you go the patent route, you were saying $3,000 minimum to get that process started. It always seems that way. Depending on. Okay. Yeah. So you know what? I personally, I don’t, I’m not licensed to practice patent. We have people who do it. Um, but they, so it’s an interesting field because it depends if you’re coming to me and most of your clients are, but if you’re coming to me with a, um, a computer program, it’s one person.

23:54
If you’re coming to me with a chemical, it’s another. If you’re coming to me with just a basic industrial design, that’s much cheaper person. So it just depends on what the patent is. What’s the timeframe approximately that you would expect to get this thing done so you can start selling? So the cool thing about everything but copyright is the moment you file protection goes back to that date. OK.

24:23
The important thing is to get it filed, not so much to get it granted, including. So that’s what’s cool about also Amazon brand registry. We just need to get you the serial number to get on brand registry. It used to be that you had to get it registered or use their, what is it called? IP accelerator program accelerator, which, know, we get a lot of business because that got screwed up. So be careful on the accelerator.

24:52
But anyway, what are we talking about time frame to get it filed a patent filed just a trademark we’re looking a trademark we’re looking at less than a week to get the search done and filed for patent and a patent we’re looking at maybe two weeks. Oh, okay. That’s not so we work fast. Okay. And we have and the way we’ve done that is systemize everything and keep the cost down because we’ve systemized it. Okay.

25:20
So in my opinion, correct me if I’m wrong, we’ve kind of talked about the basics here already. When does it make sense to protect yourself in a country like China, for example? Well, that’s a really good question and one that can be granular or not. You got to look at what your nexus is with China. if you’re a lot of people are coming out with unique designs and then

25:50
their manufacturer and sometimes even their distributor is based out of China, like it’s drop shipping out of China. So at that point, China becomes a very important part of your strategy. And it’s very inexpensive to get the work that we’ve done in the United States duplicated in China. And so you got to keep in mind that China is not a big fan of enforcing American laws, right? They don’t mind.

26:20
I think it’s a myth that they don’t enforce their own laws. They do, and sometimes very harshly. So we have relationships with Chinese consul, and we’re going to evaluate if it’s, and we can do some of this work, and we will evaluate what the cheapest way is to effectuate the same strategy we’ve used in the United States to make sure we have the protection in that trade channel. Because a lot of times what’s happening is infringement on the trademark side.

26:49
and on the copyright side, and sometimes even on the patent side, is happening on like Alibaba, or it’s happening through the manufacturer that the manufacturer is running your run plus 100 % more that they’re distributing either under that brand name or the same brand name. And it’s really, we’ve had quite been quite successful in using a strategy number, but the strategy of

27:19
of on how to take that down. But the strategy has to involve it’s now no different than the United States. No Chinese protection. No, no strategy. Like I don’t know what else to tell. let me ask you this, because if you have all those protections in the US and someone, some Chinese factory decides to take your design and sell it to somebody else, you can get the listing taken down the US. So what is the advantage of nipping it at the source versus when it actually gets sold?

27:49
And what are the trade-offs in actually getting that additional protection in China? Well, I think it’s a fallacy that a lot of times, unfortunately, that a takedown is going to take care of your problem. Because what’s happening is that these are, if you’re lucky, you found somebody that maybe is sitting in their apartment or their house in China, and it’s one person and they’re just finding low hanging fruit and it just happens to be you. But unfortunately, it’s like money laundering.

28:19
it’s a sophisticated scheme. And so a lot of times you can’t even, you don’t even know when you see the takedown, you’re looking at the tip of the iceberg of the issues that you’re really potentially facing in China. a lot of these people are very, or organizations are very sophisticated crime syndicates. And so I hope a takedown works and a lot of my clients can do takedowns by themselves. don’t.

28:46
even need me. mean, it’s good to keep me in the loop, but it’s no cost. It’s like, okay, great. I hope that works. But a lot of times it take down. It just pops up under another brand, another name, another. see. It might show up on another website, might show up on their own Shopify site. It just it’s sophisticated. And so the strategy is always going to be how can we get the message to

29:15
the infringer, is usually a criminal or what I call it criminal or tortious organization in China, that you don’t want to be screwing around with us, you want to be screwing around. I would prefer you not do it at all, but leave us alone because we’re going to go after you. And so that’s the exact frame that we look at all our China cases with. How are we going to send that message and how are we going to do it as cheap as possible?

29:44
But you need some protection in China to do it because they’re not gonna, they don’t care about the American. It doesn’t have any ramification. Are there the same protections in China or analogous as to the ones we just talked about in the US? Yeah, and without getting into like international relations class. China is more administrative, and we tend to use our legal systems more. So they use administrative law. But yes, it’s very much,

30:12
It’s a similar scheme, similar laws, similar system. And we even have treaties and protocols with China on how to handle this. But most importantly, you want to work with an attorney who has a good relationship with Chinese consul. And we’ve worked with Chinese consul to build the same, we have the same processes and work together a lot. So how I tell my clients as far as cost, it’s like, all right, if it was a thousand dollars in the United States to protect it, it’s a thousand dollars in China.

30:42
because it’s the same process, it’s the same thing. And a lot of times it’s even less. So once we have a strategy to effectuate that strategy, you gotta look at their copyright process is a little more expensive than ours. So it’s a little more like $500 and ours is 350 and their trademark process 895 and ours is a thousand. But you know, I just like, by the time everything is said and done, it’s like a thousand dollars, a thousand dollars.

31:12
So if you have three protections here, you wanna do the same in China, it’s six times. So walk me through this. So let’s say I have this clipboard design. I’m a little nervous about having this factory make it. It’s my design. I don’t want them selling it to other people or creating it for anyone other than myself, even under a different brand. What do I need to get? Sure. So there’s one area of intellectual property that we haven’t covered and that’s called the trade secret.

31:42
A lot of this is an area where a lot of e-commerce sellers, their heads not in this place is you have a relationship and if you were in the United States, you would sign a contract and you would have a contract and would include an exclusivity provision. And it would include that this clip we’re providing and maybe the die casting we’re buying from you is trade secret. And we don’t want this distributed to anyone else.

32:12
That’s kind of a no brainer if you did it in the United States. In China, you can do the same thing. And so we work with Chinese council. So the first step is to work with Chinese council and get it translated into Mandarin, put an international arbitration clause in it, waive some UN clauses. So it’s international. Anyway, write an international contract that we have a form of. It’s not like this hasn’t been done before.

32:40
get it signed by both parties, then you can enforce trade secret protection in China. So that’s a really a piece that a lot of entrepreneurs miss. But a lot of entrepreneurs are buying on Alibaba and just buying the clipboards. That’s not gonna work in that because that’s just wholesale Amazon. So that’s number one. Number two is… Before we move on. So this trade secret, it’s an agreement that you would draft up

33:10
and then the factory would sign it as well as you, and it becomes like a legal document that you can use to enforce that they don’t sell it to anyone else. Is that accurate? So if anyone else take your die cuts and just attribute them to any partners or affiliates, because it’s really interesting, Steven, in China, what we get is every time we hire Chinese consul to have a discussion, like a door knocking, like,

33:40
hey, we think you’re violating intellectual property of our clients. It’s recorded because they don’t have the same laws. So they record it and then they translate it into English for us. And so, and this is all like next to no cost. It’s a very, it’s not a very linear discussion like we would maybe have in the United States. Like if you me money and I called you and I said, Steve, pay me the money. That’d be a, I might say, how’s your family? And then you owe me money. But the,

34:09
in China, it really is like, it’s quite a different cultural experience discussing disputes. And so you really, it’s very beneficial to have that contract, but also have experienced Chinese console can really explain that. How much are we talking about to set that up? Everything seems like it’s a thousand bucks. Translating is 300. Having them make the call, they charge like,

34:39
$200 an hour, you know, it’s really cheap. mean, is that even more valuable than, than getting the trademark and the copyright? Well, the trademark is going to help you. Let’s continue the journey. Okay, sure. So we have the we have the we have the agreement. So we have a prophylactic that this on this product is is going to be exclusive to our manufacturer. And if it gets into another manufacturer, at least we know it’s not our

35:09
The second thing is trademarks also can be used to seize goods at borders. also Alibaba will take down. if, the manufacturer doesn’t do anything wrong, but somebody sees it in the Chinese marketplace and for some reason, and it gets to Alibaba. So Alibaba is selling it wholesale, generic wholesale. Like here’s this clipboard with this unique clip.

35:39
So, how are you going to take it down on Al, you can take it down on Alibaba, but you need a Chinese trademark and you, or Chinese copyright. So they, Alibaba has a more robust takedown program than Amazon. So they’ll, they’ll take it down if you have a Chinese trademark or copyright. So you want to stop the product at the source. Say you can’t do that. Say you missed the boat on that one, literally then, you know, the cost, the

36:09
it then is being shipped. know, China, there are lot of consumers in China, but we are the number one consumer country. So chances are it’s being loaded on a dock to come to the United States. So if you have an American trademark, you can seize those products at the border. So you file it with customs. And only if you have a trademark registration, you can have customs. You don’t even have to do it.

36:38
seize the goods. So you have a place to stop it. Then once it hits American distribution channel, you can rely on Amazon, you can rely on injunctions in court, you can do whatever you need to do. Now, sometimes it’s like so smooth and effective. It’s, know, unfortunately when you’re going after infringers, it’s like going after a criminal enterprise. Sometimes you’re lucky and you you saw like say you’re a cop and you saw the murder like,

37:07
because you happen to be drinking coffee down the street. Saw the guy whip out the gun. That’s one thing. The guy whipped out the gun, took off, and you don’t know about it for 20 days, and it happens to be the Russian mob. Well, and you’re trying to crack the enterprise. It’s a little more difficult, but you need these little pieces. And then you need to make, you need an attorney to make that cost benefit analysis with you if it’s worth it, because it’s really a pretty complicated world. My job is to make it simple and

37:37
help you make risk analysis. Is this worth it at this point? Or what are we going to do to do this on the cheap? And usually a combination of those factors work. Sometimes we have to file a lawsuit, but even that’s not very expensive. I just filed one in Miami for a dear friend of both of ours. And because what happened on there is just so I might be getting on a tangent, but this is a good war story. So he files a takedown on Amazon.

38:08
The Chinese party, against the Chinese party, the Chinese party files a counter notice saying, but the counter notice is BS. In a counter notice, you’re claiming, no, I have the copyright. So it’s a fake email address, but it’s the name of a real company. So you have 20 days at that point to either file a lawsuit in federal court,

38:37
and you have to have a copyright to do that, because it’s copyright issue, or it’s gonna go up and stay up, the posting at issue, it’s gonna stay up until you get an injunction from a federal judge. Well, that is gonna be really, really expensive. So you have to run and file this lawsuit. And so we ran and filed the lawsuit, and so that cost was about,

39:07
say $3,000, $3,000 to $4,000 because it’s not amateur hour filing a federal. Right. Right. And I just happened to be barred in Florida. So I was able to do it. And then the next step is I called my Chinese console and she verified who the company was. And I got in both Mandarin and English who this company is and the relation to who filed the counter notice. So I know and now I’m amending the complaint and already we’ve gotten

39:37
emails bagging us to settle from this Chinese company based on our working with Chinese console who so far is in charge of the dime for the services bagging the Chinese console to resolve this case. But now we want some money out of it. it’s not going to respond. Let me ask. So this case that you just specified without naming any names, did this person have the trademark in China also? No.

40:02
No, so they had no protections in China. This is just US protections copyright. US protection, but this is an example of filing a lawsuit in China. I’ve never gotten to the point where we’re filing a lawsuit. What we do in China is usually a door knocking strategy where once we find them and sit Chinese consul on them, I have a feeling that they, a lot of these people are very scared of going to Chinese court. And so, like, I think there might be

40:32
you can go to jail. they usually tends to take care of What can the Chinese consulate do? I why do they you just said they don’t care about US copyright. Oh, I’m sorry, consulate, not not consulate. So we oh, so let’s let’s do an example. So we know that the infringements on Alibaba, we know we have a so it’s kind of a generic good, but we have a trademark. And so say we were called Cheerios.

41:01
And we had a, were selling away. Um, and then all of a sudden Cheerios, the box shows up on, on Alibaba. We would have a Chinese trademark. We take down the Alibaba listing. We would find out through Alibaba who the Chinese console would find out. who, who’s listing that because I’m in Alibaba cooperates. They tell us the name or the Chinese console and they go and they have offices all over China.

41:31
they call and say, hey, we’re gonna file a lawsuit against you unless you enter into this settlement agreement. And so then that’s when you usually get this transcript that they’re like, well, no, that wasn’t me, that was my brother and my brother’s sister. And you get this really circumvent kind of discussion, but usually it ends up in a resolution. They can’t believe you found them. And they wanna find someone that

42:00
Hasn’t found them and go away. Okay, sorry. So just just for terminology sake, Chinese consul is just a Chinese lawyer, right? Chinese lawyer, right? My Chinese consul. Not the consulate. Okay, got it. Okay, so you have relations with Chinese lawyers who can actually give a little bit more weight to a Chinese citizen to be scared. Right? Absolutely. Right. Yeah. Okay, I get it. Okay. The trademark in China really only helps you

42:28
take stuff down in Alibaba and possibly if a Chinese lawyer needs more ammunition. Correct. And the second thing is it’s going to help you can seize the goods at Chinese ports. So the theory is either it’s coming directly from a manufacturer to the United States, or it’s coming. A lot of times it if if you’re small, like it’s you’re buying it off Alie Alie Express.

42:58
and putting your having the manufacturer in place your custom logo or and if you have the trademark for that you can take infringers tap. see. So what and what you found is just just a letter from a Chinese lawyer to the suppliers usually enough to scare them off because they’re paranoid in your experience. I call it a door knocking strategy or not. Yeah. Yeah. OK. We actually sometimes we knock on the door like it’s very in it. know again China a Chinese console.

43:28
not counseled, a bunch of counsel is not that expensive. And they have, you know, effectively called or actually knocked on the door gone to the factory to discuss our issues. Right. So I mean, I’ve had some experience in the US where, know, it costs a couple hundred bucks to write a letter. Is that like a price that you would expect to pay a Chinese lawyer to do something like that? The last time we did it, it was 1500.

43:56
$1,500. Okay, that includes a transcript and the sure resolution. I you know, right? I love it. And they have access to find out who exactly owns the the listings and that sort of thing. Right? They do it much better than I do. Like I have no idea how to use you. Alibaba to do that. I know, you know, you got to look at well, do we have any protection there? And if we do, yes, it’s a matter for Chinese console.

44:26
I love it. I would imagine a Chinese citizens just like a US citizen, right? Like if I got a letter, like if it was my first one, I’d be scared, right? And I would know it. Yeah. I think a lot of I mean, I would love to learn more. But I think a lot of these are criminal enterprises. But the criminal enterprises that are dumb, they want to, they want to if they have issues, they move on. Like, right, it’s gonna be

44:52
It’s not that we’re going to stop infringement. We want to stop infringement for people under our care. you know, Amazon is spending, according to them, billions of dollars trying to stop infringement. I don’t know. It’s not going too well from what I can see. And sometimes, you know, the Wall Street Journal at least reports that Amazon is partially responsible for this. Yeah, well, they make it so easy, You know, exactly. So you really have to it’s one of those situations that you have to read the tea leaves.

45:22
This is not supposed to be the most expensive thing you’re doing in your business. I realize that people don’t even really love talking to a attorney. And this should be like a little side distraction at a low cost. But if you don’t do it at all, it’s kind like one of those things like not getting a bookkeeper. Or knowing how to use QuickBooks on your own. It’s a business.

45:52
And so it’s important. I can tell you again, because right now I’m working on seven transactions, a record for me and M &A and it’s hot right now is that you don’t have this, you’re getting ding-dinged on the prices that us buyers or an aggregator is willing to pay. Right. It’s just so obvious that you need IP protection. Along those lines, I would imagine a patent is a lot more valuable than

46:21
in the eyes of an aggregator if you’re selling right. I don’t think a design pattern is all that.

46:28
All that sexy, really. think, yes, if you have a utility patent, even my eyes or my ears perk up. Like I’m like, let me study that. Well, that must really add value. wow, what is and what are your sales based on based off it? It all comes down to financials. There’s so many patent holders that have patents and then they can’t monetize them. So I don’t know. Like it’s the whole thing when you get to that point, which is a really

46:56
And Stephen, the last time I was on and we talked, I wasn’t doing a lot of this because it’s fun. A lot of my clients have grown. So now they’re at that stage. And so it’s been it’s an amazing place to be for them and for me watching their hardware come to fruition because they’re going to monetize their work. So but I see I look at it when I study. I try and get my mind in the eyes of the high banker or the acquirer.

47:25
It’s like, what’s sexy about this? It’s whole package here. But I would think a utility patent would add value if it’s being monetized. If it’s just like, well, I got this. It has nothing to do with the business. I don’t even know if they’re going to do due diligence on it. They don’t care. It’s really like that. So I think for every client, always be looking for how this particular piece affects bottom line. I can tell you, especially with Amazon Prime Day,

47:55
we had some clients that with infringers were killing them. Like they’re 50 % down. And it’s really like, well, we can’t do this in a day. Like this is something that we should have addressed a long time ago. So it really can affect your bottom line and that’s bad. And it really should, again, I love IP. It’s fascinating. It’s intangible stuff, very creative, but it shouldn’t be your take up.

48:24
Yeah, I’m into your money What I like about this talk today is you know, I’m sure a lot of times, you know copycats from China Copy stuff directly because they can get away with it and it’s not like someone in America can attack them in China So by by getting someone in China to knock on their door, I can see that as a huge debtorant Yeah, yeah, I’m telling you yeah, and it’s yeah, it it’s fun because I get these transcripts and I see how that works it’s like

48:55
Even if I knew Chinese, there’s a cultural thing. It’s like how they operate is like totally cultural. So it’s really super interesting. And again, the Chinese government is, I mean, at least in the things we’re talking about, which isn’t like fat and all trafficking, they’re very aware and very enforceable or deliberate in their own laws. They just are. It’s that kind of country.

49:24
It’s not the Caribbean or something. It’s very rigid country. So they’re very rigid in their laws. Cool, Steve. Well, where can people find you if they need some of these services? Sure. you can email me at SWEIGLER at Emerge, E-M-E-R-G-E, console, C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. And it’s www.emergeconsole.com.

49:54
Anytime that anyone wants to talk, I offer free get to know you consultations as well as knockout and quotes. So we like, try and be very project based. So we want to get to know the client, what their issues are, who they are, and build a relationship. Cause honestly, Steve, and this is a secret to all your clients is total TM, which is what we call a trademark is pretty much a loss leader. Like it’s, it’s, it’s pretty much.

50:22
because of the searches we do and everything and the amount of work it is, it’s pretty much at cost. But I want to build relationships with entrepreneurs that want to grow and in the e-commerce space especially, and be with them on the journey. And so that’s how I’ve done it. Sometimes my business advisors are like, Steve, why are you, you’re a law firm, why have a law leader?

50:49
But anyway, that’s another topic for discussion. I’m just just what I I like about Steve for anyone listening is everything you know what you’re paying for. And it’s not like, oh, yeah, it’s going to be $400 an hour. I don’t know how much long it’s going to be the project based pricing and the fact that he’s not going to nickel and dime me that that’s why I like Steve personally. Yeah, it’s not the easiest profession sometimes. I do enjoy it. So anyway, well, it’s always good hanging out with you. Absolutely. Thank you so much.

51:21
Hope you enjoy that episode. Just like brushing your teeth, if you want to protect your IP, a little bit of prevention goes a long way. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 485. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off.

51:50
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

52:18
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

484: Hacking The LinkedIn Algorithm: How Chase Dimond Grew His Following To 227K Subs In 11 Months

484: Gaming The LinkedIn Algorithm: How Chase Dimond Grew His Following To 227K Subs In 11 Months

Today, I’m thrilled to have my friend Chase Diamond back on the show. Chase is the co-founder of Structured Agency, a top email marketing firm. But outside of email, he’s also a master of social media.

In this episode, we discuss Chase’s recent success on LinkedIn where he went from 27K subs to over 220k subs in just eleven months reaching an astounding 100 million impressions.

You’re going to love this episode.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to quickly grow your LinkedIn audience
  • How to grow your email list with LinkedIn
  • The right way to set up your LinkedIn account

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

GETIDA – GETIDA is the tool that I use to recover lost inventory on Amazon. Right now, GETIDA is giving away $400 in free reimbursements for MyWifeQuitHerJob.com listeners. Click here and try GETIDA for FREE and get $400.

Quiet Light – Quiet Light is the brokerage I trust when buying and selling a business. If you want to know how much your business is worth, then sign up for a free evaluation. Click here to book an appointment with Quiet Light

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m thrilled to have my friend Chase Diamond back on the show. And last time he was on, we talked about how to run killer email marketing campaigns. But in this episode, we’re switching gears to talk about Chase’s recent success on LinkedIn. He basically went from 27K subs to over 220,000 subscribers in just 11 months.

00:28
where his posts had an astounding 100 million impressions. And this allowed him to grow his email list quickly to 100K subs. You’re going to love this episode. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Getita for sponsoring this episode. Getita is a tool that basically gives you free money every month when you sell on Amazon, and I’m not even exaggerating. If you’ve been selling on Amazon FBA for any length of time, you know that Amazon is horrible at managing your inventory and they lose or break your products all the time.

00:56
In fact, I’m willing to bet that Amazon owes you money right now. But the problem is, is that in order to get your money back, you have to manually track your inventory and manually file for reimbursement. Katita handles all the paperwork for you though, and takes just 25 % of whatever you get back. Basically, you only pay when Katita makes you money, which makes it a no brainer to sign up. Not only that, but Katita is giving away $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up at mywifequitterjob.com slash Katita.

01:24
That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Light for sponsoring this episode. If you are looking to buy or sell your business, Quiet Light Brokerage is my go-to firm to help you get top dollar for your company. I’ve known Joe Valley and the guys over at Quiet Light for over 10 years now, and I trust and highly recommend their services. So if you’re looking to buy or sell a business, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash Quiet Light and get a free valuation of your business.

01:53
Someone from Quiet Light will speak to you for free. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash Q-U-I-E-T-L-I-G-H-T. Now onto the show.

02:08
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I have my buddy Chase Diamond back on the show for the second time. Chase is someone who I met through Nick Shackelford. I think it was at a Geek Out event a long time ago. He’s the co-founder of Boundless Labs, which is a top email marketing agency. In the past couple of years, would say, this guy’s everywhere, man. I see him on LinkedIn, I see him on all these social media platforms, Twitter. He’s actually the one who introduced me to Twitter. And today I have over 40K subs and it’s-

02:37
actually my number three email generator for my entire list. He’s killing it on LinkedIn. He’s quickly grown his account to six figures. I think it was what was it like 200,000 something like that. dude, it’s been a while. got from 27,000 to 220,000 in 11 months. That’s nuts. And you’re also doing like AI stuff, e commerce. There’s so much to talk about. I figure. I don’t think anyone’s really talked about LinkedIn on this podcast. So that’s what we’re going to talk about today. Welcome to show chase.

03:07
How doing, man? I’m great. Thanks. Thanks for having me. I’m pumped to be back. So I know that you’ve been popping out kids left and right. How is the work family balance going for you? So I have two kids now. My older one is three and my younger one six months. And I think having a family, obviously shout out to your book and a bunch of stuff that you talk about. think having a family has been the best thing for my career. I now I’m so hyper focused and I’m way more productive because I know that if I don’t get stuff done during the workday,

03:37
it’s just never gonna get done. So I’m actually working way less and I feel like I’m getting way more done now that I have kids. It’s very counterintuitive but it’s been so helpful for me. I can totally relate to that because I remember in the past, this is back when my kids were young like yours, I refused to work after a certain time. But once I had kids, I’m like, okay, it’s 2am, I got like 40 minutes not doing anything, it as pump something out.

04:04
Yeah, it’s so interesting. And like, I’ve been really strict with my schedule lately is like, I won’t take calls before 9am my time, and I won’t take calls after two or three. So I’m pretty much online working from like, let’s call it nine to three. And I went from having almost a call every hour to now, maybe one or two calls max per per day, because if I hear something in other room, I want to be able to go run over there and hear my daughter laugh for the first time. So it’s made me so productive and really work smart, not hard, I think for a long time in my 20s.

04:34
is all about the grind culture and how hard could you work and how much hours could you put in? And that was really the badge of honor. And now it’s like, how lazy can I be and how much money can I make and how much can I get done in as little time as possible? And dude, I went on vacation, I went to Europe for a week. I didn’t really touch a computer. I was at a bachelor party last weekend, didn’t touch a computer. You know, five years ago, that would have never ever been possible for me. I love it. We’re in the same mentality now. Like I work until about noon and then

05:02
the latter half of the day is me literally driving my kids to their volleyball activities and everything. So, so cool. All right, Chase, you got a ton of clients before we get into the guts of LinkedIn. I’m just curious what’s been moving the needle for some of your clients and ecom like what’s hot. Yeah. So my, my perspective and lens has really been from email and SMS. I know obviously things like paid social have been, you know, challenging over the past couple of years with iOS 14, 14.5. Um, but email and SMS, I feel like I’ve really been like the saving grace for a lot of these brands.

05:32
So I’d say a couple of things that are interesting is like, I feel like the frequency of emails has increased with a lot of our clients because other channels aren’t producing as much. You’re having to send more emails. That doesn’t necessarily mean that a single person on the list is going to receive five or six emails. If that’s how many campaigns are sending per week. We’re obviously really smart with segmentation around a whole bunch of different attributes and purchase behavior, website behavior, email engagement, you know, et cetera.

06:00
geography even, you know, depending on what someone sells the time of the year and the weather, we’re sending related emails out for apparel. So right now, let’s say, you know, if it was the winter, it might be warm where I live in Southern California, maybe where people live in the Bay, but on the East Coast, it might be cold. So we’re sending people on the West Coast where it’s warm, still like t shirts and flip flops and shorts. We’re on the East Coast and messaging more is about winter and jackets and stuff. I think like

06:28
hyper personalization and sending more campaigns. And I think that sounds intuitive, right? The more emails you send, the more money you’re going to make. I like that’s been a big drivers. Like every client we’ve been working with is probably sending in the ballpark of 25 to 40 % more emails this time than they were over the last one or two years. I can see that. So unfortunately, Chase, you couldn’t make it to seller summit out this year because you were busy, busy popping out another kid. But one of the themes at the seller summit actually was

06:57
everyone wants to get into content, everyone wants to build an audience. Everyone wants to have the audience dictate what they sell. Because once you have that audience, you can pretty much do whatever you want. And so that’s why I wanted to talk to you about LinkedIn. LinkedIn is actually a platform that I’m not really on. Like I have my resume and all that stuff on there. And for the longest time, I thought it was just for like a job, really, if I want to find a job. But I went on not too long ago, and it looked just like Facebook. And

07:27
our conversation earlier before we got on, this is the social media platform that you value the most. So I just want you to talk about that real quick. Why is LinkedIn so good for you? Yes, I’ve been on LinkedIn for 12 years. And when I first joined, it was very much just you got jobs. It was a resume platform. It wasn’t very quote unquote social. I felt more transactional. And then over the past couple of years, I kind of posted here, posted there. Random posts would do well, but I could never find the recipe to have things consistently.

07:57
do well or go viral. And last year, almost about a year ago, 11, 11 months ago, I was like, I need to take this serious. I know I can do this. I’m doing Twitter. I’m doing all these other platforms. I’m going to figure out LinkedIn. And I just started asking people that were doing well questions. I started paying people for advice and just figuring it out. My hypothesis is that on every single platform, there’s 1 % of people that know something that the other 99 % don’t. And the way to fast track that and shortcut the learnings.

08:26
It’s to just ask and oftentimes you have to pay them or you have to befriend them. So just started hopping on calls, paying people, offering, you know, barters. Hey, I’ll teach you how to grow your newsletter. I’ll teach you how to grow your Twitter in exchange. And they taught me what it was. And, you know, in 11 months, it went from 27000 followers to 220,000 followers and about 100 million impressions on my content, all organic in that time frame. It’s been crazy.

08:51
That’s nuts. So it’s one thing to have impressions and that sort of thing. How has it actually affected like your email list or your businesses? Yes. My newsletter now is somewhere between like 80 to a hundred thousand people. And I’d say like 90 % of my growth has come from LinkedIn and Twitter alone. Some stuff comes from like referrals. Some stuff comes from it being shared and distributed and whatnot. But 90 % of my growth has come from two channels alone. Like literally on the back of my Twitter and LinkedIn, I’ve built my newsletter.

09:21
which is insane. That is insane. think the last time we spoke at seller summit, I think you were at 40,000 email subs. Yeah. Right. Yeah. So it’s, it’s about two to two and a half X in about 12 months. Oh, crazy. Okay. All right. So I’m sure people listening out there are like, Hey, I use LinkedIn to find a job. Start from the beginning. What should I do right off the bat? I have a LinkedIn profile. It basically has my resume on it. How do I start using it to get followers? Yeah. So

09:50
you know, outside of optimizing your profile and setting that up and whatnot, the best way to do that is go find people in your industry and in your niche and just go take like inspiration from them. Don’t, don’t copy them, but look at like three or five people in your space and jot down like, this person’s got a great title. This person’s got a great, you know, background or profile photo. This guy’s got a great, you know, summary section. Like go take inspiration from people that aside, there’s three things that you need to do well. And this I think is applicable to Twitter as well. But the first,

10:19
I’ll kind of name them and I’ll go through them. The first is good content, right? There’s no substitute for good content. The second part is lots of good content. You need the frequency. It’s a volume game, it’s numbers game. Some things hit, some things don’t. You need to throw as much out there. And then the last one that I think most people don’t understand and most people ignore is distribution. Most people I think post because they’re told to post or most people post because they think they’re supposed to. And then that’s all. It ends there.

10:45
I actually spend probably just as much time, if not more time on distribution than I actually do on the creation. So let’s start from the beginning. Good content, right? What’s good content? So it has to answer a few questions, you know, and it really is from the other person’s side, like what’s in it for me? You know, for every post I write, I’m thinking, you know, what’s in it for Steve? What’s in it for this person? What’s in it for that person? Are they going to find it funny? Are they going to learn something? Right? Is this something that they can be like,

11:13
Oh yeah, I totally feel that same way, right? So there’s certain emotions and there’s certain questions you have to evoke in each content piece. For me, I’m not very funny. You know, I don’t, I’m not great at a lot of things, but I’m really good at teaching tidbits that are really digestible and actionable that don’t take you too long to consume. So my whole MO is can I teach people with social content in a couple of minutes or less, something around email marketing, copywriting, or marketing that’s going to make them money.

11:41
impress their boss or do both, right? That’s kind of like my MO. So that’s one is good content. So it’s going on the content side. Every platform seems to have different things like Twitter, obviously, they limit you in the characters. if I were to repurpose my content, what is like the length? Like, could I literally take a blog post, shrink it down and post it on LinkedIn something that long? Or is it more like Twitter where it’s just kind of short and pithy?

12:09
Yeah, that’s a good question. On LinkedIn, I’d say there’s like three things that work for me. One is what’s called a carousel. So if you think about like your Twitter thread, you basically turn those into individual slides. So it almost ends up being like a PDF where it’s taking like a Twitter thread, let’s say like five or 10 or 15 related tweets and turning that into what LinkedIn calls a carousel. So LinkedIn’s threads are called carousels and it’s just a visual document. So what like to do- what people do on Instagram.

12:38
Exactly. Okay. That’s probably the best way to explain it is like when you do kind of that swipe thing. So what I basically do is there’s a free tool called tapleo.com backslash carousel. And what I basically do is I take my my Twitter thread, and you have to do this within seven days of the thread going live, you can go over to the tapleo, and it will basically turn your tweet thread into a PDF. And then I can go upload that same content into LinkedIn. So that’s that’s what that’s the first that does really, really well carousels. The second

13:06
is polls. If you have a decent sized audience running a poll, dude, it’s insane. Polls don’t get lots of like engagement, but they get lots of reach. So it’s not a lot of people liking commenting on them necessarily, but tons of people vote. And the more people that vote, the more it gets shown to some of my most popular posts or polls. I’ll literally ask things that are like HTML, right? Image based emails or plain text emails. And dude, these will get five to 10,000 votes because people are very passionate about it. Okay. And they’ll get

13:35
They’ll get 100,000 views on these simple polls. So for at one point in time, I was trying to do a daily poll and then I just got over it. It was just a lot of work, but these polls would just rack up tons of votes and tons of impressions. And then the last one is what I’ll literally do is I’ll take a screenshot of my tweet and then I’ll put the text of the tweet as the description of the post. So if you look at my thing, it’s literally a clone. The screenshot, the image is the tweet and then the text from the image is just the description.

14:05
That’s what I do. I found that LinkedIn favors text plus image. Text alone, I haven’t had a lot of success with. So that’s what I’m seeing. And I’m one of the few people that’s been making video work. Video for a long time on LinkedIn is very so-so, but I’ve had some videos on LinkedIn get 100,000, 500,000, a million views, whereas most people can’t get that kind of traction. What type of videos are we talking about here? Like TikTok type of videos or horizontal, vertical?

14:34
Yes, so the videos that I posted were, yeah, I guess it kind of like a Instagram real tick tock type thing. They’re about 20 to 40 seconds long and they had no no audio, just basically no audio, no captions. And it was basically just a screen hover of these different AI tools I was using. I didn’t even put the name of the AI tools. I basically just showed people the thing of like going on Nike dot com, go into a product image and using this AI tool to write a product description or to write certain things.

15:02
And everyone was like, Whoa, this is so cool. Like, what is this sorcery? What’s the name of the tool? So I was kind of making videos that I knew people would find interesting and I knew would drive a lot of engagement and questions and comments. And I purposely didn’t give out the tool because I wasn’t trying to promote the tool. I was just trying to promote something cool, but I knew that it would drive engagement. Interesting. So these are videos that you purposely filmed for LinkedIn. Correct. Yeah. Specifically for LinkedIn. I also threw them on Twitter and they did well on Twitter, but I didn’t use them on Tik Tok or anywhere else.

15:31
but I got inspiration from TikTok and Instagram. these horizontal or are they vertically shot or does it matter? Yeah, I don’t know that it matters. It was just a screen recording a tuck on my computer. Oh, OK. So it sounds like you’re repurposing a lot of your content that you’re getting from Twitter for this, right? Yes. So what I what I basically do is I post two to three times a day and this kind of gets to the second part of the equation. So the first part of the equation was good content. The second part of the equation is volume of content. So I typically post two to three times per day on LinkedIn.

16:00
uh, lunchtime and then like afternoon. And I’ve found to a lot of people that follow me from all over the world. So typically my first post in the morning typically does the best cause that’s where all the time zones are crossing. That’s when PST and EST and all the time zones in the U S and it’s early enough, but also kind of late in Europe and elsewhere where they probably engage before they sign up for the day. So I’d find like between, I don’t know, 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. PST, that first post I do.

16:30
has the most kind of reach and has the most amount of countries engaging. The middle of the day post, that’s typically like, you know, US, Canada, people kind of in North America. And then at the end of the day, depending on how a post does, it also extends into kind of some of the time zones that are now waking up like Australia and elsewhere. And with that, so one of the posts every day is something that’s repurposed, something that’s repurposed from my LinkedIn from six months ago, something that’s repurposed from my Twitter from six months ago.

17:00
And I basically go onto these tools and I’m able to go, let’s say back to the start of the year. And I’m able to say, Hey, in January, what were my popular posts? And I can sort it by views. I can sort it by likes. I can sort it by comments. And I’m able to say, okay, this posted well, then let me just reuse the same thing. I don’t even remember what I posted six months ago. No one’s going to remember. Right. So I repost it and it does really, really well because it’s proven to have worked in the past. So I’m taking things that were already popular. The second thing that I’ll do.

17:30
is I’ll take content that was a little bit more recent, let’s say the past three months, and I’ll do a new hook or a new spin, or I’ll do a similar type content, either rewriting it myself or leveraging AI. AI somehow knew who I was already, which was crazy. And then I started training the AI to really understand my voice. And I fed it different posts. said, hey, this post got this much engagement on LinkedIn. This post got this much engagement. My audience is marketers, founders, copywriters, freelancers.

17:59
And then I’ll basically just go through and say, you know, give me a pivot of this. want it to be similar sentiment, but give me a pivot on this and do this kind of content has been crushing it because it’s taking things I’ve already said. It’s just saying it a little bit differently. And then the last post of the day is something that I write kind of net new, something that’s in a conversation on a call, something that I think about, something that I read that I want to riff on a question that I get. So one is repurposed entirely.

18:28
something else is kind of partially repurposed and then something else is net new. So that’s been my strategy. What tool do you use to find your popular posts? So there’s three tools I use. One is literally Twitter advanced search. It’s free. And what you basically can do is you can put on any topic, any handle, any specific number of likes, any recency, and it will show you all of the posts. So what I basically do is I put in my Twitter handle and I’ll give it a timeframe and I’ll say,

18:55
I want the post to have a minimum of a hundred likes or something like that, right? Or a minimum of ten retweets. So Twitter advanced search is the free one. And then the other two that I use, one is called tweet hunter. It’s specifically for Twitter. And the other one’s called tap Leo. And that one specifically for LinkedIn. It’s made from the same owner. So depending on what platform I’m trying to repurpose for, I’ll go to the one that’s for that platform. Okay.

19:18
And then in terms of the content, are you the one physically posting or is there a tool that can where you can just schedule out like a month’s worth? Yeah, I don’t believe in scheduling. I know it’s kind of counterintuitive, but I don’t like scheduling. I go around like gut feeling of like when I’m online, when I’m active, when I’m seeing other posts kind of take off. That’s when I post. And what I noticed, too, when I wasn’t doing well in LinkedIn, I would post and bail when I was really bullish on Twitter and not so bullish on LinkedIn.

19:45
I would just post on LinkedIn and I’d be like, see you later. And I’d forget about it until I posted again. Now what I do is I stick around every time I post for about five to 10 minutes and I respond and engage with everyone that comments. I’ve noticed that when I didn’t do that, people would comment two or three times and then they’re like, chase is not active. He’s never going to engage. Why am I going to engage with him? And now when I do engage, I noticed the same people every single day engaging and commenting and just waiting for me to engage back.

20:13
And that people send me DMs. Thanks so much for responding to me. like people get really excited about like you responding and being engaged and being social. So it’s been a huge game changer actually replying to people. It’s changed the game.

20:28
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

20:57
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

21:25
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifequaterjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifequaterjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

21:44
Interesting. So are you doing that same strategy on Twitter where you’re replying to people also? I’m trying. I’m more bullish on LinkedIn right now, so I’m definitely spending more time on LinkedIn doing that. I am doing some of it on Twitter. I probably could be doing more though. The only reason why I ask is, I mean, that’s a lot of time on an app, right? A lot of time. Replying to people and I would imagine with an account your size, you probably get a fair number of replies and you want to make sure you reply to everyone, right? When you can.

22:13
Yeah, I’d say like posts that don’t do as well. getting 30 to 50 comments and then posts that do well. I’m getting hundreds of comments like there’s some posts I’ll do like that have 300, 500, 700 comments. It’s insane. I can’t respond to all of them, obviously. Yeah, yeah. So I’m thinking if you don’t do that, then LinkedIn is not going to be as effective is basically what I hear you saying. Yeah, I think like all the algorithms, they have a couple things, right? Like

22:41
Um, on Twitter, on LinkedIn in particular, right? There’s different weights for likes, comments, and retweets or repost LinkedIn calls them reposts. Um, and then with that, right? Like when people engage, I’ve seen like Twitter’s algorithm, there’s something there where like, if you get a response and if you reply, it gives you this kind of a boost. And if they reply back, you get this kind of boost. So if you create almost mini dialogue and conversations within posts, it seems like the platforms rewards you because you are there, you are active and whatnot.

23:10
And also to like with a lot of this stuff, like just by me liking and commenting or applying, a lot of my activity has been shown on the feed because I’m just so active. A lot of my posts show up more often. My posts on LinkedIn, I’ve noticed show up for days now. Like, like I’ll have posts that people have said, like, I don’t know why I’ve seen your posts from a week ago on my timeline now. So I don’t know what or why, but it feels like the more that I engage, and this is just my hypothesis. I’m in the more engagement these things get the longer that they’re shown in the feed. Makes sense.

23:40
How is this different from Facebook? Are you doing the same thing on Facebook or Facebook platform where I post and I bail? It’s very captain limited, right? I’ve got 5000 friends. That’s it. People on Facebook, I think follow me elsewhere and probably engage with me elsewhere. So I post on Facebook, Facebook’s probably my least favorite least engaging platforms is because like, there’s no real chance of like, virality. There’s like no organic reach. LinkedIn’s got great reach.

24:10
Twitter’s kind of so so I feel like since Elon came on, it’s been like a hit or a miss. Instagram’s all right, it’s not great, not terrible, but I think like LinkedIn and Twitter are really interesting. And I’m trying to game the heck out of threads, the new app by Metta, but we’ll see. So how does that, so it’s one thing to get engagement and presumably you’re not posting links on your LinkedIn posts, right? Most of the time I’m not. I do do stuff where I’ll promote my…

24:37
courses, my agency, sponsored content, whatnot. What I typically do is I’ll post without the link. I’ll try to wait for engagement. I’ll make like the content, you know, educational or kind of informational. And then after about an hour, I’ll go update the post with a link. I found that that’s the best. If you post a link out the gate, Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn, like wherever you’re you’re immediately pretty dinged. Whereas if you wait, get a little engagement, you wait till about an hour. I’ve noticed that like

25:06
you already are kind of carried enough in the feed where you can still go a little bit further. Interesting. So using that method, that’s how you’ve built up your email list. Like what’s the process for getting them onto your email list? Yeah, yeah, yeah. So there’s a couple of things like one is I just got a ton of traffic to my my my page on LinkedIn. So like my profile page. And I’ve almost optimized that as if it’s a landing page. Right. So my bio is like 10 billions of emails driven hundreds of millions of dollars in email revenue.

25:35
You something like subscribe for my newsletter and like I have a button or a link on my profile that’s pretty high up that says like you know visit newsletter visit subscription right that’s one. Two is like I have a linkedin newsletter that also is featured I’ve got like 90,000 people my linkedin newsletter so people like subscribe to that and then I’m pretty aggressive in my linkedin newsletter sending them stuff to subscribe but after posts go viral or I think they’re gonna go viral I’ll literally edit the post so on Twitter.

26:02
If you have Twitter blue, if you have the tick mark, you can update your post within 30 minutes of posting on LinkedIn. You can upload or kind of edit your posts at any point in time. So what I’ll typically do is I’ll wait for an hour or two. If the post is done well, I’ll literally update the description of the post and I’ll add a PS saying PS 75,000, 85,000 email marketers and copywriters subscribe to my newsletter. Click here to join for free and I’ll add a link. So if you look at my profile later, you’ll see a lot of the stuff that like all these posts I’ll do.

26:32
I’ll also post certain things that like, okay, this was crazy. So I did 25 chat GPT prompts, you know, the 25 X year marketing, whatever. And I did it as a carousel. I did it as a PDF. So people weren’t able to copy and paste the prompts. So what I basically, after I posted that, I started going viral. What I quickly did is I threw them into a Google document and I created a landing page that said, Hey, if you want this PDF in written form, enter your email here and I’ll send you the written form so you can copy and paste.

27:01
Dude, I think it drove like three or 4,000 email subs off one post. I like 500,000 views and I had like three to 4,000 people actually opt in. So I’m creating now like lead magnets that are tied to posts and just sending people there. I’m offering like a free email course. I’ve had 3,400 people download that since I’ve made the course and started promoting it on LinkedIn. So I’m now like thinking in terms of email subs, like what’s the content that I can reverse engineer to drive the sub? And I’m just giving away tons of

27:29
free shit that I’ve made or chat GBT is made and people are just eating it up. Walk me through this. So you said you were uploading a PDF to LinkedIn and for someone like me who doesn’t know what that means, you’re literally uploading a PDF, but does it turn into the carousel or what? Yes, exactly. The way that you do the carousel, it has to be a PDF format. So it does the formatting where like it’s almost like a slideshow. Just like you mentioned on Instagram, that format where you upload images, you do the exact same thing, but you just have to do it as a PDF.

27:58
and then it auto formats the slide. So on Instagram, if you have 10 images, you know, on LinkedIn, you have basically 10 pages within a PDF and that will show. Okay. So what I basically do is I have a team on Instagram that’s helping with some of the content and I’m just taking their stuff that’s images and I’m just converting into a PDF and I’ll post that type of content. Interesting. So unlike my brain is running here, cause I have for all these little mini courses, just like you do actually.

28:25
Yeah. So if I were to turn those into PDFs, they turn in, look like individual posts on LinkedIn. And could I just have an opt in for them to just get the PDF? Yeah, yeah. Dude, there’s crazy stuff that you could do. You like, yeah, within the so also to like what I do sometimes is like within the carousels, I’ll add a break. Like let’s say I’m doing a Twitter thread. I’ll add a break within the carousel. It’s after five slides. It says something like, if you’re enjoying this hit like and comment on this post right now to drive the engagement. And then at the end, it’s like

28:55
If you like this, go to this website and get this free guide or something. So I’m basically within the carousel itself. I’m having little plugs and mentions that try to get people to take action, but also to, I’ll just update the text of the post. I’ll basically say like, uh, chase or copywriting frameworks. it’s like 10 copywriting frameworks to 10 extra copywriting results, know, see the carousel below. And then what am I doing an hour later is like,

29:22
Hey, if you want this post in the text version, so you can copy and paste these prompts or these frameworks, hit this link below, enter your email, and I’ll send it to you via email. So I’m basically doing that type of thing. And then that link is something you add later or for those types of posts, you add them later. I wait an hour or two later so it gets traction. And then I add the link after it’s gotten engagement and it’s kind of being pushed to the feeds. Can we just talk about the viral nature?

29:50
Do you get reach beyond your subscribers on LinkedIn? Yeah, yeah, yeah. So, I mean, 200 something thousand subs or followers, and I’ve had 100 million impressions on my content. And I got to imagine most of those people are probably some obviously are within obviously the network, but a lot are outside of it. So see a lot of like second and third degree connections, engaging with stuff, liking stuff, resharing stuff and whatnot. However,

30:17
LinkedIn is going through some algorithm changes where I think they’re trying to show more of your content to first degree connections. And that really kind of be the curation of like the topic. So they are going through some algorithm stuff. So I don’t know where it’s going to land, but I do get a lot of people outside of the network opting in because I’ve probably gotten 30 to 50,000 subs specifically from LinkedIn. And I know those probably aren’t just all people that follow me. So it’s kind of like Twitter in that respect, right? There’s a chance to go viral. Unlike

30:47
Facebook or Instagram with an organic post, I guess it doesn’t count for reals, but organic on Facebook and Instagram is pretty weak compared to LinkedIn. Yeah, yeah, big time. Like I’m pulling up my feed right now. So like I a post yesterday from 14 hours ago. It has 1700 likes 114 comments and 85 reposts. let’s see. And then what kind of impressions is that? I’m just trying to pull the impressions. It’s like

31:15
I’m guessing, let me see, that’s probably 100,000 impressions. Yeah, so it’s 104,849 impressions. So that was one from yesterday. I I posted twice yesterday. A different one had 706 likes, 80 comments and 59 reposts. That had 43,000 impressions. So just on two posts yesterday, just around 150,000 impressions. And I noticed too that like, as I mentioned, posts living in the feed, I’m still getting a lot of impressions from the day before.

31:45
and things just kind of carry. So yeah, it’s kind of crazy to see like I don’t get this kind of engagement on Twitter anymore. I’ve got 120,000 on Twitter and my LinkedIn, it just blows it out of the water. It seems like just the half life of posts on LinkedIn is as much bigger than Twitter, Facebook and Instagram. Like I know on Facebook and Instagram, it dies after like a day. Yep. Amazing. One other interesting thing to talk about on LinkedIn, I’m building almost like a

32:14
Like a theme page network. if you think about like Jerry media and the pages they built on Instagram, let’s say five to seven years ago, I’m taking that same kind of approach on LinkedIn. I haven’t seen anyone really building out a network. So right now I own three big pages and three small pages. So the three big pages, I have an AI page, all about AI content with about 75,000 followers. I’ve got a copywriting page with about 60,000 followers. I’ve got a marketing page with about 35,000 followers. So those are my big pages.

32:42
So outside of my 220,000 followers, you know, that’s another 150, 175,000 followers, give or take that I have in this network. And now I’m building out a page for daily business tips and one for email marketing tips. So I’m building out like these pages because my goal is I want to have a million followers in my network in the next six to 12 months. I’m about halfway there. And I think with that, like you can control LinkedIn because there’s so much organic reach and because

33:10
someone liking and commenting and engaging with your stuff shows to their network. It’s really powerful. Can we talk about the type of people that are on LinkedIn? Yeah. Is it how does it compare to like the folks on Instagram, Twitter? Are they more? I don’t want to say advanced, but are they more like educated or can you get an idea? Yeah, it’s it’s interesting. Like speaking to my Twitter, so I take on my Twitter, there’s a really good.

33:38
to see crowd a lot of seven and eight figure founder brand owners kind of operators. I feel like that’s like my Twitter’s a lot of those people. Also a lot of people that want to learn copywriting and whatnot too that are more beginners. my Twitter’s kind of this interesting balance of like fairly advanced e-commerce owners and then kind of new email marketers, new copywriters. On LinkedIn, I would say there’s a lot of like more like mid level to senior type folks in kind of the marketing tech.

34:07
kind of space. I’ve got a lot of like marketing managers that follow me, lot of directors of marketing, a lot of freelancers, a lot of consultants, a lot of that type of stuff a bit more, I guess corporate type folks follow me on LinkedIn, like and it’s pretty cool on LinkedIn, you can actually go to your insights. I’m gonna try to up real quickly. And you can see like some insights on like who your followers are, where they’re based. So let’s see. So if I go to my followers, it will show my impressions.

34:36
So the last seven days, most of my views, so came from a founder, a co-founder, a marketing manager, a CEO or an owner. That was kind of the last, those are the job titles in the locations. So London, LA, New York, and then Delhi. in India, so three or two big places in the U S you know, big place in UK and then somewhere in India. And if I look at like industry seniorities, shows you everything like

35:06
Most people over the last week are from advertising services, IT services, consulting, or business services, right? So it’s just really interesting, like seniority. Senior is the highest one, and then director, and then entry owner and manager. So there’s a lot of insights you can see on like who’s engaging with specific posts, who’s following you, who’s senior stuff. It’s pretty cool to see. So I can see for someone like me and you, this would be very valuable. What about like an e-commerce brand? Would you recommend

35:36
LinkedIn as a social media platform for that? Yeah, it’s interesting. So I think in terms of like selling a physical product, probably not. But I think in terms of like recruiting talent and recruiting investors, advisors, I think absolutely. So I think like as a brand owner, brand founder, like if your goal is to eventually exit a business or to hire people above and beyond yourself, I think you have to be in the conversation on LinkedIn, Twitter, you know, pick your poison because that’s such a great recruiting tool.

36:03
For example, there’s this guy named Davey Fogarty. He runs like Coming Blankets and Ooty, very successful guy. I was wondering why he was going so hard on social. He went hard on YouTube, on Instagram, on Twitter. And he said it’s just such a great way to find businesses to buy, find investors to invest, find people to acquire it. People want to work with him because he’s got a personal brand. If you think about like the guys on Gymshark or him or other people, like if you’re on social media and you’re a little bit more accessible.

36:31
you’re going to have an influx of talent that wants to work with you. So I think it’s just a great recruiting networking tool. I can see that. And then what percentage of these people actually visit your profile? And you mentioned optimizing your profile. Can you just kind of elaborate what the different parts because the profile looks different, right? Than any other social media platform. You can put more stuff on it, basically. Yeah. So like, you know, just looking at the profile. So you’ve got like a profile photo and a background photo.

36:57
So my profile photo is just a photo for me at a wedding, right? It looks professional, but also looks kind of fun. My background image just kind of talks about like what I do. So it says like chase diamond, email marketing nerd driven 150 million plus an email revenue, right? So just something really quickly that establishes the credibility. And then I actually made my name on LinkedIn chase and then brackets e-commerce, email marketing nerd and bracket diamond. So instead of my actual middle name, I just did that for

37:27
what I think is probably search intent. I’m imagining people search email marketing or e-commerce and I’m hoping that at this point at rank and then in it, right? Like my disc basically like my tagline or my headline is top e-commerce email marketer sent over a billion emails resulting in 150 plus in email revenue, right? So something that just really clearly states that like most of the stuff that you’re gonna learn from me is related to email and some copywriting stuff and establishing that authority of the fact that like

37:56
I send over a billion emails, I’ve done this, and then you of go into a featured section. So in my featured section, I’ve got this article from Business Insider that they wrote on me about how I use AI tools and I’ve done, you know, seven figures a year and whatnot. So that’s kind of the thing where you have to do is like nice photo, the right banner, right tagline headline, and some social proof pretty quickly. then of course, there’s a link to some to join one of your email lists or something like that on there also, right? Exactly.

38:26
So doing what you do and knowing what you know, because I feel like you’re everywhere right now. How would you rank your different social media platforms today? Yes, newsletter aside, obviously, I love my newsletter. It’s direct access to the inbox. You can’t you can’t beat it, right? Yeah, you know, it’s crazy. Like I remember thinking like, oh, man, if I ever got a thousand people to open my emails, it’d be crazy. And it’s like, oh, if I could ever get ten thousand people now, I’m at about 30 to 40 thousand people actually like engaging and opening with emails.

38:55
Obviously maybe it’s some inflation because of iOS 15, more or less, right? email newsletter side, I’d say LinkedIn is number one, which it was not always the case. I never thought anything would dethrone Twitter. I’d say Twitter is number two, Instagram is three, and then Facebook is four, and then trying out threads, but it’s way too early. So I’d say those are top four. So LinkedIn, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook. I know threads is way too early. What are your just kind of initial views on it?

39:25
playing around with it so far. Yeah, I thought the first day I loaded it and the second day I got a lot of reach. My reach hasn’t been as great lately, I’ve got like three or four thousand followers there so far. So it’s a decent jump. Right now I’m kind of the point of just posting the post and seeing what happens. Maybe if things start to pan out, I start to reply and engage, but it’s just too early for me to bet a lot on. So it’s more just kind of aimlessly posting at this point. Okay. Are you using it?

39:53
I’m on it. I literally just got on it. I think I have maybe 1000 followers. I’ve just been kind of repurposing my Twitter feed on there. Essentially. Same. I don’t I don’t see anything happening just just yet. Can we just talk about logistics real quick. So you mentioned you got all these pages on LinkedIn now. And you’re posting three times a day and presumably you’re doing that for all the pages also. How how do you do that? Without your Yeah,

40:21
So every morning when I get online, I’ll basically do the rounds. I’ll basically hit my my own personal Twitter. I’ve got a copywriting page on Twitter. I’ll post there. I’ll basically take a screenshot of my tweet and I’ll throw that on Facebook and I’ll throw that on my Instagram story. And then I’ll go to LinkedIn. I’ll spend a little bit more time thinking about what to post. I’ll post there. And then with with the pages, I only typically post once, potentially twice a day. And I actually just recently hired someone to help me manage the pages just because like

40:50
It was getting ridiculous. And I also started this LinkedIn business too, where she’s helping me run that business. So she’s kind of helping run and do some of the stuff on like the LinkedIn pages now. But yeah, it was, was a while before, but I basically just the first 20, 30 minutes of the day, just knock out all the posts. And then the only posts that I would continue with throughout the rest of the day, another two times would be my own posts. So I would just knock everything out right away, get it over with, try to engage. then later in the day,

41:18
I’ll just go and retweet or repost the things that way it kind of has a second life. And that’s also actually one thing too is like, I found out recently that like reposting my stuff about five to 10 hours later gives it the second win, the second life, or I’ve always done that on Instagram or sorry on Twitter. I just never had done that before on LinkedIn. So I just post kind of blitz right away in the morning and now I have this girl helping, which has been huge.

41:42
But you don’t use any scheduling tools. you literally are, oh man, I don’t know if I could do that. So it’s just part of your routine basically. It’s yeah, it’s part of my routine. That was the only thing I’d kept up with on vacation was just posting two or three times a day my stuff and maybe tuck me 45 minutes to an hour all in. Okay. Is there a schedule? Like it seems like the only reason you don’t use a scheduling tool is because you want to be there to engage, but can you just.

42:09
have it auto schedule and you just kind of open the app? Yeah, I could. But then I’d have to think about like the scheduling and the posting and I have to know what to say. And a lot of the stuff like it’s just in the moment where I where I I’m looking at stuff from yesterday, like what hit what didn’t hit? What can I do today? So like a lot of it’s like decisions on the fly. I’m sure I could kind of like schedule and think those out. But I’ve just had a lot of luck with just being active and engaged and almost being like this science gut feeling that I’m like, that’s working.

42:39
Plus honestly, this is my job today. This is all I do. I run my newsletter, I do social media, I reply to emails, I make intros to my team. This is all I do. I own an agency, but I don’t spend much time on it. I’m kind of the face of it and the lead generator of it. The team there is fantastic. So I just think about new businesses, I engage with people on social media, I listen to podcasts. I don’t really do much work outside of this. I see, okay. And then you said you have a LinkedIn newsletter, right?

43:08
That’s a that’s an email newsletter or. Yeah, it’s interesting. So like it’s native to LinkedIn where I don’t own the emails of those people. So my newsletter that’s like 70,000, 80,000 people that’s separate. My LinkedIn newsletter. I basically just repurpose my email newsletter on there. And what happens is when I post there, it sends people an email and it sends them a notification. So basically it’s pretty cool. I’m kind of you get a double dip where I basically.

43:34
Some people are obviously gonna receive my email newsletter plus my LinkedIn newsletter and they’re probably annoyed and hate me, but that’s okay. But I just use it as a repurposing tool and I’m a little bit more aggressive with my LinkedIn newsletter because I don’t own their emails. So I’m just trying to always push people to my actual email. Interesting. So there’s no rules on that, right? With this email list? No, because I don’t own the emails. I could just post whatever I want, whenever I want, however I want. And one cool thing too is like after people connect or follow me,

44:03
I’ve noticed that LinkedIn sends them an automatic invitation to subscribe to my newsletter, which is really nice. That’s how it’s grown so much. It’s like every time someone follows me, it will go to you and say, Hey, Steve, do you want to subscribe to Chase Diamond’s email marketing tips newsletter? And all they have to do is click a checkbox or an X mark. yay or nay. you basically whenever you send out an email to your newsletter, you just kind of duplicate it for your LinkedIn newsletter? Yeah, pretty much. I don’t do it every time. I send my email newsletter three times a week. I probably am

44:32
I forget about LinkedIn. I probably do it once or twice a week. Are there any restrictions on this? Because I know all the other platforms are doing this now, right? You could subscribe on Instagram. You can subscribe on Facebook. This is something similar, right? Yeah. I don’t know. I was really excited about this in the beginning, kind of died off. And now I’m just like, hey, it’s just an extra distribution. It doesn’t give you great analytics. I can’t see the number of clicks. I can’t see like who opened it.

45:02
I can kind of just see like, for example, I think I did one yesterday. Basically like the metric it gives you is like article views. So you see like post impressions and then you see article views. So let’s see where this was. I mean, one sec. So like there’s two different metrics. Okay. So it was showing that there was about 6,000 impressions on my newsletter, uh, post, which isn’t great. Even though I had like a hundred likes, know, 23 comments. So the number of impressions on the post itself didn’t do great, but when I go into view, the analytics.

45:31
It’s saying it had 21,000 article views. So I think 6,000 people saw it in the feed and then 21,000 people actually opened it and read it or a portion of it. So from the email, basically the LinkedIn newsletter. Yeah. So they either viewed it within the email or they got the notification and they read into it. So I’ve got 89,600. So 21, 21 divided by that’s bad. 25%. Yeah. Yeah. 24, 25 % open rate.

46:01
technically. Right. Okay. So I mean, this is like an extension of email, right? Yeah, it’s just it’s no extra work. It’s just something that will keep growing. Like, you know, I imagine a year from now, it’ll be at 150 or 200,000 subs, right? So, you know, and hopefully then it’s like 40 or 50,000 people are reading it, right? So it’s just like an extra channel of distribution. I love it. Okay, you’ve gotten me excited. You got me excited about Twitter. What was it two years ago? Now, it’s got me excited about LinkedIn.

46:30
I know you offer some services and whatnot about this. Where can people find you if they need help on this on LinkedIn and that sort of thing? Yeah, and that comes to the third point. Like the way that you make LinkedIn work is distribution. And it’s literally as dead simple as getting friends, family, influencers, coworkers, whoever to like and comment with your posts. So a lot of people I would I talk about this very openly and freely. Like those are the three things you need. Good content.

46:57
lots of good content and getting people to engage. So I’ve talked about for so long and people were like, well, I don’t know how to get people to engage and can you make introductions and can you do it? I’m like, F it, I’m just gonna start offering it. So I have a package that’s $500 a month where I will engage with up to three posts per day, six days a week of your content from my own account plus my network of pages. So basically every day you’re getting potentially upwards of a couple hundred thousand followers seeing your content. Obviously not everyone sees it.

47:26
But I started this in April. The best person has five X’d their following. They went from like 4,000 to 20,000. And then the worst person has been growing at about 25 % month over month. So, you know, depending on where they’re at and everywhere, somewhere in between, most people aren’t gonna five X their stuff. Let’s be realistic. But a lot of people are up 30, 50, 100%, you know, month over month, like with this service. I love it. So I imagine you have to be selective, right? Yes.

47:55
Yeah, so I kind of cap at about 50 people and I’m right shy of it. I think about like 46 or 47 people. So taking on a couple new people a month, obviously some people turn it’s not for everyone. Sure. So far I’ve had about five to 10 percent of people turning each month. So I’ve had, you know, in the ballpark, like two to four people turn. It’s maybe not the right fit or they got what they needed out of it or they just didn’t have the right content or some people went on summer. They’re going to come back. So I’ve got a couple of spots that are open and.

48:23
Essentially, if your audience is marketers, founders, copywriters, freelancers, and consultants, it’s a good fit. For example, I sent an email to my newsletter, had like a lawyer reach out. like, well, I don’t really know if my following is interested in the law stuff. Or I had someone that was like an accountant reach out. So anyone that’s targeting audiences like mine is a good fit. If people like my content and your content is similar to mine, it’s a good fit. But if you’re talking about something like accounting or finance or legal or, you know, all these other topics.

48:52
it’s probably not a good fit. Where can people find you or with your service? also have to give a class. I can’t remember. You have a class. Not on LinkedIn. I’ve got like an e-commerce marketing course, e-commerce agency. So you can add me on Twitter, you come chase diamond, no way in diamond. Find me on LinkedIn. Just chase diamond, no way in diamond or bother Steven. Have introduced me. Yeah, I can do that. Or I’ll just post your cell phone number right beneath this episode and they can text you.

49:22
Yeah, great. Yeah, I know. So no, it was great. Cool. Well, hey, Chase, thanks a lot for coming on and making me excited on yet another social media platform that that I’m excited about now actually. Because I remember when you got me on Twitter, I was very doubtful. Yeah, very doubtful until I started seeing the email subs come in, then I got all excited. So I presumably this will be like the same thing. Do you crush that? mean, now up to 40,000 followers.

49:51
third most email subs from a platform. think LinkedIn could be just as good if not better for you. I really do. And then my job is to get you on YouTube, Chase, because you would crush it on there. And I think YouTube has been amazing. Yes, I need to I need to do that. I’ll have to start a podcast so could come on mine. I can ask you about YouTube. Yeah, absolutely. Well, hey, Chase, thanks a for coming back on, man. Appreciate you. Thanks for having me. Appreciate you.

50:19
Hope you enjoy that episode and thanks to Chase, I am now going to give LinkedIn a shot. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 44. And once again, I want to thank Katita for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon FBA and you like free money, you can get over $400 in free reimbursements when you sign up for Katita over at mywifecluderjob.com slash Katita. That’s mywifecluderjob.com slash G-E-T-I-D-A. I also want to thank Quiet Lake Brokerage.

50:48
Quiet Light brokerage is my go-to place when I want to buy or sell a business. I’ve known them for over 10 years, recently sold a company through them, and I trust them 100%. If you want a free valuation for your business or if you just want to get some free advice, head on over to mywifequietlight.com. That’s mywifequietlight.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequietlight.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course.

51:18
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!